A-M CARD CO.
Postcards with the same company name and distinctive handwriting also exist from the company's sojourn circa 1910 in the Crandon, Wisconsin area. The A-M numbering system overlaps those of Western Card Co. (q.v.). 
    The A. & M. Photo Company have taken several splendid photographs of the firemen and the hose wagon. The firm is composed of E. X. Anderson and O. McDonald. They are now engaged in group and commercial work in Medford.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, July 2, 1909, page 5
    E. X. Anderson and [Orton] McDonald, scenery photographers, left here for Northern California the last of the week.
"Social and Personal," Medford Daily Tribune, September 30, 1909, page 5
    Married--Edwin X. Anderson and Miss Agnes Peil, Sunday, December 26, 8:30 a.m. at the home of the bride's parents, Mr. and Mrs. F. A. Peil, East Medford, W. Theo. Matlock officiating. The happy young couple left on the 10:35 train Sunday morning for Fresno, Calif., where they will make their home for a short time only, as they expect to return to Medford soon.
"Social and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, December 28, 1909, page 3
The 1910 census lists Edwin as a photographer in Fresno. He apparently returned to Medford in the 1920s--see "Edwin X. Anderson," below.

ABELL & WELSH (Ashland/Jacksonville 1876-77, Kerbyville, Roseburg, Cottage Grove, Eugene 1877+)
F. G. Abell, John Oliver Welsh
    Mr. Abell, the superior photograph artist, left for Ashland last Saturday to take pictures at that place. Our Ashland neighbors will find him to be one of the finest artists in the country.
"Yreka Notes," Ashland Tidings, November 11, 1876, page 3
    NEW PHOTOGRAPH GALLERY.--Messrs. Abell & Welsh, late of Yreka, are putting up a building in front of our window for a photograph gallery. They will be ready in a few days to accommodate those who desire a first-class picture. They come well recommended as artists.
Ashland Tidings, November 11, 1876, page 3
    MR. ABELL, photographic artist, desires us to say that it makes no difference whether the weather is cloudy or not for taking pictures, and that his time is positively limited. Those wanting pictures govern themselves accordingly.
Ashland Tidings, November 18, 1876, page 3
    If you want photographs of superior quality and finish taken, bear in mind that Abell & Welsh have put up a building on the corner of California Street, opposite Wells, Fargo & Co.'s express office, where they will remain for a few weeks only. . . . Gallery open every day.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 6, 1877, page 3
    GOOD PICTURES APPRECIATED.--The crowds that are thronging the gallery of Messrs. Abell & Welsh show that the people know where to obtain first-class work, and in consequence they are rushed with business. Don't delay or you may be too late.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, January 24, 1877, page 3
    Persons wishing photographs of their residence, business house, horses, cattle, etc., should call on Abell & Welsh, as they make a specialty of doing outdoor work. Low prices to suit the hard times.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, March 28, 1877
    ABELL & WELSH, photographers, have gone to Kerbyville, and will remain there three weeks.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, April 11, 1877, page 3
    Frank Abell, of Abell & Welsh, photographers, who has been sojourning among us for some months, accompanied by his wife, left us this morning on a professional trip northward. He is a No. 1 artist and a sociable and liberal gentleman and we wish him success wherever he may go.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 16, 1877, page 3
    . . . we reach Jacksonville at 7. Here I had the pleasure of grasping the hand of Frank Abell, Mr. Welsh's partner in the photographing and mining business. He passed most of the winter in Ashland, I believe, and is to start tomorrow at 3 a.m. for Roseburg . . . we finally reach Canyonville at 6:30. Here Mr. Welsh leaves us. He will take pictures here for awhile, then move elsewhere.     Abel & Welsh are now in Eugene City.
Oregon Sentinel, September 5, 1877, page 3
    F. G. Abell, at one time a well-known photographer, but now traveling in the interest of some lodge, was in the city Saturday.
"Jacksonville Items," Medford Mail, January 10, 1902, page 3

FRANK GEORGE ABELL (San Francisco 1862-66, Stockton 1866, San Francisco 1867-70, Grass Valley 1872-75, Red Bluff 1875, Yreka, 1876, itinerant, Ashland, Jacksonville 1876-77, Roseburg 1877, Eugene 1877, Portland 1878-88, Jacksonville 1883, Corvallis 1886, Colfax, Washington 1888, San Francisco 1889-94, Portland 1897-1907, Tacoma 1910)
    Frank Abell has leased the photographic rooms of Bosco & Megler in Portland and located in that city.
"Random Jottings," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, January 30, 1878, page 3
    Frank Abell has one of the finest selections of photographs to be found anywhere on this coast.
Willamette Farmer, Salem, May 9, 1879, page 3
    Mr. Frank Abell, acknowledged to be the finest photographic artist in Portland, has rented Mr. Britt's establishment for a short time, and those wanting pictures had better call soon. Mr. Abell is in poor health and leaves his large business in Portland only temporarily in order to regain it. He has the beautiful setter dog with him that won the silver cup in California last year.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, August 18, 1883, page 3
    Abell, the leading photographer of Portland, has leased the photograph gallery of Peter Britt for a few days and will be pleased to see any and all of his old friends and patrons of the past. Negatives only will be made here, all work will be finished at the Portland gallery. Those wishing photographs will not delay, as his time here is short. The instantaneous dry plate process will be worked for children. The gallery will be in running order Monday afternoon.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, August 25, 1883, page 3
    BABIES WANTED.--That's nothing strange--everybody wants babies except crusty old bachelors, but this time Abell the photographer wants them--twenty per day--in order to take lifelike pictures of the little sweets. His specialty is taking children's pictures, and those fortunate enough to have their children's pictures taken during his short stay will find them finished in the highest style of the art. A look at his specimen copies at Mr. Britt's gallery will be sufficient proof of his ability.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, August 25, 1883, page 4
    TAKE NOTICE.--Frank G. Abell, the well-known Portland photographer, returned home on a visit this week but will be back again next Thursday when he will stay here another week taking pictures at Britt's gallery. He will then go to Ashland for a short time before returning home. Mr. Abell is one of the best artists on the coast, and those wishing good pictures should call at once. Children's pictures a specialty.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 8, 1883, page 4
    HAVE YOUR PICTURES TAKEN.--Frank G. Abell, the well-known Portland photographer, is now at P. Britt's gallery, engaged in taking pictures. He has a reputation second to no artist on the coast, and our citizens are therefore afforded a good opportunity to have their photographs taken in the highest style of the art. He makes a specialty of babies' pictures, using the dry-plate process. Negatives alone will be taken, and the work finished at the Portland gallery.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 14, 1883, page 3
    Frank G. Abell returned from Portland on Friday's stage and will remain with us another week taking photographs at Britt's gallery. Call soon, as he will not remain longer than the time mentioned.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 15, 1883, page 4
    Frank G. Abell, the photographer, went to Ashland this week, where he will take pictures for those who desire first-class work.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 22, 1883, page 3
    A photograph of one pier of the new Rogue River railroad bridge was taken by Frank Abell last week. The bridge will be a most substantial one, and among the finest on the route of the O.&C.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 29, 1883, page 3
    Frank G. Abell, the photographic artist, returned to Portland this week after a short stay in the valley. He done some fine work while here.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, October 13, 1883, page 3
    Frank G. Abell and wife will leave for Boston about January 1st, and thence for Rio de Janeiro, South America, to remain five years. Mr. A. has sold his photograph gallery to E. W. Moore.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 16, 1887, page 3
    Frank A. Abell, at one time a well-known photographer in this state, but of recent years making his home at Ottawa, Canada, is visiting in Portland.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 27, 1898, page 3
    D. C. Herrin and wife, and Frank Abell have gone into the photograph business at Portland. All are well known in this country.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 29, 1898, page 3
    Frank G. Abell, who is well known to many citizens of Jacksonville as a photographer, having operated here many years ago, is again in the valley. He is deputy supreme president of the Order of Lions, a new and popular fraternal order, and is organizing lodges.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 12, 1901, page 7

ADM
Overlapping ADM logo--see D. M. Averill. Postcard publisher.

GEORGE W. AGER (1911-1920)
Talent, Oregon. Postcards often titled with spaced-out all-caps rubber-stamped inscription.
    . . . Prof. George W. Ager, the newly elected principal of the village schools, was called upon to tell what was planned for Talent in that line. Prof. Ager stated that it was planned to add the first two years of an accredited high school course to the Talent schools; that hereafter pupils could get credits on work in Talent which would enter them as juniors in any accredited high school in the state.
"Banquet Is a Success," Ashland Tidings, July 24, 1913, page 3
    George W. Ager and son Cecil went to Butte Falls Saturday forenoon.
"Talent News Items," Ashland Tidings, August 4, 1913, page 3
    George W. Ager is building an addition to his woodhouse which he built after his house was destroyed by fire, and will continue to occupy it as a residence during the winter. He contemplates building a first-class residence next summer.
"Talent News Items," Ashland Tidings, September 25, 1913, page 3
    Mr. and Mrs. C. D. Burgan, Mr. and Mrs. Peter Vandersluis, Mr. and Mrs. C. M. Thomas and Mr. and Mrs. G. W. Ager motored to Grants Pass Sunday in the Burgan and Thomas cars.
"Talent News Items," Ashland Tidings, May 14, 1914, page 3
    G. W. Ager returned from a fishing trip on Rogue River.
"Talent and Vicinity," Ashland Tidings, August 23, 1915, page 3

JOHN W. AID (1891-92)
    J. W. Aid has recently been taking some excellent photographic views of Talent and surroundings, which are establishing a reputation for good work in that line that will stand him in good stead in the future.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 29, 1891, page 3
    J. W. Aid, our local photographer, has lately taken some fine views of Talent and vicinity. Johnny is establishing a reputation as an artist.
"Talent Items," Ashland Tidings, May 22, 1892, page 2
    John Aid of Talent is in town canvassing for handsome photographic views and is meeting with considerable success.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 27, 1892, page 3
    John W. Aid, the Ashland photographer, was in town this week delivering views he took here on Decoration Day. His firm does excellent work.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 17, 1892, page 3
    J. W. Aid, the photographer, went to Hornbrook Tuesday to begin photography work in Siskiyou County. Mr. Aid makes a specialty of farm scenes, family groups and outdoor views of all kinds and has been doing considerable satisfactory work in those lines in Southern Oregon, and will no doubt meet with like success in Siskiyou County.
Ashland Tidings, June 24, 1892, page 3
    John W. Aid, the Ashland photographer, is now in Siskiyou County, and will doubtless do a good business.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 1, 1892, page 3
    J. W. Aid, the enterprising artist, writes from Beswick, Cal., that he is at present hard at work for the Klamath River Lumber Co., but that he has ordered a new lens in place of the one broken by the upsetting of his cart a few weeks ago, and will soon resume his favorite occupation of photographic viewing. Johnny has had to do some lively rustling to repair the damage to his outfit, but he has the fortunate facility of turning his hand to nearly every kind of employment, and to overcome difficulties with comparative ease.
Talent News, August 15, 1892, page 1
    John W. Aid of Pokegama will start a photograph gallery at the lumber town in a short time.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 17, 1893, page 3
    J. W. Aid came in from Pokegama on the 3rd on a short visit to relations and friends. He has purchased the Logan photographic outfit which he takes back with him. He had some fine views, which he had taken, of the log chute on the Klamath, the dam at Pokegama and others. Mr. Aid is an artist of no mean ability. He returned last Saturday.
Talent News, May 15, 1893, page 4
    J. W. Aid, now of Pokegama, last week bought the Logan photographic outfit at Ashland, and will employ it in his gallery over the hill.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 19, 1893, page 3
    J. W. Aid has taken his departure from Ashland for Pokegama, to open a photograph gallery there.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 2, 1893, page 3
    J. S. Aid has settled up with the company and after a visit in Jackson County will go south to seek a location for a photograph gallery.
"Pokegama Notes," Valley Record, Ashland, June 21, 1894, page 4
    John W. Aid went to Wheatland to start a photo gallery.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, July 19, 1894, page 4

ALBERTYPE CO.
Brooklyn, N.Y. postcard publisher

R. M. ALLEN (1909)
    R. M. Allen was yesterday taking some photographic views of prominent buildings and street scenes, etc., to be used in a souvenir pamphlet which he is expecting to have ready in a couple of weeks.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, June 4, 1909, page 5
    Mr. and Mrs. R. M. Allen left yesterday for Portland, where they expect to remain.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, July 23, 1909, page 8

ALVERSON (1876)
    A young fellow named Alverson, who had a photograph gallery at Ashland for a while last summer, recently left the state with a span of horses and a buggy belonging to a relation of his residing at Eugene City, which he disposed of at Tehama, Cal., and left for Nevada. He was accompanied by a stepson of his victim.
"Local Brevities," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 17, 1877, page 3

RAY ANDERS (1934-72)
232 E. Main, 307 E. Jackson, Medford
    Mr. Ray Anders has bought the Harwood photo equipment, which is valued at $500, at the studio he has opened at his home. Mr. Harwood is now living on the Redwood Highway, and Mr. Anders is working in connection with him. Mr. Anders has done very satisfactory work in the past, and with his new equipment is now able to make enlargements and [he] does all of his own finishing. He specializes in Crystal Kote finish and Kodak work.
Central Point American, April 12, 1934, page 4
    Dwaine E. Smith of 814½ East Jackson St. and Jim W. Anders of 941 Dakota Ave. have filed the assumed business name of Classic Studios at 1110 North Riverside Ave., according to records in the county clerk's office. The business will be concerned with commercial and portrait photography, the certificate said.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 9, 1954, page 11
    Now completely installed in their attractive new store at 307 East Jackson Street in Medford, Anders Photo Shop will begin their opening celebration activities this week. The long-established Medford firm, with six staff members, occupy the location next to the Rogue Ski Shop, with access to downtown and residential areas and ample customer parking.
    The opening celebration will feature special values and prizes, owner Jim Anders announced. Moving to the new location has made it possible to expand display and selling area, studio and commercial darkroom facilities, Anders said.
Medford Mail Tribune, June 3, 1966, page 7

ALFRED J. ANDERSON (1927-1931)
See California Studio.

EDWIN X. ANDERSON
See A-M Card Co.
    E. X. cider. Try its superior quality. Delivered any place in Medford. Phone 1070, or E. X. Anderson at Public Market, Wed. and Sat.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, November 26, 1926, page 2
    F. J. Huber vs. Edwin X. Anderson et ux.--Foreclosure.
"Circuit Court," Medford Mail Tribune, June 9, 1913, page 9

J. A. ANDERSON
    J. A. Anderson, a Walla Walla banker, in pursuit of happiness with the private photographic fad raging in him, is snowed in somewhere on the Siskiyous, taking views of mountain sublimity enveloped in white.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 6, 1890, page 3

ALFRED J. ANDERSON STUDIO (1925-31)
128 East Main, Medford
    A. J. Anderson of the "Anderson Studio" arrived home Saturday night Portland, where he attended the annual convention of the Pacific-International Photographers Association. . . . Mr. Anderson exhibited in both the portrait and commercial class, winning a blue ribbon in each class, selection being based on outstanding distinctive examples of photographic work.
"Anderson Is Back from Big Contest," Medford Daily News, September 4, 1928, page 2

WESLEY ANDREWS CO.
Portland, Ore. postcard publisher
Charles Wesley Andrews
Born: Aurora, Ontario, Canada, December 10, 1875
Died: Portland, Oregon, December 22, 1950
    Wesley Andrews' postcard company began operation in Baker in 1904 and continued in business until the starting of World War I. During the 1920s he moved his business to Portland.
    Coming from the East as a young boy, he and his parents first settled in Canyon City. A short time later they moved to Baker. In addition to his postcard business Andrews served for awhile as publisher of the Morning Democrat.
    He made frequent trips to the Oregon beaches, photographing many sunsets and ocean views. Many of his cards taken along the ocean carry poetry of his own composition.
    The business was sold to Herb Goldsmith. Many of the negatives today are in the files of the Oregon Historical Society.
Edwin D. Culp, "Oregon Postcards," Oregon Historical Quarterly, December 1965, page 309

ANGELO STUDIO (Grants Pass 1909-16)
    For a touch of individuality in lighting and posing go to the Angelo Studio.
"Personal and Local," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 5, 1909, page 5
    Artistic photographs, postals, stamp pictures, amateur finishing. Come and see samples at the Angelo Studio, 605 Sixth Street. Mid-summer prices.
Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 12, 1910, page 8
    One-third off on all photos on Dollar Day at the Angelo Studio, 510 Sixth St., opp Court House.
Advertisement, Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 20, 1915, page 3
    The Angelo Studio is preparing to go out of business in Grants Pass. Prints from old negatives or new can be obtained for the next few weeks at reduced prices.
"Personal and Local," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, June 28, 1916, page 4

ARBUCKLE-MORAN (1951-54)
Robert N. Arbuckle, Jack C. Moran
    Business names assumed by various persons Saturday included "Arbuckle and Moran Studio" by Robert N. Arbuckle and Jack C. Moran.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, March 20, 1951, page 9
    Robert Arbuckle and Jack C. Moran, who have been conducting a photography business here for the past year, have purchased the Field studio in the Leverette building, it was announced today.
    Both young photographers attended the Art Center school in Los Angeles before coming to the Rogue Valley. They did the photographic work for the Oregon Shakespeare Festival Association program this summer.
    Moran, in addition to his photographic work, is also a portrait painter and has painted a number of local people.
    Mr. and Mrs. Harry Field, proprietors of the studio for several years, are retiring to their ranch on Ross Lane on the west side of the valley.
Medford Mail Tribune, November 1, 1951, page 8
    To Portland--Jack Moran Jr. and Bob Arbuckle, who operated the former Arbuckle and Moran photographic studios here, left today for Portland, where they plan to enter photographic business.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 25, 1954, page 15

ART-RAY
Charles Arthur Payne and Leslie Rae Payne, Crescent City postcard publishers. Charles was the photographer.

ARTCRAFT CAMERA SHOP (Grants Pass 1927-1982)
    [Philip Franklin] Brainerd was born Nov. 9, 1913, in Havre, Mont. The family moved to Grants Pass 14 years later, where his father [Philip A. Brainerd] opened a photography shop, Artcraft.
"Brainerd Studio Is Sold to J. C. Wilson," Medford Mail Tribune, January 13, 1995, page B2
    Starting in his teen years, he worked with his father and brothers at the Artcraft Camera Shop and Portrait Studio. On his return from World War II, he took over ownership of Artcraft, installing the first color photo finishing plant in Grants Pass. He retired in 1982.
Obituary of Gordon A. Brainerd, died March 20, 2003; Medford Mail Tribune

ARTVUE POST CARD CO.
225 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y. postcard publisher

ASHLAND COMMERCIAL CLUB
Postcard publisher. See Chester Stevenson

DAVID M. AVERILL COMPANY
Portland, Oregon postcard publisher, manufactured in Germany
    Souvenir Postal Cards, set of 10, 15¢. D. M. Averill & Co., The Curio Store, 331 Morrison St.
Advertisement, The Sunday Oregonian, Portland, December 15, 1901, page 5

AW/WA Logo
Wesley Andrews Co. (q.v.). When handwritten, logo resembles a flying "A":

CHARLES BACHELER (1902)
    Mr. and Mrs. Bacheler, of Sardine Creek, passed through Medford Saturday en route to Klamath County, where Mr. Bacheler will do photographing.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, June 20, 1902, page 6

ALFRED LESLIE BAILEY (1900-1904)
See Dunlap & Bailey
    A. L. Bailey, the young photographer of Phoenix, has been visiting friends and relatives in this vicinity the past week.
"Missouri Flat Items," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 18, 1900, page 2
    Leslie Bailey returned to his home last week from Medford where he has just finished [learning] the photographer's trade under George Mackey.
"Provolt Items," Medford Mail, February 7, 1902, page 5
    Lester [sic] Bailey has opened a photograph gallery in Jacksonville. He is an expert workman.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 29, 1902, page 5
    A. L. Bailey has moved his photograph tent to the Neil property on Fifth Street, opposite the court house.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 12, 1902, page 5
    L. Bailey, the photographer, who has been at Jacksonville for some time, is now in Medford. He recently returned from Jump-off Joe district, where he took some excellent views.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 23, 1902, page 5
    Leslie Bailey returned to his home last week from Medford, where he has just finished [learning] the photographer's trade under George Mackey.
"Provolt Items," Medford Mail, February 7, 1902, page 5
    Lester Bailey, the photographer, has laid aside his camera and is selling confectionery, cigars and soft drinks at Jacksonville in company with W. H. Miller, having bought C. T. Davidson's interest.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 11, 1904, page 2
    A. L. Bailey, who has been a partner with W. H. Miller in the confectionery and notion business, has sold his interest in the store to Mr. Miller and will resume his trade of photographer. The firm has had a good trade this summer, but Mr. Bailey does not like the confinement of the store, preferring the outdoor life in traveling about the country with his photograph tent. He left this Friday for Applegate and from there will tour Josephine County.
"Local News Notes," Jacksonville Sentinel, August 12, 1904, page 6
    A. L. Bailey has sold his interest in the Model Confectionery and cigar store to his partner, W. H. Miller, and left for Josephine County Thursday, accompanied by his wife. He is an excellent photographer and will follow that business hereafter.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 17, 1904, page 1
    Mr. Lester Bailey, who was formerly in partnership with W. H. Miller in the confectionery business here but who sold out during the summer and has been traveling and doing photographic work, was over Monday from his home on the Applegate and visited friends here.
"Local Briefs," Jacksonville Sentinel, November 25, 1904, page 3

F. M. and C. A. BAKER (BAKER BROS.) (1895-1896)
    F. M. and C. A. Baker have fitted up the photograph gallery, on North B Street, and about the first of November they expect to be able to open their place for business. Some five or six years ago these gentlemen were in the grocery business in this city.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 25, 1895, page 8
    Baker Bros., photographers, have a new display ad in today's Mail. The gentlemen have fitted up a very cozy gallery on North B Street, to which they invite all parties in quest of first-class work, and at figures that are reasonable.
Medford Mail, November 1, 1895, page 8
    C. A. BAKER left Tuesday evening for Redding, Calif., at which place he will do mine photographing.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, January 10, 1896, page 5
    My prices for cabinet photos still continue at $1.50 and $2.00 per dozen. F. M. Baker, B Street.     Baker, the photographer, has decided to take to field work again, and will, within a few days, commence doing mining and farm viewing. H. L. Miser will have charge of his studio in Medford, and the same is being rearranged and refitted.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, May 8, 1896, page 5
    The Medford Gallery, on North B Street, formerly occupied by Baker Bros., has been reopened with H. L. Miser at its helm and is prepared to make anything in the line of photography at reasonable prices and with satisfaction to its patrons.
Excerpt, Medford Mail, July 3, 1896, page 8     F. M. Baker--Twelfth Street photographer. All kinds of photo work done at living prices. Call and see my work and prices. Viewing a specialty; also headquarters for amateur developing and finishing. Cabinet photographs $3.00 per dozen. Between Woolen Mills and O.K. Store.
Daily Capital Journal, Salem, September 21-October 14, 1907, page 7

FRED H. BAKER (1951)
128 East Main, Medford
    Open Soon--Baker's Commercial Photographers announced today that they expect to open their shop Tuesday, February 27. A complete line of equipment recently arrived for the new business from Portland and Los Angeles, they said.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 22, 1951, page 12
    Closes Studio--Photographer Fred Baker reported that he has closed his studio here to accept a foreman's post on the Lookout Dam project in the Eugene area. His family will remain here through the summer.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, June 22, 1951, page 15

MAUD BALDWIN
    Mrs. Tweed Coburn returned to Grants Pass Tuesday with her babe, having recovered her voice again which had almost been destroyed by the la grippe. Her sister Miss Baldwin of Mrs. Tyler's photograph gallery went with her.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, August 6, 1891, page 3
    Miss Maud Baldwin, who has been employed in Camps' photo gallery for several months, returned to Klamath Falls yesterday.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, February 27, 1902, page 3
     Miss Maud Baldwin, whose picture is shown, is engaged in the photograph business at Klamath Falls. She is the daughter of County Judge George T. Baldwin, one of the ludest [sic] merchants in the county.
"The Woman on Horseback," Oregon Journal, Portland, March 19, 1905, page 33
    Mr. [sic] Baldwin, Klamath Falls, Oregon
"Oregon's Photographers," Oregon Journal, Portland, September 8, 1907, page 14

CORA BALDWIN
    The Tyler photograph gallery at Ashland has been reopened, being now conducted by Geo. H. Tyler, assisted by Miss Cora Baldwin, who for a long time prior to the death of Mrs. Tyler had been connected with the establishment, and who understands all the detail work.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 3, 1893, page 3
    Geo. H. Tyler has become possessor of the Wirth Photo Co.'s gallery in Medford as well as the plant which he owned, in Ashland. Mr. Wirth is badly involved. Miss Cora Baldwin is in charge of the gallery in Ashland and Tyler is running things at Medford.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, Oregon, January 24, 1895, page 3
    Miss Cora Baldwin, who has been employed in Mrs. I. M. Barnard's photograph gallery, returned to her home in Ashland Sunday.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, October 28, 1898, page 3

DAVID BALL
    David Ball has his photo tent in town.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, November 29, 1901, page 3

MRS. FRED BALL
See Edith Hayden Jones Bell

DAISY L. AND GEORGE G. BANCROFT
    The Picture Mill, located on the block west of the First National Bank in this city, is now open for business. . . . The Picture Mill will specialize upon high grade portraiture and will do a general photographic business. Call and inspect the new studio and convince yourself that Grants Pass has at last secured an attractive, convenient and modernly equipped Picture Mill.
"The Picture Mill Is Now Open for Business," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 27, 1917, page 4
    The building in which the late A. T. Lewis conducted a studio has been completely remodeled, and it now shows the distinctive artistic taste of the proprietor, Mrs. Geo. Bancroft, who with her husband spent many days in planning and weeks in carrying out the plan. The equipment is of the very latest and includes a modern flash-light apparatus for use on dark days or in home portraiture.
"Bancrofts Open a Well-Equipped Photo Studio," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 7, 1917, page 5

BARDELL ART CO.
San Francisco postcard publisher
    Errand boy wanted; must have had some experience in printing office. Bardell Art Printing Co., Sierra Bldg., Front and Clay.
San Francisco Call, November 3, 1912, page 69

BARKALOW BROS.
Railway News Service, Omaha, Nebraska postcard publishers

MRS. ISABEL MARY BARNARD (circa 1894-99)
    Our photographer, Mrs. Barnard, is going away for the summer and is taking pictures at greatly reduced rates. Mrs. Barnard does first-class work and has a liberal patronage.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, February 21, 1896, page 1
    Mrs. I. N. Barnard has reopened her photograph gallery at Central Point, where she will be until Nov. 15th. Prices reasonable and satisfaction guaranteed.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 16, 1896, page 7
    Perry Ellis has opened a photograph gallery at Central Point in Mrs. Barnard's old stand, and will locate there for the winter.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, December 4, 1896, page 7
    Perry Ellis, the photographer, of Prospect, has leased Mrs. Barnard's gallery for the winter.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, December 11, 1896, page 3
    Mrs. J. C. Barnard opened her photograph gallery last week and is having all the work she can do.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, June 11, 1897, page 3
    Miss Cora Baldwin, who has been employed in Mrs. I. M. Barnard's photograph gallery, returned to her home in Ashland Sunday.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, October 28, 1898, page 3
    Mrs. I. M. Barnard has closed her photograph gallery and is making preparations to leave Central Point about May 1st. Her numerous friends will regret her departure and hope to have her again among us in the near future.
"Central Point Pointers," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 24, 1899, page 2

GEORGE ALFRED BARROWCLOUGH (circa 1906-10)
    Barrowclough briefly shot and sold postcards in Medford, apparently on his return from a photographic expedition to the San Francisco earthquake zone.

JOHN BASS (Ashland 1952)
    It's not too early to have your child's portrait made for Christmas gifts. John Bass, Photography of Children & Pets, Rm. 1, 31½ N. Main (above Perrine's).
Advertisement, Ashland Tidings, October 25, 1952, page 8

H. T. BAUGHMAN (Medford, circa 1907)

ROBERT VINTON BEALL
    Vint Beall of Central Point precinct has gone to Berkeley, Calif., where he will attend the deaf-mute college.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 10, 1893, page 3
    Vintie Beall, of Central Point, was displaying some of his kodak work at the Nash Hotel the other day. The pictures are all very fine and show an artist's hand in their finish.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, April 28, 1899, page 6
    A Mail reporter was this week shown some photographic work done by Vintie Beall, who is at Effingham, Ill., where he has been attending a school of photography since last February. The work is marvelously fine--best work your reporter has ever seen--embracing several new methods in photography. Vintie has graduated from the institution and is now casting about for a position with some big photograph house. For the time being he is an instructor in one of the departments in the institution from which he graduated.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, October 12, 1900, page 7
    R. Vinton Beall, of Central Point, a recent graduate of an Illinois school of photography, and who has been in that capacity in North Carolina for some time, has been called to New Orleans to assist during the Mardi Gras in that city. He will be employed on one of the highest branches of the photographer's art--that of carbon printer, at a good salary. Vinton has a large number of friends in this county who will be elated to learn of the flattering success he is achieving in his chosen profession. He may remain in New Orleans permanently.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, February 22, 1901, page 7
    Vint Beall of Central Point is at New Orleans engaged in the photographing business and may locate in that city.
"Pressed Bricks," Valley Record, Ashland, February 28, 1901, page 1
    R. Vinton Beall, Jr., was in Medford several days this week visiting relatives and friends. He has lately returned from New Orleans, where he has been engaged in the photographing business, and will remain here until fall.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, April 12, 1901, page 6
RICHARD BEHRENDT
San Francisco, Cal. postcard publisher. Cards manufactured in Germany

BELL ART STUDIO (1942-44)
    Bell Studios, new photographic studio at 109 East Main Street in this city, will open Saturday, according to an announcement by Dave Bowman. The new studio, under the management of Mr. Bowman, will specialize in hand-painted portraits in oil. Latest-type Cooper-Hewitt lightings and professional Hollywood backgrounds will be employed by Bell Studios, with emphasis upon theatrical poses and speed film for photographs of children and tiny babies. . . . Dave Bowman, one of the owners and the general manager of the Bell Studios in this city, comes from Klamath Falls, where he has managed a similar studio for some time.
"Bell Studio to Open Here with Bowman Manager," Medford Mail Tribune, March 13, 1942, page 5
    Bell Art Studio on East Main Street has undergone a complete remodeling and redecoration during the past three weeks, and is now open to the public with new floors, drapes, counter and other redecoration features. A new darkroom has been installed for Kodak finishing.
    The local photography studio was opened in March of 1942, and is affiliated with Bell Studios in Klamath Falls and Eugene. M. C. Stott of Portland is proprietor of the chain, which employs 35 persons, and Edna P. Myers is manager of the Medford studio. Mrs. Myers, who has been here two and a half years, returned last month from a three-month vacation.
"Bell Studio Undergoes Entire Redecoration." Medford Mail Tribune, July 9, 1944, page 5

NOAH S. BENNETT (1880s-1906)
    Mrs. N. S. Bennett was in Medford last week taking orders for panoramic views of the Rogue River Valley which her husband has but recently taken and developed. The views are taken from a prominent point on the east side of the valley, and they include all of the country from Pilot Rock, near Ashland on the South, to Table Rock on the north. The views show all the towns in the valley and also Mt. Shasta in California. They make a very fine present to send to friends in the East. Especially well are they suited for this as they give strangers a very good idea as to the length and width of the valley. Mrs. Bennett was quite successful in her sales, and those whom she has not already seen she will call upon later.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, March 6, 1903, page 7
    From the Klamath Falls Republican: N. S. Bennett, a photographer of Medford, arrived in the city Saturday on his way to Crater Lake, where he expects to get some fine pictures of winter scenery around the lake.
"Klamath County News," Medford Mail, March 11, 1904, page 3
    N. S. Bennett returned Sunday from a two weeks' trip to Klamath County. He spent a good part of his time in the Wood River Valley--where the snow was from two to three and a half feet deep--but he provided himself with snowshoes and succeeded in securing several fine views of that picturesque country. He was not, however, fortunate in getting views of Crater Lake, as there was a storm on every day during his five days' stay near the lake.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, March 18, 1904, page 4
    If you want to give your friends in the East some idea of what scenes in Southern Oregon are like, you send them a collection of the stereo views taken by N. S. Bennett. These views comprise a wide range of subjects and thoroughly cover the scenery of Southern Oregon. They can be had either at the Medford Book Store or at H. B. Nye's.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, July 8-August 26, 1904, page 1
    N. S. Bennett:--"You want to know about my summer trip north. Well, it would take quite a while to tell all of it and more space, probably, than you could spare. I made the trip to the summit of Mt. Hood and spent several days taking views of the glaciers on the mountain. I put in quite a spell in Eastern Oregon, making pictures of the big harvesting outfits in the Columbia River bottom, and had a good time all around, coupled with considerable exposure and hardships, and, in the getting of the Mt. Hood views, no little danger. I had considerable trouble in getting views of interiors of the buildings at the fair. They wouldn't allow me to enter the grounds with my regular camera, so I was obliged to get a 'Brownie.' I got them just the same."
"Street Echoes," Medford Mail, September 22, 1905, page 1
    N. S. Bennett has gone to San Francisco to secure photographs of the ruins.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, April 27, 1906, page 4
    N. L. [sic] Bennett and family spent July 4 on the snow-capped summit of Ashland Peak. Photographs were taken of the children playing in the snow and making a snowman.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, July 6, 1915, page 2

THEODORE W. BENTON
    Theodore W. Benton of Colusa, California is touring Oregon taking views of scenery for an eastern publication.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, March 30, 1911, page 5

BIGELOW, DAVIS & HURSHER (1888)
    Messrs. Bigelow, Davis and Hursher [Herscher?] are traveling over the county taking photographic views and a description of the country.
"Brevity Basket," Valley Record, Ashland, June 14, 1888, page 3

BIGELOW & BROTHER (1890)
    We are being visited by some itinerant photographers.
"Central Point Pointers," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 31, 1890, page 2
    Bigelow & Brother, photographers, are here and will remain for a month.
"Central Point Items," Ashland Tidings, October 31, 1890, page 2

F. E. BIRGE (1896)
    F. E. BIRGE returned Sunday from a quite extended trip in the Illinois Valley country. He was there looking after mining matters. While en route and at the mines he took fifty kodak views which will make up a collection of rare grandeur, as this particular route is especially noted for its grand scenery. Mr. Birge states that he saw some gold nuggets while away that were beauties and of no small value.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, April 17, 1896, page 5

CHARLES F. BIXBY (1909-12)
    Chas. F. Bixby arrived in Grants Pass Saturday to enter the photographic business, and he has leased the former Loveridge studio, next back of the Hotel Layton. Mr. Bixby was in the business in Los Angeles for many years until three years ago, when he went to Alberta, Can. At that time he considered Grants Pass a possible location, but he was desirous of a more decided change of climate. He says he does not care to spend another winter in Alberta. He has rented a house at 621 South Fourth Street and expects Mrs. Bixby and the children to arrive soon.
"Personal and Local," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 10, 1909, page 3
    As one of the sidelights on the recent raids by Josephine County and Grants Pass authorities on "blind pigs," James Bixby, a photographer of that city, was shot in the shoulder by Chief of Police Rowley. The shooting occurred during the service of a search warrant upon the home of Fred Wickman, in which sixty gallons of liquor was confiscated by the officers.
"Photographer Shot During Raid on Grants Pass 'Blind Pig'; Cries of Holdup Alarms," Medford Sun, February 25, 1912, page 1
    A bill for expenses and damages of $5263 was presented to the city council of Grants Pass by C. F. Bixby, a photographer, who was shot in the shoulder during a whiskey raid in February.
"Brief News of Oregon," The Madras Pioneer, October 3, 1912, page 4
    Miss Cora Coutant . . . discovered C. F. Bixby, formerly of Grants Pass, now conducting a studio in Denver.
"Bixby in Denver," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 16, 1918, page 4

FRANK L. BLAIR
Oregon City 1891, Ashland 1892
    F. L. Blair, of Portland, came out last Tuesday to carry on the photographic business at the Logan gallery.
"Personal," Ashland Tidings, January 29, 1892, page 3
    F. L. Blair of Portland is now in charge of the Logan gallery at Ashland, Mrs. Logan having accepted a position in a gallery at that metropolis.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 5, 1892, page 3
    F. L. Blair, who for a time ran the Logan photograph gallery, is employed at Lamb & McAlpin's gallery in Portland.
"Brevity Basket," Valley Record, Ashland, April 28, 1892, page 3

BOSTON PHOTO CAR (1894)
    The Boston R.R. Photo Car went north yesterday.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, October 25, 1894, page 3
    The Boston R.R. Photo Car will be at Gold Hill until Monday night, Oct. 29. They do fine work at most reasonable rates. Finest cabinets only $2.50 per dozen.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, October 25, 1894, page 3
    Stormy weather preferred for taking pictures at the Boston Photo Car. Satisfaction guaranteed at prices to suit the times.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 6, 1894, page 3

F. H. BOYD
    F. H. Boyd, a photographer of Grants Pass, who was formerly in business here, was in the city Wednesday.
"Personal Mention," Oregon City Courier, August 31, 1906, page 5

HENRY J. BOYD (Eugene 1891, Lebanon 1893-1901, Jacksonville 1901, Ashland 1902, Medford 1902, Ashland 1903-17)
    H. J. Boyd, our photographer, informs us that owing to the bad condition of the roads it will be impossible for him to be in Florence as he expected. He will come later in the season.
The West, Florence, Oregon, June 9, 1893, page 3
    Mr. H. J. Boyd, a photographer of Eugene, has rented the photograph gallery in Courtney's brick, and will be ready for business about the middle of October. Mr. Boyd has been with F. A. Rankin at Eugene for the past four years, which fact speaks very favorably for his skill as a photographer, that gallery having the reputation of turning out a fine grade of work.
"Expressions," Lebanon Express, September 29, 1893, page 5
    H. J. Boyd pitched his photograph tent at Shedds this week. His brother Jim will run it during the summer, and will send the negatives here to Lebanon, to have the work finished. We will say that those who patronize this tent will get first-class work, as Mr. Boyd is by far the best artist that ever came to this city, and we will say his work will compare favorable with any in the state.
"Expressions," Lebanon Express, April 12, 1895, page 3
    H. D. Boyd has opened a photograph gallery at Ashland. He is a good workman.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 14, 1901, page 7
    The firm of Mackey & Boyd was dissolved last month. H. C. still holds forth at the big tent, while his quondam partner is operating at Ashland.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 27, 1902, page 4
    It is a far cry from the "picture gallery" of those days to the modern, up-to-date studio of today, such for instance as that of Mr. H. J. Boyd at 177 East Main Street.
    Mr. Boyd is one of Oregon's native sons, and learned his business under one of the state's best photographers, has since put forth every effort to advance with the times and today is turning out work that is not excelled in large cities.
    He has devoted twenty-four years to photography, eleven years of that time being spent here in Ashland, and we are confident that his host of satisfied customers in this city and vicinity will bear us out in the statement that he is more than a mere photographer--that he is an artist in the truest sense of the word.
    He specializes in portraiture, but is also prepared to do outdoor view work of all kinds. Mr. Boyd did all the photographic work for the Ashland High School annual this year, and it speaks for itself far more eloquently than we could.
"Boyd's Studio," Business Edition--Ashland Record, magazine supplement, 1912, SOHS M44E3
    H. J. Boyd has rented his studio for a year to Mrs. Wynne Scott of Jules City, Kan. Mr. Boyd will take a needed rest during the term of the lease, having been tied to the studio for 24 years.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, June 20, 1912, page 5
    Mrs. Wynne Scott, who is to take charge of the Boyd studio for the coming year, arrived in the city Friday.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, July 1, 1912, page 5
    Ashland, Oregon has two new photographers, both Mr. Camps and Mr. Boyd having leased studios there.
Camera Craft, October 1912, page 486
    Wynne Scott, the photographer, who has occupied the Boyd studio for some months past, has leased the room occupied by Madame Dilhan's millinery store and will move her gallery there about June 1. . . . Mr. Boyd, it is reported, will occupy his building himself after Mrs. Scott vacates it.
"For New Gallery," Ashland Tidings, April 24, 1913, page 8     Boyd the photographer wants two loads of wood. Will pay half cash and half photos.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, September 29, 1913, page 5
    Photographers come and photographers go, but Boyd stays forever. See his ad in this issue.
Ashland Tidings, January 22, 1914, page 1
    O. H. Barnhill and Miss Kirkpatrick of Ashland and Mrs. Parker and daughter of Portland--who are visiting at the Gregory and Yeo homes--form a party that will be taken to Crater Lake Friday by Mr. Boyd, the photographer.
"In the Social Realm," Ashland Tidings, August 14, 1913, page 4

J. N. BOYD (Cottage Grove 1899-1904, Grants Pass 1904-1905)
    Cabinet photos $1.50 per doz. for a few days. Come now, save money. J. N. Boyd, photographer.
"S'More Things," Bohemia Nugget, Cottage Grove, February 23-March 17, 1899, page 4
    Grants Pass is to have the third photographic gallery, the new one to be put in by J. N. Boyd, who comes from Cottage Grove, where he has been in the business for the past three years. But during that time he has had his eye on Grants Pass, and deciding that it has the best future of any town in Southern Oregon and is a town that will have a steady growth and permanent prosperity, he has decided to "pitch his tent in the city of promise" and that he will do in reality for he is unable to secure a room for his purpose. He expects to be ready for business by the first of next week.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, December 15, 1904, page 5
    J. N. Boyd, who has been in Portland for the past month, whither he went to take the remains of his wife for interment in one of the cemeteries of that city, returned Wednesday to Grants Pass. Mr. Boyd will again resume his photographic business, which he left in charge of A. E. Kaiser.
"The Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, June 16, 1905, page 3
    J. N. Boyd came up from Ashland Monday to turn over his photograph tent to Mr. Bruch [sic--see Branch, below], who will conduct the business in the future. Mr. Boyd is now engaged in the grocery business in Ashland.
"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 15, 1905, page 7

DAVID, PHILIP FRANKLIN and VerNETTE BRAINERD (1940-42, 1946-82)
    Mr. and Mrs. Dave Brainerd and daughters, Jan and Lynn, formerly of 21 South Groveland Avenue, left last week for Petaluma, Calif., where they will make their home. . . . Until recently Mr. Brainerd was associated with his brother, Phil Brainerd, at Brainerd Studios. At Petaluma he will enter the photographic equipment business.
"Brainerds Leave for California; Guests at Parties," Medford Mail Tribune, February 14, 1954, page 2

J. W. BRANCH PHOTO STUDIO
    J. N. [sic] Boyd came up from Ashland Monday to turn over his photograph tent to Mr. Bruch [sic], who will conduct the business in the future. Mr. Boyd is now engaged in the grocery business in Ashland.
"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 15, 1905, page 7
    Go to Branch's Studio (Big Tent) for pictures and frames.
"Some Bargain Pointers," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 17, 1905, page 4
     Having moved to the Hammock Studio on Sixth Street, opposite the post office, I would be pleased to have my old customers to continue with me, and I will appreciate as many new ones as I can accommodate. I will make you anything from a stamp picture up to one 40x60 inches. Thanking you for your past patronage and thanking you in advance for your future support, I am respectfully,
"Some Bargain Pointers," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 12, 1907, page 5
    Miss Helen [sic] Loveridge has sold her photograph studio on Sixth and H streets to J. W. Branch and will go to Eugene to live with her father.
"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 10, 1908, page 5
    H. C. Mackey, the new proprietor of the Branch Studio, has taken hold of his work in this city and is enjoying a rush of business. Mr. Mackey is well known in this valley as a photographer, having for many years conducted a studio at Medford, where his excellent work drew much attention. He has made a study of the newest and best methods employed in his profession and in putting these methods into practice is able to produce photographs which are not excelled anywhere. Those wishing photos with the pose just right and the workmanship perfect will be pleased with the results of a visit to his studio on Sixth Street.
Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 23, 1908, page 1

EMIL BRITT (1878-circa 1915)
    Emil Britt is expected back from San Francisco soon to take charge of Peter Britt's photographic gallery in this place. Emil is said to be a first-class artist now, having studied under the masters in San Francisco.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, April 21, 1883, page 3
    Emil Britt returned from San Francisco on last Sunday's stage. He will remain here now and assist his father in the photographing business.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, October 27, 1883, page 3
    Emil Britt has been taking views of the town, which are quite natural and reflect credit on his skill as a photographer.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 17, 1884, page 3

PETER BRITT (1852-1905)
    AN ENTERPRISING ARTIST.--Mr. Peter Britt, our resident daguerrean and photographic artist, has, within the past few months, completed the building and furnishing of one of the best arranged and most complete galleries to be found anywhere on the Pacific Coast. The edifice is situated on the rise of the hill between Jackson Creek and Rich Gulch, in the center of a beautiful garden. The site is a prominent one, and the form and general appearance of the building itself exhibits an artistic taste that cannot fail to strike the attention of strangers as they approach our town from the north or south.
    Mr. Britt has now got his arrangements complete for taking the best of pictures in every style of the art. He is now kept quite busy in making, by the dozen, album photographs. Nature evidently designed Mr. Britt for an artist, for he never appears happier than when making chemical experiments or reading works devoted exclusively to his art. That he holds a high rank in his profession we have the evidence of a practicing artist, who has written to a person in this place that Mr. Britt's ambrotypes would grace the first galleries in Philadelphia. That Mr. Britt keeps himself thoroughly booked on the very latest improvements in the art is evidenced from the fact that he can produce the famous "spirit pictures," about which late Eastern correspondence tells us the spiritualists of Boston were "thrown into a furor of excitement." His skill and enterprise entitle him to the full confidence and liberal patronage of our community.
Oregon Sentinel, January 31, 1863, page 2
    PHOTOGRAPHIC ALBUMS.--Among all the parlor ornaments and expedients for investing home with additional sacredness, which fashion fabricates from time to time, nothing meets so many wants as the photographic album. With its rich binding it gives a literary air and makes a beautiful display upon a table, and, better than that, it preserves the counterfeit presentiment of those whose forms and memories are hallowed by love and friendship. Mr. Peter Britt, our skillful resident artist, can accommodate you.
Semi-Weekly Sentinel, Jacksonville, April 15, 1863, page 2
    Photographic--At no place in town can you enjoy yourself so well for an hour or two as at Peter Britt's Photography Rooms. Hundreds of familiar faces greet you on every side, and make you feel at home. Mr. Britt has just received from San Francisco a beautiful stereoscope giving a large number of fine views, from every part of the world.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, July 30, 1864, page 3
    Peter Britt, photographic artist, is prepared to take pictures in every style of the art with all the late improvements. If pictures do not give satisfaction, no charges will be made. Call at his new gallery, on the hill, examine his pictures, and sit for your likeness.
Advertisement, Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, March 25, 1865, page 1
    Mr. Peter Britt is making fine pictures this spring, and those who contemplate getting pictures this year will do well if they go now. As we understand Mr. B. will close his gallery during the hot summer months, that he may get time to finish some oil paintings which he has under way.

    FOR ROGUE RIVER.--P. Britt left for the Rogue River Falls on Thursday morning. He took his photographic apparatus with him, and intends taking photographs of the falls and other scenery. Jackson County abounds in romantic scenery, which would be a credit to any work containing it.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 7, 1874, page 3
    Peter Britt yesterday took Barden's picture at the county jail.
"Local Brevities," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 16, 1875, page 3
    Capt. O. C. Applegate, of Lake County, favored us with a call last Saturday. He informs us that a party of tourists will start in a few days for Crater Lake, accompanied by Peter Britt, of this place, who will take photographs of the magnificent scenery the country affords.
"Personal," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 10, 1875, page 3
    Peter Britt has gone on a trip up Rogue River. He will take photographs of the principal scenery.
"Local Brevities," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 31, 1876, page 3
    Peter Britt started the other day for Lake County, where he will take photographic views of the most prominent scenery that section affords.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 10, 1877, page 3
    Peter Britt has returned from a trip through Southeastern Oregon and Northern California. He took photographic views of much of the prominent scenery his journey afforded, including Mount Shasta.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 17, 1877, page 3
    The last number of the West Shore contains a picture of Rogue River Falls [actually, Mill Creek Falls] from a photograph by Peter Britt, of this place.
Oregon Sentinel, September 5, 1877, page 3
    P. Britt left for the Lake country, via Lake of the Woods, this week. He will take photographic views of the scenery as he proceeds and will be absent for several weeks.
"Personal Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 1, 1879, page 3
    P. Britt and party returned last week from a trip to the Dead Indian country. He took several photographic views during his absence from town, which prove valuable additions to his already large assortment of pictures of native scenery.
"Personal Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 29, 1879, page 3
    P. Britt is now employing the latest and most popular methods of photography and takes first-class pictures.
"Personal Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 26, 1879, page 3
    "Death loves a shining mark," therefore get your photograph taken at Britt's before being made an example of.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, April 14, 1880, page 3
    P. Britt, accompanied by his son and daughter, will make a trip to the coast in a few days, expecting to be gone several weeks. He will take photographs of the most prominent objects of scenery as he progresses.
"Personal Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 30, 1880, page 3
    Peter Britt, artist and florist, from Jacksonville, has been spending a few days among us. He came down for the purpose of taking views of the coast, and, as he says, to hear the roar of "old ocean" once more. His son and Miss Mollie, his daughter, accompanied him; also Mr. Linville, wife and daughter, and Miss Addie Langell. We spent two very pleasant evenings with the party. Mr. Britt is a true artist, and we enjoyed the interchange of ideas in regard to photography very much. He left for his home on last Thursday.--[Del Norte Record.
"Personal Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 27, 1880, page 3
    P. Britt took a number of photographs of the new and handsome Red Men's wigwam in this place Saturday.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 3, 1885, page 3
    Peter Britt took several photographic views of the gallows and surroundings attending the execution of O'Neil.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, March 20, 1886, page 3
    Peter Britt, our local photographer, assisted by his son, takes photographs of every style and by the latest improved methods. Their work will compare favorably with any done in the state, and their prices are quite reasonable.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 18, 1887, page 3
    [A pair of thieves] were photographed by P. Britt yesterday, in response to a telegram from the railway authorities, L. R. Fields, the general traffic superintendent, thinking they are responsible for other crimes in which the railroad is interested.
"Car Thieves Caught," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 13, 1891, page 3
    P. Britt & Son took a number of photographs during the 4th of July, which are first-class.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 14, 1893, page 3
    Several of the Chinese residents of Jackson County were in town during the past few days, having their photographs taken by P. Britt & Son so that they can be properly registered by the federal officials.
Democratic Times, January 11, 1894, page 3

BROCK (1892)
    The Logan photograph gallery at Ashland has passed into the hands of artist Brock and wife of Astoria, who will operate it in the future.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 5, 1892, page 3
    Mrs. Hattie Logan of Portland was at Ashland last week, making arrangements for the renting of her photograph gallery at the granite city to an Astoria gentleman, who is now in charge.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 12, 1892, page 2

BROWN PHOTO COMPANY (Ashland 1894)
    Remember, until Oct. 21st you can get six finest cabinet photos for only $1; one dozen, $1.50 at Brown & Co.'s gallery. (These are special rates to advertise our work.)
Ashland Tidings, October 22, 1894
    Cloudy weather preferred at the Brown Bros. photo gallery, and good work obtained without any delay in finishing on account of the weather.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, October 25, 1894, page 3
    Over a hundred people photographed already in Ashland by the Brown Photo Co., and chance for hundreds more at the $1 rates until next Wednesday.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, October 25, 1894, page 3
    The Brown Photo Company, to accommodate people who could not get sittings last week, will continue their low rates until next Wednesday, Oct. 31st, viz. 6 finest cabinet photos $1, or 1 dozen for $1.50.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, October 25, 1894, page 3
    Finest cabinets only $1.00 per dozen. We have concluded to leave Ashland next Thursday, Nov. 15th, and having more goods on hand than we care to ship back east, we will, until next Monday night, Nov. 12th, make our best cabinets for only $1.00 per dozen. BROWN & Co. (Tyler's old stand), Ashland, Or.
"Photos at Bedrock," Valley Record, Ashland, November 8, 1894, page 3

JEROME BROWN (1948-1949)

MILES BROWNRIGG (1901-02)
    Rev. M. Brownrigg, pastor of the Church of Christ at Phoenix, has decided to open a photograph gallery at that place and is erecting a building for that purpose. He was engaged in photography before entering the ministry.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 20, 1901, page 7
    The Phoenix photo gallery is now running at full blast and cheap prices for thirty days.
"Phoenix Items," Medford Mail, December 6, 1901, page 3
    Elder M. Brownrigg will soon close his ministerial labors in Phoenix. He desires to finish his college course, and this cannot be done while his time is taken up in preaching. Besides this he is badly afflicted with nervousness caused by too much worry and hard study. He will try to finish his course in one year and will take photos at the same time to defray his expenses.
"Phoenix Items," Medford Mail, December 13, 1901, page 3
    Regular 8x10 (portrait) camera, lens, shutter, background, headrest and etc. Apply to M. Brownrigg, Phoenix, Oregon.
Medford Enquirer, April 19, 1902, page 5

BRUBAKER AERIAL SURVEYS
Portland, Oregon postcard publisher

BRUNO ART STUDIO (Medford 1940-41)
    Medford is the latest Oregon city to be entered  by the Bruno Art Studio, which is established in several Northwest cities . . . Mr. and Mrs. T. S. Beem, of Seattle, will be in charge of the studio's operation.
"Bruno Studio Opening Here," Medford Mail Tribune, September 6, 1940, page 7
    Bruno Studios announce their Medford studio at Main and Central will close Saturday, Jan. 18.
Advertisement, Medford Mail Tribune, January 9, 1941, page 7

OWEN S. BURNS
    O. S. Burns, a Portland photographer, who has been in the valley for some time looking for a location, states that he has purchased both galleries at Ashland and would operate the two under one management.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 20, 1895, page 5

WILBUR C. BUSHNELL STUDIO (Ashland 1931-1948)
    Cash prizes were awarded in eight different classes and J. Verne Shangle, Medford photographer, was the grand sweepstakes winner, with W. C. Bushnell of the Bushnell-Perkins Studio of Ashland as second high winner.
"Bushnell Wins Many Prizes," Southern Oregon Miner, Ashland, October 25, 1935, page 1
    In July of 1931, Mr. Bushnell first came to Ashland. Having recently graduated from school, he was anxious to get a start in business, so purchased the Hinthorne studio, which was located in the Peil building on the corner of the Plaza and Winburn Way. Competition was strong at this time, and the country was suffering from depression years.
    Six months later Bushnell closed [the] studio in the Plaza and went to work for the Darling Studio, which was located where the Bushnell Studio and Camera Store now is. After six months with the Darlings, he went back to the Plaza shop and four months later made arrangements to buy out the business interests of the Darlings. . . .
    Mr. Bushnell was raised in Eugene and took two years of electrical engineering at Oregon State College. From Corvallis he returned to Eugene, where he attended the University of Oregon school of architecture for five years and was awarded his degree.
"Modern Equipment Enables Bushnell Studio to Handle Photographic Needs," Ashland Tidings, February 12, 1948, page 5

BUSHNELL-PERKINS STUDIO (Ashland 1935-1937)
    Wilbur Bushnell has as his guests for a week or more Mr. and Mrs. Drew Perkins of Eugene. Mrs. Perkins and Mr. Bushnell are brother and sister.
"About People You Know," Southern Oregon Miner, September 6, 1935, page 3

C.T. AMERICAN ART COLORED (for Curt Teich; q.v.)
Chicago postcard publisher. White border, matte, tinted

CALIFORNIA STUDIO (1925-27)
    Opened on Easter, April 12, 1925 at 128 East Main, over the Model Clothing Store.
Medford Mail Tribune, April 10, 1925, page 9
    Having assumed entire control of the California Studio, I wish to state that all persons holding coupons may have them honored if presented at the studio on or before
April 1st, 1926. [A. J.] Anderson, California Studio (over Marsh's Grocery).
Medford Mail Tribune, February 2, 1926, page 8
    . . . A. J. Anderson was appointed official post photographer.
"D. G. Tyree Team Is Winner for Legion Members," Medford Mail Tribune, April 3, 1926, page 3
    Immediately following the dinner, Mr. Anderson of the California Studio and Mr. R. E. Mulligan of Central Point assembled the men on the lawn, where the Cirkut camera "shot" the bunch. The ladies were then asked to join the circle and whole group photographed.
"Rain Is No Bar to Central Point Picnic," Medford Mail Tribune, May 24, 1926, page 3

FRANK L. CAMPS (Olympia, Washington 1891, Ashland 1893-1912)
    A handsome two-story brick block will in the near future, replace the wooden building now occupied by F. L. Camps with his photograph gallery. The preliminary drawing which Mr. Camps is now having made by architect F. C. Clark show a front elevation the peer of any building now in Ashland, and one which will be fully in keeping with the sightly spot where it will be located. The block will have a frontage of 46 feet by a depth of 70 feet, and the lower floor will be occupied by a store. On the second floor, besides Mr. Camps' gallery, there will be four office rooms. The store room is already practically leased.
Ashland Tidings, December 14, 1903
    F. L. Camps returned from Portland Sunday, where he has been for some time attending the Eastman School of Photography. Mr. Camps is keeping up with the new and practical methods in the making of fine photos. He is prepared to give his patrons all the new and up-to-date styles in artistic photography.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, June 3, 1912, page 5
    Mr. L. W. Marble . . . has leased the Camps Studio of this city and is now prepared to serve the people of Ashland. . . .
"New Studio," Ashland Tidings, July 25, 1912, page 4
    Ashland, Oregon has two new photographers, both Mr. Camps and Mr. Boyd having leased studios there.
Camera Craft, October 1912, page 486
    A decree of divorce was granted by the circuit court at Jacksonville to Hattie Camps versus F. L. Camps last week.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, November 16, 1916, page 5

CANYON PUBLISHING CO.
Canyonville, Oregon postcard publisher

CARDINELL-VINCENT
San Francisco postcard publisher; manufactured in Germany. "CV Co." logo

SPENCER T. ST. GEORGE CAREY (1897)
    S. T. St. George Carey not long since succeeded in reaching Crater Lake, and secured a number of photographs of that great scenic wonder in its winter garb.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 17, 1898, page 3
    KLAMATH FALLS, Or., May 6.--(Special.)--That Crater Lake was visited in the dead of winter 14 years ago last January and pictures taken of the lake and precipitous sides of the crater when the country about the lake was covered with snow more than 12 feet deep is proved by a number of photographs owned by Mrs. Frank Ward, of this city.
    A few days ago Mrs. Ward read in the Medford papers of the return to that city of Benjamin F. Heidel, government engineer, who has charge of the location of trails and roads in the Crater Lake National Park, and others of that city, who had made the trip on snowshoes to the crater and secured the "first" pictures ever made in winter time of that great natural wonder.
    To show that the Medford party had not taken the first winter photographs Mrs. Ward shows more than a half dozen pictures of the lake taken from many different places around the rim. These show the lake in winter garb with everything hidden by deep snow except the shape of the surrounding bluffs, Phantom Ship and the island in the midst of this body of water. The pictures also prove that although the temperature was then from 8 to 15 degrees below zero, the lake was perfectly free from ice. On the back of one of the photographs notations were made by the man who made this perilous journey and took the pictures, which were dated January 4, 1897.
    These pictures were taken by S. B. St. George Carey [sic], an Englishman, who was spending the winter of 1897 in Klamath Falls, and who was a guest of a boarding house conducted by Mrs. Ward. Mr. Carey left here accompanied by a companion for the rim of the crater. He said he would be back within .a given time, but was gone several days over the date specified, and a searching party was being organized here and [also] one to go from Fort Klamath, 22 miles this side of the crater, to search for him, when he returned to the Fort almost exhausted from his hard trip. His hands and face were badly frozen.
    The following spring he left Klamath Falls and returned to London, England, where he had the pictures developed. He sent 13 of these different views to Mrs. Ward.
    Mr. Carey was the scion of a wealthy family, and later returned to Newcastle, Cal., where he now resides. Following his perilous journey to Crater Lake, he wrote several articles, which were published in some of the leading magazines.
Sunday Oregonian, Portland, May 7, 1911, page 60

KIT CARSON (1879)
    Kit Carson, of Cottonwood, came over the mountains with the photographic outfit last Tuesday.
"Local Brevities," Ashland Tidings, August 1, 1879, page 3

CASE (1891)
See McBride & Case
    Case, the eastern Oregon photographer, will open a gallery in Medford in a short time.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 24, 1891, page 3
    Mr. Case, the photographer, and Miss Flora Hurst of Medford were married recently. They will live at Oregon City.
"Pressed Bricks," Valley Record, Ashland, November 12, 1891, page 1

P. A. CAVERLY (Central Point 1908)
    P. A. Caverly and wife, who are in the city with their photograph car, have been doing some excellent work for their patrons. They will be here for a few days longer, and everyone who desires work in their line should give them a call.
"Local and Personal," Central Point Herald, September 24, 1908, page 1
    Mr. and Mrs. P. A. Caverley, of the photo car, left yesterday for a deer hunt in the mountains. The Herald is promised all kinds of venison and bear meat when they return.
"Local and Personal," Central Point Herald, October 1, 1908, page 1

ED. L. CHAPPEL (1902)
    For Rent--The Elite photo studio, best location in city. Inquire at the Mail office.
Medford Mail, July 4, 1902, page 1
    G. W. Mackey has leased the Elite Studio, in the Hamlin block, and expects to at once open a photograph gallery there. He will continue to operate the gallery in the Adkins block. Ed. Chappel, a photographer from Kansas, will have charge of Mr. Mackey's new gallery.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, October 10, 1902, page 7
    E. L. Chapale has sold his interest in the photograph gallery to F. H. Hull.
"Local News Notes," Medford Success, December 16, 1902, page 1

CHICAGO PORTRAIT CO.
    Those of our readers who have any pictures they desire enlarged will do well to call at this office and see samples and get prices. We are taking orders for the well-known Chicago Portrait Company and can guarantee the work to be entirely satisfactory. They have done lots of work through the country here about and their work speaks for itself.
"Personal and Local," Gold Hill News, September 9, 1899, page 5
    Lin Purdin and Roy Richardson are over in Coos County selling pictures for the Chicago Portrait Company.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 13, 1901, page 7
    George S. Parker left Wednesday evening for Tacoma, Wash., where he has accepted a lucrative position with the Chicago Portrait Company, under John Devlin, formerly of Jacksonville, who is superintendent of the Pacific Coast agency for the company.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, October 18, 1901, page 6
    J. H. Devlin, who has been acting as Washington state manager for the Chicago Portrait Co., spent a few days at his old home on Applegate last week.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, June 26, 1903, page 6

CLASSIC STUDIO (1954-67)
Ray Anders, Dwaine E. and Janet L. Smith, 1306 West Main, Medford
    Dwaine E. Smith of 814½ East Jackson St. and Jim W. Anders of 941 Dakota Ave. have filed the assumed business name of Classic Studios at 1110 North Riverside Ave., according to records in the county clerk's office. The business will be concerned with commercial and portrait photography, the certificate said.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 9, 1954, page 11

CHARLES L. CLEVENGER (Grants Pass 1880s-1907)
    Chas. Clevenger, formerly of this city, now operating a photograph gallery at Grants Pass, is very highly spoken of by the Grants Pass papers on account of his work as a photographer.
"Brief Mention," The Plaindealer, Roseburg, July 14, 1898, page 3
    Sunday evening, August 28th, 1898, at the home of the bride's parents in this city, Mr. Charles Clevenger and Miss Sarah A. Wimberly, Rev. S. A. Douglas officiating.
    Mr. Clevenger has a host of friends in Roseburg, where he was formerly connected with the Electric Light Company, and afterwards learned photography with H. D. Graves, of this city. He is an expert photographer, one of the best on the coast. Mr. Clevenger is now in the photograph business at Grants Pass, where he has made a reputation as a first-class artist, and enjoys a successful business.
"Married," The Plaindealer, Roseburg, August 29, 1898, page 3
    Clevenger has some very unique souvenir photographs of Grants Pass and vicinity, bound in booklet form. They make a very appropriate Christmas present for a friend, and can be easily mailed. Call and see them.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 29, 1900, page 3
    C. L. Clevenger made some flash light exposures after the cantata Wednesday evening and secured two very good negatives of the chorus.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, December 13, 1900, page 3
    Clevenger's cabinet of child's photos at the Layton Hotel corner is a very interesting study and shows that the artist has a peculiar talent for obtaining the finest results in the portraiture of the little people as well as those of larger growth. Mr. Clevenger is a photographer who is observant and progressive, and he is doing some fine work.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, March 7, 1901, page 3
    C. L. Clevenger, the photographer, returned last week from Placer and vicinity, where he has been making a collection of views and incidentally recording the countenances of the people of that district. He established quite a complete gallery at Placer while he remained there, being well equipped with tents and all paraphernalia for operating.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, May 30, 1901, page 3
    C. L. Clevenger attended the convention of photographers last week at Portland. He took with him a splendid collection of Southern Oregon mining and scenic views which will be on exhibition during the exposition.
"Personal," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 10, 1901, page 3
    C. L. Clevenger made a trip to Medford and Ashland last week, in order to add to his collection of Southern Oregon views.
"Personal," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 17, 1901, page 3
    Probably the largest photograph ever made in Southern Oregon was a panorama photo of the Golden Drift Dam, made by C. L. Clevenger and [which] was sent to Chicago by C. W. Ament as a Christmas present from his son M. C. Ament. The picture was an excellent piece of workmanship; it was six feet two inches long and 20 inches wide and taking in a scope of country not less than half a mile in length along the river, showing the dam and all the property controlled by the Golden Drift Mining Co.
"A Large Photograph," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, December 31, 1903, page 2
    You will find the Clevenger and Loveridge negatives at Branch's Studio opposite P.O.
"Some Bargain Pointers," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, May 29, 1908, page 5

EMANUEL C. CLUTTER (1889-1890)
    E. C. Clutter of Forest Grove will next week open out in business in the photograph gallery lately occupied by Mrs. Morris, having leased the same from that lady.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 5, 1889, page 3
    E. C. Clutter, wife and daughter, of Forest Grove, last week arrived in Medford to make this place their home. Clutter & Wagner will engage in the photograph business in our city.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 2, 1890, page 3
Timeline for E. C. Cutter:
1846 Born in Licking, Ohio, on December 3rd
1860 Lived in Iowa; his profession was "artist"
1868 Married Frances Drucilla Benjamin (1843-89) in Jasper Co., Iowa
1870 Clutter & Co. in Forest Grove
1883 Married Nancy Louise Burnett (1842-1923) on Sept. 16th
1880s Stayed on Pine Ridge Indian Reservation, photographed Oglala Lakota people
1889 Opened studio in Medford, OR
1890 Photographed Ashland, Grants Pass, and Medford, OR (summer months)
1909 Moved to Venice, CA
1927 Died in Venice, Los Angeles, CA, on June 15th
Forest Grove City Library web site

CLUTTER & MOORE CO. (1890)
     Clutter & Co., the Medford artists, prepared a series of flood photos, showing the Bear Creek bridge when the water was at its highest and Hammon's barn still standing on the further side, and subsequent pictures showing the bridge in various stages of demolition after the barn had fallen.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 13, 1890, page 4
    E. Clutter, having raised the required $300 to pay for the work, will soon issue the book of lithographic views of Medford which he has been preparing.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 1, 1890, page 2
    E. Clutter of Medford was in Grants Pass recently endeavoring to get our citizens interested in publishing lithographic views of the place.
"Josephine County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 1, 1890, page 2
    Clutter & Co., the Medford photographers, have dissolved partnership, Frank Wagner continuing the business.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 1, 1890, page 3
JOHN A. COFFER (1980)
Tintype artist (MMT9/26/1980)

C. E. COLLINS ART STORE (1912-13)
    The Collins Art Store, consisting of $2300 stock, was recently purchased by D. S. Wood and son. Mr. Wood was formerly of the East, but has been located in Medford for the past three years and has represented an eastern photo company, which does very good work in all kinds of enlarging and pillow top work. In connection with the art store, Mr. Wood will still remain as an agent for the company and the work can be had at the store, where it will be framed if desired. All work is guaranteed, and Mr. Wood and son request their patrons to call and see them in their new home.
Medford Mail Tribune, January 8, 1913, page 4
    Art Store moved to 30 North Grape Street and now leads for bargains on everything. D. S. Wood.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 5, 1913, page 4

ZEB COLLINS
    Zeb. Collins, the photographer, was among friends near Watkins Sunday.
"Watkins Items," Jacksonville Post, March 12, 1910, page 1

J. W. CONNER
    J. W. Conner has erected a tent on the Sunny Side [the Sunnyside Hotel] of Eagle Point and opened a photograph gallery.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, January 12, 1906, page 3
    J. W. Conner, our photographer, made his tent last Saturday and took to the tall timber to spend the summer.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, June 1, 1906, page 3

ELDRED W. CORLEY (1935-41)
    Eldred W. Corley, who has been conducting a photographic studio at his residence on South Riverside, has moved his studio to 215 East Main Street, over Swem's. Mr. Corley, who had ten years' experience in Portland and Eugene studios before entering this field, will carry on his business under the name "Corley Photos."
"Corley's Studio in New Location," Medford Mail Tribune, November 3, 1935, page 12
    Eldred W. Corley, photographer of 12 years experience, has opened a studio in new location at 216½ E. Main across the street from the former one. This location offers many more accommodations than the former studio but still retains the original prices.
Advertisement, Medford Mail Tribune, October 19, 1938, page 3
    I HAVE the 1940 and 1941 negatives from Corley's Studio. Anyone wishing a reprint may contact E. E. Jordan at 515 W. 2nd.
Classified ad, Medford Mail Tribune, February 15, 1942, page 9
    Corley Here--E. W. (Spike) Corley, former Medford photographer now a photographer's mate first class in the navy, is in Medford visiting friends and relatives.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, January 14, 1944, page 9

J. H. COYLE & WILLIAM G. CUTBERTH (Medford 1893)
    A good, live, progressive city of over 2,000 people and no photographer--that's Medford.
Editorial, Medford Mail, July 21, 1893, page 2
    Last week we said that Medford had no photographer--this week we have two. In the face of this there are perhaps those who will say advertising doesn't pay.
Editorial, Medford Mail, July 28, 1893, page 2
     Messrs. J. H. Coyle and W. G. Cutberth, of Stockton, Calif., have opened a photographer's gallery in Medford--in the Hamlin block on Seventh Street. They are both married men, and their families are with them, and all propose to remain permanently. Work is coming in fairly well, and they feel correspondingly encouraged. They are said to be first-class artists, and such being the case they deserve our patronage.
"All the Local News," Medford Mail, July 28, 1893, page 3
    Medford has no photographer--just think of it! A city with a population of over two thousand people and no photographer. The Mail editor is not so handsome that he desires particularly to be focused, but there are a whole lot of good-looking girls and boys, whose ages range all the way from the cradle to pretty close to the grave, in this city who would look well in a frame, but--no photographer no picture, no picture no frame. If some good, reliable artist will anchor a base right here in Medford and can prove by his work that he is a workman worthy of the hire, he will do a good business. No fakes need apply--our people have been bilked quite aplenty.
Medford Mail, September 8, 1893, page 2

H. S. CROCKER CO., INC.
San Francisco postcard publisher

SAMUEL B. CROW (1913)
    S. B. Crow, who for the past two years has had a picture gallery opposite the courthouse, has moved to his fine new establishment in Kinney's building almost opposite St. Mary's Hospital. . . . Mr. W. A. Bell of San Francisco is associated with him; his long experience in the best galleries of the metropolis will be of value to those who wish to secure the shadow ere the substance fades.
"First-Class Photograph Gallery," Daily Morning Astorian, June 14, 1884, page 3
    I also applied to Dr. Aborn one month ago. I soon found relief. My ear now feels as well as it ever did, and my hearing is restored. I have resided at Astoria for eight years and can be referred to. S. B. Crow, Photographer, Astoria, Oregon.
"Hearing Restored," advertisement, Oregonian, Portland, November 2, 1890, page 7
    The name of S. B. Crow is notorious, and it needs but be added that he is the celebrated photographer of Astoria. His place of business is on Third Street, near the Central Hotel, and his work is of such excellence of character that once seen it attracts persons to it. Lifelike and attractive are Mr. Crow's photographs, and if you don't believe go and see him and send a photograph back to your dear old mother.
"Santa Claus Coming," Daily Astorian, December 21, 1890, page 3
    Samuel B. Crow v. Matilda A. Crow, decree for divorce allowed.
"Circuit Court," Hillsboro Independent, July 20, 1894, page 3
    The Gregory studio has been sold to S. B. Crow of Portland, an experienced photographer. Mrs. Gregory will move to Long Beach, where she will open a studio.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 28, 1913, page 6

WILLIAM G. CUTBERTH (Medford 1893, Spokane 1901, Portland 1902-16, Tacoma 1905-08, Sacramento 1912)
See Coyle & Cutberth

DAILONG (?)
    Mr. Dailong [sic--Dunlap?], a traveling photographer, pitched his tent here last Saturday.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, April 5, 1901, page 5

CARL C. DARLING (1918-33)
Some postcards have a handwritten "CD" logo of a large "C" wrapped around a small "D" (See Chester Stevenson). Others are inscribed "C.D." or "Darling."
    Chester Stevenson has sold his studio to C. C. Darling of Oakland and expects to take up aerial photographic work in the army soon. Mr. and Mrs. Darling are experienced photographers.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, April 4, 1918, page 5
    Mrs. W. E. Darling of Gold Hill has come to Ashland to make her home with her son, photographer C. C. Darling.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, June 13, 1919, page 5
ISAAC GRUNDY DAVIDSON
    Quite a number of our citizens will visit Crater Lake this season. Among them we will notice Messrs. Johnson, Redfield, Agers, and the photographer Davidson, who will take views of the scenery.
"Klamath County," Ashland Tidings, July 23, 1886, page 3

J. H. DAVIS
    J. H. Davis and family left Tuesday for Klamath Falls, at which place Mr. Davis will engage in photography.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 18, 1902, page 6

FRANK and JUNE DEMENT
    Frank and June Dement have established their firm in the Rogue River Record office on Broadway Street and will sell photo supplies, do commercial developing and do commercial and portrait photography. They came here a month ago from Eugene, where Dement was a student at the university.
"Rogue River Has New Businesses," Medford Mail Tribune, May 9, 1947, page 7

CHARLES A. DeSCHENKA (1914-1915)
    We have leased the F. L. Camps Art Studio and are prepared to make the best high-class, up-to-date photographic work that high-priced instrument and artistic ability can produce.
Advertisement, Ashland Tidings, December 17, 1914, page 4

ORVIL DODGE (Jacksonville 1862 and 1864-66, Phoenix 1864, Roseburg 1867, Oakland 1871, Myrtle Point 1880s)
    New Photograph Rooms at Phoenix, Oregon, where artistic and life-like pictures are being taken, unsurpassed for beauty of outline and touch of finish and in the latest and most improved style of the art. Old pictures copied, improved, and rendered imperishable.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, February 6, 1864, page 2
    Ira came down and went with me to training at Ashland, he rode a colt he is breaking for Anderson, there were thirty members of the company present. we had a pleasant time. I took dinner at the Captains Applegates after noon Proffessor Dodge took the photographs of the company all in position. We have had a fine day Mrs. Holton and Mrs Robison were visiting at Ashland. Wallace is rather worse to night. Peggy Blackburn went on the stage to Coles ranch to work this morning Sarah is at Naylors, Eliza at Wagners
Welborn Beeson Diary, June 4, 1864
    Orvil Dodge has opened a new Photographic Gallery in Jacksonville. Give him a call.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, December 24, 1864, page 2
    ORVIL DODGE would announce to the Ladies and Gentlemen of Jacksonville and vicinity that he has permanently located in Jacksonville for the purpose of taking pictures in all the improved art of Photography, and would respectfully solicit a share of the public patronage.
    ROOMS opposite P. J. Ryan's New Brick.
    Jacksonville, December 23rd, 1864.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, April 29, 1865, page 4
    Mr. Orvil Dodge desires us to say that he will close his photograph gallery one week from next Monday, as he leaves for Ft. Klamath at that time. Those desiring to get good pictures at reduced rates should avail themselves of this opportunity.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, June 3, 1865, page 2
    NOT GONE YET.--Orvil Dodge, who we announced some time since was going to Fort Klamath, wishes us to state that he has postponed his visit for a few weeks, and is still prepared to render up "the human face divine" at his rooms in this place.     ORVIL DODGE would announce to the Ladies and Gentlemen of Jacksonville and vicinity that he has received an invoice of new stock, rearranged his gallery and is now permanently located in Jacksonville for the purpose of taking pictures in all the improved art of Photography, and would respectfully solicit a share of the public patronage.
    ROOMS opposite P. J. Ryan's New Brick.
    Jacksonville, December 23rd, 1864.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, June 24, 1865, page 3
    PHOTOGRAPHY.--We are informed that our old townsman, O. Dodge, has taken rooms at Roseburg, and is prepared to take pictures in all styles of the art.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, June 23, 1866, page 2

BERTRAND DOT DOTSON (Eugene 1931-present)

FRANK DUNCAN (Klamath Falls)
    Frank Duncan, a Klamath Falls photographer, Charles Patten, Ernest W. Smith, Earle Brainard and Roy Parker of Butte Falls hold the record of having ascended Mt. Pitt the earliest of the season. . . . Mr. Duncan secured some views on the mountain's summit and through the country about the hills.--Klamath Falls Northwestern.
"Climb Mount Pitt," Ashland Tidings, June 27, 1912, page 4

DUNLAP & BAILEY (1902)
George A. Dunlap and Alfred Leslie Bailey
    Geo. A. Dunlap and Lester [sic] Bailey, two excellent photographers, have gone to Josephine County on business connected with their profession. They never fail to please.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 23, 1902, page 1
    Geo. Dunlap, the expert photographer, was in town Thursday. He is operating in Josephine County with Lester Bailey and doing well.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 6, 1902, page 2

DUNLAP & KERSHAW (1901)
George A. Dunlap and Peter M. Kershaw
    G. W. Dunlap and P. M. Kershaw, photographers, have been taking several fine views of Medford streets, also some birdseye views of the town. These they find are taking well among our townspeople and they are selling many of them.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, April 19, 1901, page 2
    Dunlap & Kershaw of Medford were down the Applegate this week doing very good work in photography. Their pictures of schools, mines and farm residences are very natural, and need no further praise. They took a picture Sunday of the two ball teams on Applegate, and a special one of the good-looking group of ladies present.
"Applegate," Valley Record, Ashland, May 9, 1901, page 2
    P. M. Kershaw left Monday for several Northern California points, where he will canvass for the sale of stereoscopic views. He expects to be absent about two months when he will return and resume work in that line in Jackson County.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, January 10, 1902, page 6

GEORGE A. DUNLAP (1900-02)
    For stamp photos see Mackey & Dunlap. 24 for 25 cents.
Medford Mail, September 21, 1900, page 6
    Mackey & Dunlap for superior photos. Always the best and prices O.K.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 21, 1900, page 7
    Ed. Weston, who has been conducting the Medford photograph gallery with G. W. Mackey, has retired and is succeeded by Geo. Dunlap of Phoenix.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 27, 1900, page 3
    George Dunlap and family, of Medford, spent Thanksgiving with relatives in Phoenix.
"Phoenix Items," Medford Mail, December 7, 1900, page 3
    G. W. Dunlap and P. M. Kershaw, photographers, have been taking several fine views of Medford streets, also some birdseye views of the town. These they find are taking well among our townspeople, and they are selling many of them.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, April 19, 1901, page 2
    Messrs. P. M. Kershaw and G. A. Dunlap left this week for the Waldo country, where they will do photography for a couple or three weeks.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, March 28, 1902, page 6
    Messrs. Kershaw and Dunlap, who are excellent photographers, are in Josephine County with their outfit, to remain several weeks.
"Southern Oregon News," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 3, 1902, page 1
    G. A. Dunlap, a well-known photographer formerly of this city, but who is now an honest granger owning a fine ranch on the Applegate near Murphy post office, was in Phoenix over Sunday, visiting with his relatives, and Monday he was in Medford greeting his old-time friends.
Medford Success, December 16, 1902, page 1
    Geo. A. Dunlap, the well-known photographer, who is now farming in Josephine County, has been visiting in Medford and Phoenix.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 24, 1902, page 2

ROBERT H. and GEORGE A. DUNLAP (ca. 1870)
    The 1870 census lists Robert H. Dunlap, 30, born in Michigan, as a photographer in Applegate precinct.
    G. A. Dunlap, a well-known photographer formerly of this city, but who is now an honest granger owning a fine ranch on the Applegate near Murphy post office, was in Phoenix over Sunday, visiting with his relatives, and Monday he was in Medford greeting his old-time friends.
Medford Success, December 16, 1902, page 1

EASTMAN'S STUDIO (1907-80s)
Jervie Henry Eastman, Kennett, California 1880-1969. Postcard publisher.

EDDY (Oregon City 1910-47+)
Ralph J. Eddy, Lillian Eddy, Watson B. Eddy. Postcard Publisher.
ELITE STUDIO (1901-03)
See J. W. Hunter, James Owings, E. L. Chapale, Frank Hull, George Mackey, Frank Redden
    The Elite Studio, located in the Hamlin Block, opened for business Thursday morning. The proprietor, J. W. Hunter, has been having a great deal of work done on the interior of the studio and now has one of the prettiest and best arranged galleries in Southern Oregon. He has had the room thoroughly renovated, repapered and repainted from floor to ceiling, and has provided new and modern light reflectors and other strictly modern studio fixtures. The public is cordially invited to call and see samples of the work turned out by him.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, April 26, 1901, page 7
    The tone of the picture and the smoothness is why the people are talking about the Elite Studio's work, can't be beat.
    The photos that come from the Elite are so smooth and fine, nicely retouched, that's what opens the eyes of the people.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 24, 1901, page 7
    Reduced rates on photos at the Elite Studio in Medford. In order to thoroughly introduce our work to the public, we will for a time make cabinets for $1.50 per dozen. Satisfaction guaranteed or no pay. Yours for fine work, Elite Photo Company.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 9, 1902, page 7
    G. W. Mackey has leased the Elite Studio, in the Hamlin block, and expects to at once open a photograph gallery there. He will continue to operate the gallery in the Adkins block. Ed. Chappel, a photographer from Kansas, will have charge of Mr. Mackey's new gallery.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, October 10, 1902, page 7
    Frank Redden returned Monday from Jacksonville and the Applegate country, where he has been in the interests of the Elite Studio. He reports very good success on this, his first trip.
    F. H. Hull, of the Elite Studio, is having an entire new set of backgrounds made. The largest one will be 10 feet high and 15 feet long, large enough for any group which can be accommodated in the studio.
"City Briefs," Medford Success, February 10, 1903
     The Elite Studio has had a change of management this week. F. H. Hull has bought the studio for the present month, but has secured the services of G. W. Mackey for the finishing work. The deal was completed last Wednesday and Mr. Hull took charge at once. On Thursday Frank Redden began soliciting orders for the studio and Mr. Hull expects to have others and start out himself soon, expecting to do everything possible to increase the business of the Elite. Frank is a hustling, energetic young man and deserves the patronage of the public.
"City Briefs," Medford Success, February 10, 1903, page 2
    Why not buy your Kodak supplies where you can get instructions for using them? The Elite Studio.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, June 5, 1903, page 7
 
PERRY ELLIS (Prospect 1893-96, Central Point 1896-97, Hillsboro 1899-ca.1902)
    Perry Ellis and wife last week returned to the valley and proceeded to Prospect, where they will operate a photograph gallery during the summer season.
"Central Point Pointers," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 9, 1893, page 2
    Mr. Ellis is a photographer and has many fine views of the upper Rogue River and its falls, as well as many others of the beautiful scenery which abounds thereabouts.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, June 29, 1894, page 3
    Perry Ellis, photographer, Prospect, Oregon. Photographs of pleasure and outing parties a specialty. Views of Crater Lake, Rogue River Falls and all other points of interest in this locality furnished upon application at reasonable terms.
Advertisement, Medford Mail, August 31, 1894, page 2
    Our photographer, Perry Ellis, will visit Crater Lake soon to enjoy a holiday and secure views of the grand and rugged scenery there.
"Prospect Pointers," Medford Mail, August 31, 1894, page 4
    Perry Ellis, who is now located near Prospect, is still fond of his photographic instruments and has been taking a tour of the scenic points of Klamath County.
"Pressed Bricks," Valley Record, Ashland, September 13, 1894, page 1
    Perry Ellis, the Prospect scenic photographer, was in Medford Tuesday. The gentleman has taken many beautiful pictures of Crater Lake and upper Rogue River country and is now offering them for sale.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, November 16, 1894, page 3
    Photographer Perry Ellis has been splitting a large number of rails, to be used in fencing Miss Kittie Ellis' farm.
"Prospect Pointers," Medford Mail, February 21, 1896, page 2
    The following young men will not live single longer if they can help it. They desire to correspond with ladies matrimonially inclined. Will positively answer every letter received. Photos exchanged. Each of these young men have property and money. Perry Ellis--photographer, age 30, dark hair and mustache (Perry is almost a handsome man), 5 feet 9 inches, 150 pounds. Ren Green--wavy, dark brown hair, small mustache, age 22, weight 175, 5 feet 9 inches tall. George Stockton--light brown hair and small brown mustache, 5 feet 8¾ inches tall, 138 pounds, prominent nose.
"Prospect Pointers," Medford Mail, March 20, 1896, page 2
    Perry Ellis is taking views of Rogue River Falls and other scenes for Stan Aiken, which he will have cuts made of to use on his stationery.
"Prospect Items," Medford Mail, May 29, 1896, page 2
    Perry Ellis, the Prospect photographer, was in the metropolis last week exhibiting some of his excellent views of the fine scenery of the upper Rogue River country. The gentleman has some most excellent views of the magnificent scenery along the Rogue River--and of these he has a large supply with which to supply the visiting Mazamas. There is, without a doubt, no more beautiful scenery anyplace in Oregon than is found along the Rogue River, and nearly all these points of interest will be pointed out to the Mazamas in their trip from Medford to Crater Lake in August.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, June 26, 1896, page 8
    We up here are all just a little proud of each other. In this connection, we're all proud of the work done by photographer Ellis, which is unequaled. He is still enlarging his collection of views, which includes some of the wildest and grandest of scenes. He is just now taking several more views about Crater Lake. Messrs. Moore, Beauregard and Stockton had him secure likenesses of their respective farms recently, and Beauregard [Olaf Rye Bjerregaard] had a photograph of his famous inlaid wood frame taken.
George Stockton, "Prospect Pointers," Medford Mail, July 24, 1896, page 5
    Perry Ellis, our photographer, is busy taking scenes along Rogue River, and expects to go to Crater Lake in a few days to take views of the lake.
"Prospect Pointers," Medford Mail, August 14, 1896, page 5
    Photographer Ellis' business cards [i.e., small signs] are quite noticeable up and down the road--as to the quality and neatness--bearing Mail office style of print about them. Perry's work in the photograph line is of the same good quality.
George Stockton, "Prospect Pointers," Medford Mail, September 25, 1896, page 3
    PERRY ELLIS, the Prospect photographer, was in Medford last week. Mr. Ellis is doing considerable work in the valley these times.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, October 16, 1896, page 6
    Perry Ellis, of Prospect, purchased from C. W. Palm this week lot five in block twenty-two, on D Street, and will build thereon soon. He is figuring on erecting a two-story brick house arranged so as to enable him to use part of it for a photograph gallery. The price paid for the lot was $200.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, November 13, 1896, page 7    Lot 5 was on Central, not Front. I don't know if Ellis actually built on the lot.
    Perry Ellis has opened a photograph gallery at Central Point in Mrs. Barnard's old stand, and will locate there for the winter. Owing to his inability to haul his lumber from Prospect this winter, on account of the conditions of the roads, he has decided not to build on his recently purchased lots in Medford until spring, at which time he will erect a gallery and locate there.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, December 4, 1896, page 7
    Perry Ellis, the photographer, of Prospect, has leased Mrs. Barnard's gallery for the winter.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, December 11, 1896, page 3
    Perry Ellis, the photographer, has quit business at Central Point and will move back to Prospect.
"Prospect Pointers," Medford Mail, January 29, 1897, page 3
    I am now prepared to make photographs in my new studio five blocks east of the court house, corner 7th and Baseline streets. Perry Ellis, Hillsboro, Feb. 22.
Argus, Hillsboro, February 23, 1899
    Perry Ellis, a former Hillsboro photographer, and who knows the art family throughout, was in town from Hillsdale Saturday, accompanied by Mrs. Ellis. He is handling real estate and farming.
The Argus, Hillsboro, June 10, 1909

ELLISON PORTRAIT STUDIO (1942-52)
Clarence E. Ellison
    Business Retirement--C. Ellison has filed an application in the county clerk's office for retirement of the assumed business name of the Ellison Studios in Jackson County.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, May 7, 1952, page 11
    Mr. Ellison has been associated in the photography business for the past twenty years, formerly owned and operated the Ellison Studios, 32 North Central Street.
    Mr. Ellison, who resides at 453 Haven Street, has been a resident of Medford for the past 12 years; he is married and has two children, Carol Faye Ellison, 16 years old, who attends Medford Senior High School, and Judy Ann Ellison, 14 years old, freshman at Medford junior high.
    Mr. Ellison is widely known in Medford for his excellent photography work.
    As a service to our many customers Big Y Market is proud and privileged to have the services of a professional photographer such as Mr. Clarence Ellison.
Advertisement, Medford Mail Tribune, November 13, 1952, page 3
    Ellison Studio, 32 North Central, N. Harry Foreman, Operator-Photographer for the Past 3 Years. No Connection with the Deal at the Big Y Market.
Advertisement, Medford Mail Tribune, November 30, 1952, page B7
    Assumes Name--Harry Foreman has assumed the name Ellison Studio for a photography business at 32 North Central Avenue, according to county clerk's records.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, January 26, 1953, page 7

KENNETH ERSKINE (Flounce Rock 1910-12)

EVERGREEN STUDIO (1942-45)
James C. Wilson, 40 S. Central, Medford

ELIAS F. AND RAY EVERITT (1884-1898)
    Louis Heller, the well-known photographer, has returned to Fort Jones, Cal., his old home. He is succeeded at Ashland by E. F. Everitt.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, July 25, 1884, page 3
    Come and see the views of [the] National Park at Everitt's Gallery, Ashland.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, September 26, 1884, page 3
    E. F. Everitt, the photographer, has gone to Grants Pass, to try business there. He is a first-class photographic artist, and has taken portrait and landscape pictures of which the finest photographers of the cities might be proud.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, December 5, 1884, page 3
    Mr. Everitt, proprietor of the Grants Pass photograph gallery, has been absent for a few days. Mr. Everitt is a first-class artist. His gallery is in the big tent on Sixth Street.
"Local News," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 3, 1885, page 3
    Persons who may wish photographs from negatives made by the undersigned while in Ashland can procure them by sending orders to Grants Pass, as the negatives have all been preserved.                                                           E. F. EVERITT.
    Grants Pass, Or., May 29, 1885.
Ashland Tidings, February 5, 1886, page 3
    Everitt the photographer took pictures of the wonderful tree specimen discovered by Wm. Chapman.
"Local and Personal," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 1, 1886, page 3
    Mrs. Wm. Fehely of Kerbyville precinct is studying photography at Grants Pass under E. F. Everitt, and is making commendable progress.
"Josephine County News," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 24, 1887, page 2
    E. F. Everitt has taken possession of his new photo gallery, and a neat place of business it is.
"Josephine County," Valley Record, Ashland, September 6, 1888, page 2
    E. F. Everitt, the artistic photographer of Grants Pass, was visiting his daughter, Mrs. Geo. Hargadine, (and new granddaughter) this week.
"Personal," Ashland Tidings, December 13, 1889, page 3
    E. F. Everitt, the photographer, has taken several group views of the ladies who took part in Friday's business carnival.
"Grants Pass Notes," Ashland Tidings, May 23, 1890, page 2
    E. F. Everitt will devote himself to outside work in the photographic line during the coming summer, having secured a competent assistant to take charge of his gallery.
"Josephine County Items," Southern Oregon Mail, Medford, April 24, 1891, page 2
    E. F. Everitt of Grants Pass, while the teachers' institute was in session, photographed Helen Colvig of Jacksonville in eight different positions, with pleasant effect. The young miss was on the programme for several recitations and acquitted herself creditably. It was in the attitudes she then assumed that she was photographed, under the direction of Miss Jennie Reames, her teacher in elocution.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 13, 1894, page 3
    R. Everitt, of Grants Pass, and Miss Ollie Butler, of this city, were married at Grants Pass on Wednesday of this week. Mr. Everitt is a photographer at Grants Pass, and Miss Ollie, she who is now Mrs. Everitt, is the accomplished daughter of our good townsman and jeweler, B. N. Butler. The happy couple came to Medford Wednesday and remained the day with the bride's parents, returning to Grants Pass in the evening. The Mail is congratulating.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 23, 1896, page 7
    R. M. Everitt, the veteran photographer, is now in business in San Diego County, Cal.
"Personal," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, January 28, 1897, page 3
    Mr. and Mrs. B. N. Butler and daughter, Mrs. R. J. Everitt, took Sunday's delayed train for Colestin to spend a few weeks. R. J. Everitt, the Grants Pass photographer, joined them, coming up on the same train. Mr. Butler returned to Medford Monday evening.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 23, 1897, page 6
    Ray Everitt, the photographer, has sold his gallery and is seeking a new location. He is in Medford at present. Success to him wherever he goes.
"Josephine County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 21, 1898, page 2
    R. J. Everitt, the photographer, is visiting Mrs. Everitt and her parents, Mr. and Mrs. B. N. Butler, in Medford.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, February 3, 1899, page 6
    Mrs. Everitt is engaged at photographic work in the Van E studio. The lady has but recently recovered from quite a severe illness, as has also her mother, Mrs. B. N. Butler.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, March 24, 1899, page 7
    E. F. Everitt and Ray are now engaged in the photograph business at Redlands, Calif.
"Personal," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 5, 1901, page 3

HARRY FIELD (1945-51)
    WANTED--On or before Sept. 1st  1- or 2-bedroom unfurnished house or apartment in or near Medford by business couple. Call Monday through Friday, 1 to 4 p.m. Field Studio, Liberty Bldg. Phone 4087.
Medford Mail Tribune, August 5, 1945, page 5
    Robert Arbuckle and Jack C. Moran, who have been conducting a photography business here for the past year, have purchased the Field studio in the Leverette building, it was announced today.
    Both young photographers attended the Art Center school in Los Angeles before coming to the Rogue Valley. They did the photographic work for the Oregon Shakespeare Festival Association program this summer.
    Moran, in addition to his photographic work, is also a portrait painter and has painted a number of local people.
    Mr. and Mrs. Harry Field, proprietors of the studio for several years, are retiring to their ranch on Ross Lane on the west side of the valley.
Medford Mail Tribune, November 1, 1951, page 8

HENRY C. FINSTER
    Miss Martha Laack, of Utica, Minnesota, and Mr. H. C. Finster, met about three years ago at Ashland, Ore., while Miss Laack was there on a visit to her sister. Mr. Finster was a traveling photographer.
"Minnesotan Weds an Oregonian," Daily Capital Journal, Salem, December 5, 1900, page 3

AMASA PLUMMER FLAGLOR (1878)
    COMING.--A. P. Flaglor, of Eureka (Cal.), a first-class photographer, will be in Jacksonville ere long, well supplied with apparatus and prepared to take pictures in the highest style of the art. Mr. Flaglor's reputation is well established wherever he is known, and he guarantees satisfaction.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 28, 1878, page 3
    A. P. Flaglor, of Eureka, California, a first-class photographer, will arrive here soon.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 25, 1878, page 3
    PHOTOGRAPHS.--Mr. A. P. Flaglor is still in Jacksonville, and will remain here two weeks more. We had reason to speak of his ability as an artist, and we are pleased to say that Mr. Flaglor has fully sustained his reputation as an artistic photographer. Mr. Flaglor will visit Ashland, Kerbyville and Roseburg before returning to his home in California. Mr. Flaglor's prices are low and his pictures are the best. Call early.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, August 14, 1878, page 3
    PHOTOGRAPHS.--We take pleasure in calling the attention of our readers to the fact that A. P. Flaglor, of Eureka, Cal., is now in Jacksonville and will remain here for a few weeks. Mr. Flaglor is an accomplished artist, and the photographs produced by him are equal to any that are made. His great success in taking pictures of children is a guarantee that the "little ones" will be successfully photographed. Mr. Flaglor's prices are so reasonable that we trust all will avail themselves of this, the best opportunity to get first-class photographs at San Francisco prices. Call early, as his stay is limited.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 16, 1878, page 3
    POSTPONED.--We have information that Mr. Flaglor, the photographic artist, will not be in Ashland until the 17th inst.
"Local Intelligence," Ashland Tidings, September 13, 1878, page 3
    No more photographs have been taken at Flaglor's since last Sunday. He has a large number of negatives on hand, which it will probably take him until October 5th to finish.
"Random Jottings," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 25, 1878, page 3
    CLOSED DOWN.--A. P. Flaglor, the photographer, on Sunday last ceased taking pictures, and is now engaged in finishing up those previously taken. During his stay here he has been well patronized, his excellent photographs giving general satisfaction. Messrs. Flaglor and Wunderlich leave for Eureka next week, well pleased with their trip to this place. They talk seriously of returning next year.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 27, 1878, page 3
    The Eureka (Cal.) papers announce the insolvency of A. P. Flaglor, the photographer, who made this place a visit last summer. Flaglor is an excellent artist, and we hope that he will be able to extricate himself from his unfortunate predicament.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 24, 1879, page 3
    Mr. A. P. Flaglor has removed his photograph gallery to his new and elegant rooms on Second Street, one block below the courthouse, and is now prepared to make all styles of photographs known to the art. The public are invited to visit the gallery. Reader, drop in as you are passing.
The Daily Humboldt Times, Eureka, California, July 1, 1879
    We are pleased to learn that A. P. Flaglor of Eureka (Cal.), who paid our town a visit last summer, is about to extricate himself from the financial difficulties that have overtaken him. He is an amiable gentleman and a first-class photographer, and we hope to hear of his unbounded success.
"Brief Reference," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 15, 1879, page 3
    Henry Wunderlich of Eureka, Cal., who spent a season in Jacksonville with A. P. Flaglor a number of years ago, has become a first-class photographer and is taking pictures for the S.F. Examiner.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 30, 1891, page 3

ROBERT LACHLAN FORBES (Jacksonville 1865, Eugene 1873-76)
    Subscription list of Waldo precinct to the Josephine County Volunteer Bounty Fund Association, January 26th 1865 . . . Robert L. Forbes. . . .
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, May 20, 1865, page 2
    Mr. Frank Alverson has purchased the photograph gallery for a long time run by R. L. Forbes, and proposes to give us a "new deal."
Oregon State Journal, Eugene, September 2, 1876
    LUCKY WIDOW.--An Oregon grass widow at one time a resident of Jacksonville as the wife of a photographer named Forbes has turned up in a San Francisco court as plaintiff in a breach of promise suit. It seems that she had received the attention of a frisky old bachelor named Ridgeway for about ten years and, failing to bring him up to the matrimonial point, she commenced a suit for metallic compensation for wasted time and wounded feelings. The court has awarded her $5,000, which will get her a husband most anywhere, and the gay old trifler will learn not to fool with widows unless he means business.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, February 18, 1882, page 3

FOREMAN STUDIO (1951-55)
N. Harry and Ruth T. Foreman
    Ellison Studio, 32 North Central, N. Harry Foreman, Operator-Photographer for the Past 3 Years. No Connection with the Deal at the Big Y Market.
Advertisement, Medford Mail Tribune, November 30, 1952, page B7
    Assumes Name--Harry Foreman has assumed the name Ellison Studio for a photography business at 32 North Central Avenue, according to county clerk's records.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, January 26, 1953, page 7
    Foreman's Studio, formerly Ellison's Studio, 32 North Central.
Advertisement, Medford Mail Tribune, October 18, 1953, page B7

FRYE & SMITH, LTD.
San Diego, California postcard publisher. F&S logo, Kromekote postcards, "color by Bolty"

W. P. FULLER CO.
Wooden postcards, Longview, Washington

GANDEE PRINTING CENTER
Medford, Oregon occasional postcard printer

ROSWELL HENRY GARDINER (itinerant: Roseburg area 1887; Rogue Valley 1887, 1889; Victoria, B.C. 1888; Clackamas 1888; Hillsboro 1889; Portland 1892-95)
    R. H. Gardiner, photographer, is in our city taking views of residences, etc.
Plaindealer, Roseburg, April 22, 1887, page 3
    Judge Stearns yesterday granted Roswell H. Gardiner a divorce from Mary Gardiner on the ground of cruelty. This case was tried last Friday.
"Local Notes," Oregonian, Portland, July 24, 1888, page 3
    Two agents of the Great Eastern photo and advertising company, of which R. H. Gardiner is the manager, are in Southern Oregon for a short time, making views along the railroad for advertising purposes. The company wants views of all residences and business places. They will show you the pictures and give you a chance to purchase some if you wish. They are sold in one-half dozen and one dozen lots at low rates. Give them a chance to show up your business.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 3, 1889, page 3
    R. H. Gardiner, the photographer, is still here and doing considerable work in the country.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 31, 1889, page 3
    J. F. Faulkenberry, salesman for R. H. Gardiner, the photographer, was in the city Saturday. They will leave for Siskiyou County next week..
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, February 7, 1889, page 3
    Porter, the drummer, and Mr. Gardiner, the photographer, made our valley a visit last week.
"Sams Valley Items," Valley Record, Ashland, February 7, 1889, page 3
    R. H. Gardiner, the traveling photographer, was here Monday accompanied by his wife. He has been kept busy because he does first-class work.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 14, 1889, page 3
    Mr. Gardiner, the photographer, left Wednesday morning with a wife for Yreka, after having done a large amount of work in this and neighboring towns.
"Medford Items," Ashland Tidings, March 1, 1889, page 3
    The Great Eastern Photo and Advertising Co. will be in Medford for two weeks only, commencing on May 27, 1889.
    All who desire pictures can now be supplied in the way of FIRST-CLASS PHOTOGRAPHS. Remember that a Thing of Beauty is a Joy forever, and a good Picture of a dear friend is memory's greatest Souvenir. We are prepared to do just as fine picture work as can be done in San Francisco or Portland, at prices ranging from $3.50 to $4.50 for the best cabinet photos ever made in Rogue River Valley. Remember, we do not tarry. When our time is up we go. And how often said and yet how true, that you will never miss the music until the sweet-voiced bird has flown.
    We guarantee satisfaction in every respect and give TWO SITTINGS. Don't think because we are in tents that we do inferior work, as this is not so. The best of light can be obtained in a tent if you know how to work them. From long experience in scientific photographer, and with superior instruments, [we] can do as fine work as produced in the best photograph galleries. Positively we will be in this place but two weeks. Don't miss this chance; come and see for yourselves. Do not stop for rainy or cloudy weather, but come and bring the babies early in the day.
A CHANCE FOR THE LADIES.
    $10 in cash will be presented to the best lady subject out of 50, during our two weeks' stay in Medford. No work done on Sundays.
    Will be in Eagle Point for one week, commencing Monday, June 10, 1889.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 30, 1889 et seq., page 3
    WANTED--One first-class all-round workman to travel with photographer's tent. Address R. H. Gardiner, Hillsboro, Or.
Morning Oregonian, Portland, September 18, 1889, page 3
    R. H. Gardiner, a photographer from Portland, met with a serious accident while in Cathlamet. While sitting on the door step a chain attached to a yoke of oxen which was going by flew around and caught his right leg below the knee, crushing the muscles and producing a fracture of the leg.
Oregonian, Portland, August 8, 1893, page 4

ARTHUR M. GEARY
    Arthur M. Geary was a pleasant caller Wednesday on his way from the [Cat Hill] fire belt, where he has been taking photos of the fire and the means [they put out] the fire for the Oregonian.
"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail Tribune, August 28, 1910, page 10

JONATHAN OTIS GERKING (1912-16)
    The funeral of Mrs. May Gerking, who died Saturday at her home on North Sixth Avenue, will be held at 10 o'clock this morning from the parlors of Moore & McLellan. Interment will be made in K. of P. cemetery. The deceased came to Phoenix with her husband from Portland, Oregon about four months ago.
Arizona Republican, Phoenix, January 31, 1911
    J. O. Gerking, the best all-around photographer in Southern Oregon. Always reliable. Negatives made anywhere, time or place. Studio 228 Main St. Phone 320-J.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, January 12-July 1, 1914
    Kodak finishing and all kinds of commercial work by Gerking, the photographer, over M.&M. Department store.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, February 13, 1914, page 6
    Have Gerking, over the Model Clothing Store, develop your Kodak films.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, June 13, 1915, page 2
    Take those Kodak negatives to Gerking over [the] M.M. Store for developing.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, June 2, 1916, page 2
    J. O. Gerking, who formerly managed a photograph gallery in Medford, has returned to the city from an extensive stay in eastern Oregon and Klamath Falls. While at Klamath Mr. Gerking, who is a crack rifle shot, was engaged as a guard at one of the lumber mills in that section. He says for a time the feeling against the I.W.W. agitators was intense, and everyone toted a gun.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, August 9, 1917, page 2
    J. O. Gerking, the photographer, who was sworn in Tuesday as a temporary policeman to fill the vacancy caused by the resignation of night officer Eugene Amann, is a candidate for the permanent appointment, and in furtherance of his cause has presented a petition to the city council bearing the names of a large number of citizens. The vacancy will not be permanently filled until the next council meeting.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, September 20, 1917, page 2
    Former city policeman J. O. Gerking, who resigned his position on the force a week ago, left Medford last night for Portland, where he performs a patriotic duty to Uncle Sam by entering the shipyards and aiding in the construction of war ships. . . . Many friends of the former policeman were at the depot to bid him farewell.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, March 31, 1918, page 2
    [The Hoover-Cooper Building fire was a loss to] J. O. Gerking, who had a lot of chemicals and apparatus stored in his former photograph gallery on the second floor.
"Fire Damages Clothing Store, Guts Building," Medford Mail Tribune, September 9, 1918, page 6
    J. O. Gerking, the former Medford photographer and policeman, who for some time has been a member of the Second Company, Oregon Military Police and stationed at Portland, was badly bruised in an auto accident near North Plains, Ore., last Sunday, in which three other fellow members of the state police met with serious injuries. The police detail was being hurried to combat a forest fire at the head of Scappoose River when the accident happened.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 11, 1918, page 2

GERKING & HARMON (1913-14)
Jonathan Otis Gerking, Loren M. Harmon
    Gerking & Harmon, Commercial Photographers.
Advertisement, Medford Mail Tribune, January 14, 1913, page 2
    Crater Lake photographs pronounced by experts to be the best ever made of the lake at Gerking & Harmon's studio, 128 East Main Street, near First National Bank. Phone 2154. Kodak finishing and enlarging, negatives made any place.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 13-20, 1913, page 2
    Gerking & Harmon, studio portraits, home portraits, flash lights, kodak finishing, post card work and enlarging; 128 East Main Street; telephone 215 R.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 26, 1913, page 2
    Gerking & Harmon, studio portraits, home portraits, flash lights, kodak finishing, post card work and enlarging; 128 East Main Street, telephone 215 R.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, March 28, 1913, page 2
    Orchard, hunting, fishing and Crater Lake scenes for sale at Gerking & Harmon's studio. Negatives made any place, Kodak finishing. 128 East Main Street. Phone 215 R.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, April 6, 1913, page 8; Medford Mail Tribune, June 17, 1913, page 2
    The finest studio in southern Oregon has been opened by Gerking and Harmon at 228 East Main Street, first stairway east of Star Theater. Our work is always the best, views of all kinds for sale. The best of Kodak finishing. Negatives made any time or place. Phone 320-J.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, August 9, 1913, page 4
    Crater Lake pictures, a book of 12 pictures, hand colored, the finest ever made of the lake for sale at Gerking and Harmon's studio. Call and see them. 228 East Main Street, phone 320-J.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, August 9, 1913, page 4--also Medford Mail Tribune, September 11, 1913, page 5
    Wynne Scott, one of the most up-to-date portrait artists on the Pacific Coast, is taking charge of the portrait department for the Gerking & Harmon Photo Company, 228 East Main Street.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 10-November 7, 1913, page 2

GIBBS & WHEELER (1893-94)     J. B. Gibbs, a photographer from Oakland, Oregon, is in Medford looking over the city with a view to opening up our photograph gallery. He is a friend of our townsman, W. R. Woolsey.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, December 15, 1893, page 3
    Gibbs & Wheeler are here from Oakland, Oregon, and will open a photographer's gallery in this city. They will lease the old gallery if possible, but whether they do this or not they will remain here and do outside work. The old gallery is now held by lease by Cottage Grove parties, but there is no certainty that they will occupy it.
"All the Local News," Medford Mail, December 15, 1893, page 3
    Photographer Gibbs was at Phoenix last Friday and took some fine views of the Phoenix public school building, pupils and teachers.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, February 23, 1894, page 3
    There is a noticeable goneness in the second story of the Halley block. Gibbs & Wheeler, the photographers, have moved to D Street, near Mrs. Brous' residence.
Medford Mail, March 2, 1894, page 3
    Messrs. Gibbs & Wheeler, the photographers, are now prepared to execute the best of work in any and all lines of photographing. Their cabinet photos, as well as all outside work, such as buildings, orchards, stock, etc., is a prime article--and while the work is especially good, the prices are exceedingly low and within the reach of all--hard-time prices for flush-time work. Located on D Street, near Mrs. Brous' residence, Medford, Oregon.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, March 30, 1894, page 3
    There are a number of our people who remember Mr. Gibbs, of the photograph firm of Gibbs & Wheeler, who conducted a gallery in this city about a year ago, and they will be pleased to learn that he was married last week to Miss Dollie Lease, at French Gulch, California. The bride is an old acquaintance of Marion Tryer, and was at one time a resident of this section.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 27, 1895, page 5
    J. B. Gibbs, erstwhile Medford photographer, writes from Lewiston, Calif., stating that himself and Wheeler have dissolved partnership, and that he has been having considerable sickness in his family of late.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 18, 1896, page 7

BENJAMIN A. GIFFORD     Scenic wonders adjacent to Medford and the Rogue River Valley occupy no small part of an elaborate book of photogravures of Oregon scenery entitled "Art Work of Oregon," published by W. D. Harney, which is now being delivered to subscribers at Medford. There are 115 pages of photogravures and a history of Oregon.
    The photographs, each of which is a work of art, were taken by Gifford of The Dalles on a trip through this section last fall. . . . The photogravures of Southern Oregon are entitled as follows: "Jackson County Sugar Pine," "Crater Lake," "Treacherous Rogue Near Medford," "Lake of Woods," "Landscape from Dead Indian Trail," "Rogue Is Broad Near Medford," "Mill Creek Falls," "Lake McLaughlin," "Rapids of the Rogue," "Ashland Creek Near Ashland," "Mount Pitt--Desolation," "Orchard Scene Near Medford," "Where the Rogue Belies Its Name--Grants Pass," "New Government Trail on Lower Rogue," "Interior, Josephine County Caves," "Gold Ray, Table Rock in Distance," "Rogue River at Prospect," "Klamath Marsh," "Klamath Lake," "A Glimpse of the Rogue Near Medford," "Toadstool Rock Near Ashland," "Mt. Pitt from Dead Indian Trail," "Anna Creek Canyon Below Crater Lake."
"Book Portrays Scenic Wonders of Rogue Valley," Medford Mail, July 14, 1909, page 1
    It is entitled "Art Work of Portland: Mount Hood and the Columbia River." I wrote the text, and Gifford a photographer at The Dalles, took the photographs.
Fred Lockley, "Impressions and Observations of the Journal Man," Oregon Journal, Portland, March 20, 1936, page 10

J. C. GITTNER
    J. C. Gittner, the clever photographer of Washington, is here putting the rosy cheeks of our young people on pasteboard. He has been kept very busy since coming here and is showing some splendid work in his line. He will remain here a short time, after which he will be found at Eagle Point.
"Sams Valley," Valley Record, Ashland, September 6, 1900, page 3

GLENDENNING (Ashland 1901)
    Now is the time to patronize Glendenning, the photographer and jeweler, who is now in your midst for a short time. He expects to go to the Willamette Valley about May first but his place will be filled by F. C. Crandell, an expert jeweler.
"Letter from Klamath Falls," Valley Record, Ashland, March 28, 1901, page 1

LEON A. GLUNTZ

J. A. GOFF (1892)
    J. A. Goff has purchased the Medford photograph gallery from McBride & Case. We wish Mr. Goff success in his new venture.
"Local and General," Southern Oregon Mail, June 3, 1892, page 3
    J. A. Goff's photograph gallery sports a fine new sign.
"Local and General," Southern Oregon Mail, June 17, 1892, page 3
    Much better work is being done at the Medford photograph gallery since J. A. Goff became proprietor. His prices are also more reasonable.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 1, 1892, page 2
     I will give for the next 30 days one enlarged 11x14 picture, in India ink, with every dozen cabinets.
    A good, live, progressive city of over 2,000 people and no photographer--that's Medford.
Editorial, Medford Mail, July 21, 1893, page 2
    J. A. Goff of Grave Creek, the pioneer miner, called last week. We are sorry to learn that his health is not the best.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 28, 1893, page 3
    John W. Goff, of Grave Creek, formerly a photographer in this city, visited relatives here during the past week.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 16, 1897, page 6
    I will not be responsible for any debts contracted or liable to be contracted by my wife, Mary Ethel Goff, as she left my bed and board without just cause or provocation.
"Notice," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, May 18, 1906, page 4
    John A. Goff, 90, died Wednesday in the Parkview Nursing Home. His usual residence was 610 S.E. Riverside. Born Sept. 29, 1873 at Sams Valley, he had lived in this area for 86 years. He was a retired section foreman for the Southern Pacific railroad.
Daily Courier, Grants Pass, July 2, 1964

T. DeWITT GOODPASTURE (1898, 1906-08)
    Portraits, all kinds and prices at The Medford Studio, opposite the post office. Best work and best prices. All work guaranteed. I can please you. Kodak finishing. DEWITT GOODPASTURE.
Southern Oregonian, Medford, July 24, 1898, page 5
    T. G. Goodpasture, of Willow Springs district, was in our midst the latter part of the week. He is handling a very fine lot of the Keystone views, of which he sold a quite a number.
"Phoenix Items," Medford Mail, January 19, 1906, page 8
    T. D. Goodpasture, of Central Point, was in Medford last week, calling upon his many acquaintances. While here he made a canvass of the city in the interest of stereoscopic views which he is selling. He found it pretty hard work getting an opportunity to show his goods. Our people have been flimflammed so many times with cheap, trashy stuff in this line that it is difficult to get them to look at his goods, notwithstanding the fact that they are far superior to anything shown here before. The views are many of them of especial local interest, and as they are made with a view to bringing out every detail clearly--hence exceedingly valuable. Give Mr. Goodpasture an opportunity to show you his views, and you will surely be interested.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, February 9, 1906, page 5
    DeWitt Goodpasture, who has opened a photograph gallery across the street from the Mail office, reports that he is doing a fine business, and more is coming to him each day. He is a splendid young man and deserves to do well.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 26, 1907, page 4

GRAYCRAFT CARD CO.
Danville, Virginia postcard publisher

S. H. GRAYDON (Jacksonville 1900)
    S. H. Graydon, the clever artist, has opened a studio in Jacksonville.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 12, 1900, page 3
    S. H. Graydon, a photographer, has opened a gallery in Jacksonville and appears to be doing a good business. His pictures are up-to-date.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 20, 1900, page 3
     S. H. Graydon, the stamp picture artist, who has been taking pictures in Jacksonville for the past week, left for Clatsop Beach Wednesday. He did a large business and gave good satisfaction.
"Jacksonville News," Medford Mail, July 27, 1900, page 6

GREAT EASTERN PHOTO AND ADVERTISING CO.
    The Great Eastern Photo and Advertising Co. will be in Medford for two weeks only, commencing on May 27, 1889. . . . Will be at Eagle Point for one week, commencing Monday, June 10, 1889.
Advertisement, Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 30, 1889, page 3

CHARLES P.  GREGORY & SON
    We desire to announce to the citizens of Klamath Falls and vicinity that we have opened a business and realty brokerage office. . . . We will make a free photo for display at our office or mailing of all property listed with us. . . .
"New Brokerage Firm," Klamath Republican, Klamath Falls, January 9, 1908, page 1
    C. P. Gregory & Son, photo publishers, are in the city, getting out an illustrated souvenir of Medford and vicinity and are at present taking views of business houses for this purpose.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, June 19, 1908, page 5

ELIZABETH W. GREGORY (1913)
    Mrs. L. A. Gregory has returned from a four weeks' trip to California. [She] is now ready to resume work in her studio. She will introduce all the newest and most up-to-date ideas in the photo profession.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 5, 1913, page 6
    The Gregory studio has been sold to S. B. Crow of Portland, an experienced photographer. Mrs. Gregory will move to Long Beach, where she will open a studio.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, February 28, 1913, page 6
    Mrs. L. A. Gregory of Los Angeles stopped off in Medford Sunday morning for a few days' visit with Mrs. M. E. Riddle. Mrs. Gregory is en route home from an extended visit with relatives and friends in Seattle and different points in Montana. The Gregorys formerly resided in Medford, having conducted a photograph gallery here
"Local Briefs," Medford Mail Tribune, January 5, 1920, page 2

LAWRENCE A. AND ELIZABETH W. GREGORY (1908-13)
See Charles P. Gregory
    De Witte Goodpasture has sold his photo studio over the Model Clothing Store to Mr. and Mrs. L. A. Gregory, formerly of Butte, Mont.
"Wedding Licenses," Medford Daily Tribune, July 11, 1908, page 1
    Are you going to have pictures made? If so, watch these picture talks. I have had years of experience in one of the largest cities. I'm going to tell you something about modern, up-to-date photography in this space. The subject will be changed each time. The first subject will be "Child Portraiture." I develop kodak work, make all kinds of views, take interiors, take your order for a cut [i.e., engraving], and can make you a first-class, up-to-date portrait.
Medford Daily Tribune,  July 22, 1908, page 3
    Photographing babies and small children. The best time to get a good picture of a baby or small child is when it's in the "mood," or feeling good. A good receipt: Give the child a good nap, feed well, dress quickly and take it to the photographer. It ought then to be feeling its best. Nine or 10 o'clock in the morning is a good time to photograph babies. Do not wait until late in the afternoon, when the child is tired and warm and the light is poor; try the early forenoon. Platinum papers make absolutely the highest grade finish. They are more expensive than the common finish, but the results are beyond comparison.
Medford Daily Tribune,  July 25, 1908, page 4
    Photographer Gregory has taken several very fine views of the coal mines, east of Medford. These pictures show actual operations at the mine, and huge blocks of coal corded up like wood at the mouth of the tunnel. There ought to be one or more of these pictures over the desk of every business man in Medford. There is a something about the picture which is interesting--chief among its features is the fact that it is right at Medford's door--and there are mountains of it.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, April 16, 1909, page 2
    The educational exhibit prepared by the city schools will be filed and indexed and added to the educational exhibit at the Alaska-Yukon-Pacific exposition. The written work is illuminated by many excellent photographs of local scenes. . . . The photographs, which add so materially to the interest of the written work, are supplied by courtesy of the Commercial Club. The interior views at the schoolhouse are taken by Mr. Gregory, and the ornamental lettering was done by Mr. B. Klum.
"Educational Work Display," Medford Mail, May 21, 1909, page 6
    Mrs. H. I. Conrad, assistant secretary of the Commercial Club, and photographer Gregory expect to spend most of Friday getting photographs of the Rogue River near the Bybee bridge and some distance views above for the use of the club.
"Social and Personal," Medford Daily Tribune, June 10, 1909, page 8
    Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Brown and photographer Gregory were at Butte Falls a couple of days this week. Mr. Gregory was there in a business capacity--that of procuring photographs of Butte Falls, the sawmills and other features of interest--and these for Mr. Dewing, who has large timber holdings there.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, June 18, 1909, page 2
    Photographer Gregory was in Butte Falls a couple of days this week in a business capacity--that of procuring photographs of Butte Falls, the sawmills and other features of interest.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, June 18, 1909, page 2
    Mrs. L. A. Gregory, wife of photographer Gregory, is having a hairdressing and beauty parlor fitted up in the studio. Mrs. Gregory served three years with Mlle. Carroll of Butte, Mont., in the largest institution of the kind in that state, and thoroughly understands the work.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, October 8, 1909, page 5
    Lawrence Gregory has prepared a set of ten color photos nearly 24 inches square of orchard scenes in the Rogue River Valley, which will be entered at the Spokane national apple show to be held this month in a contest for a $100 prize. He also has prepared a large view of an apple tree in bearing which will be entered in a contest for a $50 prize.
    The photos are marvels of beauty. The first work of producing the pictures was carefully handled and then each photo was colored with the most painstaking care. The effect is truly splendid and the views should do much good while on exhibition in Spokane.
"Splendid Views of Orchards for Exhibit," Medford Mail Tribune, November 4, 1909, page 4
    Lawrence A. Gregory, a photographer of this city, at the Spokane National Apple Show won first prize for a display of photographs depicting Rogue River Valley apple scenes. The photographs were "made in Medford" and were very fine. They won over a score of competitors.
Medford Mail Tribune, December 30, 1909, page 1
    A wagon load of 30-pound watermelons was brought to the Allen grocery by S. L. Neal from near Central Point Monday. L. Gregory, a photographer, took a picture of them for the Medford Commercial Club.
"Eggs Go Up to 40 Cents," Medford Mail Tribune, September 14, 1910, page 7
    Gregory's Studio, open Sundays. Photos by Gregory are sensible Xmas gifts.
"Personal Items," Medford Mail Tribune, November 20, 1910, page 5
    L. A. Gregory, the photographer, left this morning for northern California, where he is to do some special photographic work.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, April 18, 1911, page 2
    Mr. Landowner, Gregory's panorama pictures have been the greatest factor in the sale of nearly all the large tracts in the valley. Ask the men who sold them.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, May 7, 1911, page 2
Medford Mail Tribune, February 28, 1913, page 6

W. A. GUNTER (1929-30)
    Roosevelt School received several outside visitors last week. They were: . . . Messrs. Gunter and Bopp, photographers.
"Roosevelt School," Medford Mail Tribune, March 17, 1929, page B7

EDRICK L. GURNEA
    E. L. Gurnea and George Howard left Medford Monday morning for the Crater Lake National Park, at which place they will remain for a couple or three weeks. Mr. Gurnea took his camera with him and, being a scenic photographer of ability, it will be safe to give out that he will return with a great variety of scenes from that natural wonderland. Mr. Gurnea puts the views up in stereoscopic form and has them for sale.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 11, 1902, page 6
    E. L. Gurnea:--"Did you see that view I took of the result of G. P. Lindley's fall hunt? No? Then come down and I'll show it to you. There are eleven big bucks hung up, as you see. Four of them are so large that they touch the ground, while the heels are somewhat higher than a six-foot man's head. Yes, I've seen a lot of other views of the valley [of] Rogue River between here and Crater Lake and everywhere. Some of them you don't see every day. Don't know what that is? Why, that is a picture taken on Ashland Creek, a little way from the town. Chances are you have been by there lots of times and never saw it. You have to be looking for those things in order to see them. I don't take any credit for seeing things where others can't. It's simply a matter of practice. What I would like to do is to take a trip through the Oregon mountains, hunting with my camera. I believe I could get some shots that would be all right. I'm going to try it one of these days."
"Street Echoes," Medford Mail, October 30, 1903, page 1
    E. L. Gurnea:--"Say, Bliton, you have no idea of the amount of business I have worked up on those Southern Oregon stereoviews. Why, only last week I sent nine dozen of them to different parties in Washington, D.C. These were views of Crater Lake and the upper Rogue River country. Those people back there want something rough and rugged, and some of my views are all of that. There is plenty of rugged country up Rogue River and I have focused about all there is of it and from all the possible viewpoints. I have over 300 stereonegatives of Oregon views, and fully 200 of them were taken in Southern Oregon. Mrs. Gurnea does the printing, and night and morning I make the views ready for the market. They sell at $2 a dozen--and I am building up a good business. It's quite a side issue and does not interfere with my other work. I'll show you the entire collection one of these days."
"Street Echoes," Medford Mail, November 20, 1903, page 1
    Percy DeGroot was at Ashland Wednesday evening in attendance at Chautauqua. He tells that while passing through Talent he saw E. L. Gurnea, formerly superintendent of our light plant, doing photographer's work in a tent. Mr. Gurnea, we understand, is making a tour of Southern Oregon--doing photographic work, especially landscape viewing.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, July 22, 1904, page 5

HAL'S SPORT SHOP (1946-1963+)
    Hal's Sport Shop will be the name of the new store which is scheduled to open April 1 at 523 Main. Harold Shidler, operator of the army and navy store at 627 Main for the past two years, is opening the new store. Bert Rohu, sportsman and camera enthusiast, Helen McClure and Mrs. Shidler will assist him.
"Hal's Sport Shop To Open," Herald and News, Klamath  Falls, March 16, 1946, page 2

A. F. HALE (Medford 1889-1890)
    A. F. Hale has succeeded Mrs. Morris in the management of the photograph gallery.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 22, 1889, page 3
LOREN M. HARMON (1913-14)
See Gerking & Harmon
    L. M. Harmon, formerly of Gerking & Harmon's, who has been manager of the gallery for three months, will remain with Mr. Weston.
"Weston Opens Camera Shop," Medford Mail Tribune, February 24, 1914, page 6

JOHN C. HART (1909 Jacksonville; 1909-11 Ashland)
    Hart has pitched a photographic tent one block west of the court house and will make all sizes of portraits and groups. Will make cabinet portraits for $2.75 per dozen until the 15th.
"Local News," Jacksonville Post, September 4, 1909, page 3
    Photos at Hart's for 40¢ per dozen.
"Local News," Jacksonville Post, September 25, 1909, page 3
    Get your photo before Hart leaves.
"Local News," Jacksonville Post, October 2-23, 1909, page 3
    Hart will move his tent studio to Ashland on or about October 23.
"Local News," Jacksonville Post, October 23, 1909, page 3
    Mr. and Mrs. J. C. Hart of Ashland started Friday evening on a trip to Stockton, Kan. to visit relatives. From there on to Kansas City[, then] they will go to Pleasanton, where Mr. Hart will visit his parents and his old home. They expect to be gone two months.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, September 24, 1914, page 5
    FOR SALE--Piano and household goods, photo tent and studio outfit. Call 455 Mountain Avenue.
Ashland Tidings, August 20, 1917 et seq., page 8

HARWOOD PHOTO SERVICE (1925-33, postcards 1924-30)
Burhl Ronell Harwood. His middle name is also reported as "Renell." Many of his postcards bear a circled "H" logo.

FRANK HASTY (1886)
    Frank Hasty, the accomplished artist, has taken some photographic views of scenes up the Ashland canyon which would be noticed as choice pieces in the portfolio collection of any artist anywhere.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, July 23, 1886, page 3

L. S. HAZELTINE (1881-)
    PHOTOGRAPHS.--Mr. L. Hazeltine has opened a photograph gallery in Ashland in a temporary building on B. F. Myer's lot on Main Street, and is doing some excellent work. He has already printed a number of cabinet photographs which are first class--unusually good for the work of an artist anywhere outside the large cities. He invites examination of his work, and guarantees satisfaction before payment. Give him a call.
Ashland Tidings, November 4, 1881, page 3

HEATH'S DRUG STORE (circa 1915)
Medford postcards printed by Albertype, Brooklyn, N.Y.

DeVERE and HELEN HELFRICH
    Klamath Falls residents, the Helfrichs produced postcards of the July 1945 Sheriff's Posse Rodeo and Horse Show, held at the Medford fairgrounds.

LOUIS HELLER (1883-1884)
    Louis Heller of Fort Jones, Cal., a good artist, is about putting up a photograph gallery in Ashland.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, June 22, 1883, page 3
    L. Heller of Fort Jones, Cal. has opened a photograph gallery at Ashland.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, July 6, 1883, page 3
    Louis Heller has his photograph gallery at Ashland in operation. He is a fine artist.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, July 27, 1883, page 3
    Our old Siskiyou friend, Louis Heller, is engaged in photography at Ashland and doing well. He is a first-class artist.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, December 14, 1883, page 3
    Louis Heller, the well-known photographer, has returned to Fort Jones, Cal., his old home. He is succeeded at Ashland by E. F. Everitt.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, July 25, 1884, page 3
Ashland Tidings, March 19, 1886, page 3
    Mr. Lewis Heller, the photographer of Fort Jones, and Miss Alice O. Daggett, of California, were married at Yreka on the 5th inst., and will reside at Ft. Jones. Both bride and groom resided in Ashland for a time, and many friends here congratulate them.
"Carnival of Hymen," Ashland Tidings, November 15, 1889, page 3
    Louis Heller, formerly in the photography business in Ashland, has been appointed postmaster at Fort Jones, Siskiyou County.
Ashland Tidings, June 2, 1893

JACKSON E. HENDRICKS (1910)
    J. E. Hendricks, of Denison, Texas, reached Ashland last week with his family, consisting of wife and five children. They are temporarily located at 76 Lincoln Street. Mr. Hendricks is a professional photographer and may conclude to locate permanently here. He was in this vicinity 22 years ago, and finds the situation considerably changed from ye olden time.
"Personal Mention," Ashland Tidings, March 24, 1910, page 5

HERRIN & HUTCH (Ashland 1897)
Advertised in the midsummer 1897 issue of the Oregon Mining Journal.

DAVID C. & MARGARET E. HERRIN (Medford 1888-89, itinerant 1895, The Dalles 1895-96, Ashland 1897, Portland 1898-1901)
    Robert Hatfield and D. C. Herrin have gone into partnership in the boot and shoe business, and will shortly open a complete stock of goods in that line in the store in [the] Odd Fellows building recently vacated by O. H. Blount. Mr. Hatfield will go to San Francisco to purchase the new stock.
"Business Changes," Ashland Tidings, July 9, 1886, page 3
    D. C. Herrin has been learning the photographic art, and will travel in that business in the coming season.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, February 24, 1888, page 3
    Among the recent arrivals, of those who come to stay, we are pleased to mention D. C. Herrin of Ashland, long a resident of this valley. Mr. Herrin has secured the Lyons building of Douglas & Co., agents, on D Street and just as soon as it can be fitted up he will open a photographic gallery, and be prepared to do fine work in that line. Mr. Herrin is in possession of the secret process of instantaneous picture-taking, and tells us that he can take a train on the run or a horse running and show an exact picture of the people flocking to and from the train. He will give us such a picture some of these days.
Southern Oregon Transcript, Medford, March 13, 1888, page 3
    The building on D Street known as the Lyon building is being plastered and put into shape for a photograph gallery.
"Notes from Medford," Oregonian, Portland, March 27, 1888, page 3
    D. C. Herrin will open business at Medford in the photographic line this week. He has spent much time in preparing himself for photographic work.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, March 30, 1888, page 3
    D. C. Herrin and family have located at this place. Mr. H. has opened a photograph gallery in Lyon's building, where he is now ready to accommodate those who wish good work in his line.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 30, 1888, page 2
    D. C. Herrin has erected a new photograph gallery on C Street. It is well located, and nothing is to hinder him from doing a fair business. He is considered a fine artist and is up with the times in that art. We wish him success.
"Medford Items," Ashland Tidings, May 18, 1888, page 3
    D. C. Herrin started for San Francisco last Monday, where he will take in all the latest points of Photography. He will be gone about three weeks.
"Medford Items," Ashland Tidings, June 1, 1888, page 3
    The handsomest lady on the 4th of July ground at Medford will be presented with one dozen cabinet photographs of herself by D. C. Herrin, the leading photographer of Southern Oregon.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 29, 1888, page 3
    Mrs. I. L. Hamilton was adjudged to be the handsomest lady by the judges of the celebration here, and gets the photographs offered by D. C. Herrin, our enterprising photographer.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 6, 1888, page 3
    D. C. Herrin, our leading photographer, has gone to Linkville on a business trip and better prepared than ever to turn out first-class work. His wife will have charge of the gallery here while he is absent.
"Medford Items," Valley Record, Ashland, July 19, 1888, page 2
     Dave Herrin, our photographer, is making a business trip east of the mountains.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 2, 1888, page 3
    D. C. Herrin, our leading photographer, has gone to Linkville on a business trip and better prepared than ever to turn out first-class work. His wife will have charge of the gallery here while he is absent.
"Medford Items," Valley Record, Ashland, July 19, 1888, page 2
    D. C. Herrin, the Medford photographer, has just returned from San Francisco, where he has "taken in" all the latest styles of photography. Give him a call.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 2, 1888, page 3
    D. C. Herrin, Medford's expert photographer, is in this section on business. He takes the best of photographs at reasonable figures and never fails in giving satisfaction.
"Klamath County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 2, 1888, page 2
    D. C. Herrin is taking the best photographs at Linkville. He is located in John Friese's building.
"Klamath County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 9, 1888, page 2
    Don't fail to call on Herrin, the expert photographer, soon, as his stay will not be long. His work gives general satisfaction and his prices are moderate.
"Klamath County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 16, 1888, page 2
    Herrin, the photographer, is still busy at Linkville and doing a first-class business.
    D. C. Herrin, the Medford photographer, has just returned from San Francisco, where he has "taken in" all the latest styles of photography. Give him a call.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 30, 1888, page 3
    D. C. Herrin was in the city this week packing up his household goods preparatory to taking up his permanent residence in Linkville. Dave is a good photographer and will no doubt succeed in his new field.
"Medford Items," Ashland Tidings, September 14, 1888, page 3
    D. C. Herrin and family have returned from Klamath County. Dave took many first-class photographs while gone.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, September 20, 1888, page 3
    We are sorry to learn that Dave Herrin, our popular and efficient photographer, will soon become a permanent resident of Linkville, the county seat of Klamath County. Success to him.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 27, 1888, page 3
    D. C. Herrin has been busy taking photographs at Linkville lately. He does the best of work.
"Klamath County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 15, 1888, page 2
    Herrin, the photographer, has located permanently in Lakeview.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 9, 1889, page 3
    D. C. Herrin, the clever photographer, passed through Linkville last week, en route home.
"Klamath County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 22, 1889, page 2
    Herrin, the Lakeview photographer, has been in Linkville since Thanksgiving Day on business intent.
"Klamath County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 5, 1889, page 2
    Dave Herrin, late of Ashland, is now securing the shadow ere the substance fades in a photo gallery at East Portland.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 31, 1890, page 3
    D. C. Herrin, the East Portland photographer, was joined by Mrs. H. last week, she having continued to reside at Ashland up to that time.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 12, 1890, page 3
    D. C. Herrin, the Ashland photographer, will spend the summer taking views of Oregon scenery for an eastern firm. He does first-class work.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 27, 1891, page 3
    D. C. Herrin is now located at The Dalles, where he is doing well in photography.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 29, 1892, page 3
    D. C. Herrin, late of Ashland, is doing well at The Dalles in the photographic line.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 21, 1892, page 3
    Mr. Herrin has been here but a short time, but his work has made a name for him. A visit to his gallery will convince the most skeptical that he is master of his profession. With one of the best galleries in Oregon and all the latest improvements he can make photos equal to any in the state, from locket size to 18x22, direct from life.
    His views of Columbia River scenery cannot be beaten anywhere, by any body.
"Color Photography," The Daily Chronicle, The Dalles, November 2, 1892, page 3
    Prof. D. C. Herrin, formerly of this valley, has discovered the trade secret of photographing on wood, which, if he had discovered five years ago, would have made him enormously rich.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 24, 1893, page 3
    Mrs. Kate Howell of the granite city [Ashland] is at present visiting her daughter, Mrs. D. C. Herrin at The Dalles.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 19, 1893, page 3
    David Herrin has sold out at The Dalles and opened a photograph gallery at La Grande.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, February 1, 1894, page 4
    D. C. Herrin, formerly of this county, has opened a photograph gallery at La Grande.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 5, 1894, page 3
    The best is always cheapest. Herrin makes the best cabinet photographs for only $2.50 per dozen. Chapman block, upstairs.
The Daily Chronicle, The Dalles, May 4, 1895, page 3
    Mrs. D. C. Herrin, formerly Miss Maggie Howell of Ashland, accompanied by her two children, arrived Friday from The Dalles for a visit with the folks here. D. C. is a leading photographer at The Dalles now.
"Personal," Ashland Tidings, July 29, 1895, page 3
    On Friday evening, February 12th, D. C. Herrin, grand lecturer of the A.O.U.W. of Oregon, will deliver a free lecture upon the benefits of this order--at the opera house. A musical and literary program is being prepared for the occasion in addition to this lecture. Everybody is invited to attend. Mr. Herrin is said to be a fine speaker. He was formerly a photographer in this city.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, February 5, 1897, page 7
    The people of Ashland will now have an opportunity get first-class photos; Mrs. Margaret Herrin, a photographer of The Dalles, has charge of the Larson studio. All are cordially invited to call at the studio and see the samples of work.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, June 3-17, 1897, page 3
    Mrs. Margaret Herrin of The Dalles has charge of the Larson studio. Mrs. Herrin has an enviable reputation as an artist.
"Local," Town Talk, Ashland, June 12, 1897, page 3
    Mrs. M. E. Herrin, the Ashland photographer, is in Grants Pass, where she will have charge of the Everitt gallery for a couple of weeks.
"A Grist of Local Haps and Mishaps," Medford Mail, November 5, 1897, page 7
    Superior Photographs, Excelling all others in Life Like, Artistic and Permanent Results. Mrs. M. E. Herrin, Art Gallery. Opposite Hotel Oregon.
Advertisement, Valley Record, Ashland, April 28, 1898, page 3
    David C. Herrin of The Dalles has been elected grand master workman of the A.O.U.W. of Oregon.
"Brevities," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 25, 1898, page 2
    D. C. Herrin and wife and Frank Abell have gone into the photograph business at Portland. All are well known in this country.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 29, 1898, page 3

LUCIUS J. HICKS (Salem 1888, Marshfield 1891-92, Portland 1895-1912)
    Mr. Hicks, the photographer, is now located in Moonville and is prepared to do good work in his line. The people should not let this opportunity pass.
"Sams Valley Items," Valley Record, Ashland, October 20, 1892, page 1
     L. J. Hicks, a senior member of the Hicks, Chatten Engraving Company, of Portland, was in Medford this week securing photographs of the city to be used in the Southern Pacific Company in an advertising pamphlet, and by the Oregonian in its annual edition. He secured a fine birdseye view of Medford and several orchard and fruit views.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, October 18, 1901, page 6
    John P. Jones, the irrepressible railroad traveling agent, spent an afternoon in Jacksonville last week, accompanied by Mr. Hicks, an expert photographer, who is taking views of Southern and Western Oregon for the literature the Southern Pacific Co. will soon issue for distribution in different parts of the United States.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 27, 1902, page 5

R. F. HIGH
    R. F. High is building a photograph gallery at Ashland.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 1, 1883, page 3
    R. F. High has bought the building heretofore occupied as a dentist office and opened a barber shop this week. It is neatly fitted up.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, November 30, 1883, page 3

JOHN BAPTISTE HIGINBOTHAM
    Mr. J. B. Higinbotham intends opening a photographic gallery in the old Reveille office, on California Street, above Chas. Blackwell's barber shop. Give him a call.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 30, 1871, page 3
    Mr. Higinbotham, having thoroughly refitted his gallery, is now prepared to take ambrotypes and photographs in the latest and best style, as his specimens will show. Gallery over Blackwell's barber shop, California Street.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 14, 1871, page 3

ANDREW P. HILL
    Andrew P. Hill, the artist, who took the leading part in the effort to secure legislative action for the preservation of the redwoods of the Big Basin forest, has been appointed official photographer of the Southern Pacific Railway. He will begin work in Oregon with one of the largest lenses in the world.
"United States," Amador Ledger, Jackson, California, April 12, 1901, page 1

BERTRAM H. AND HARRIET M. HINTHORNE (Blackfoot, Idaho 1912-13, Ashland 1913-43)
    B. H. Hinthorne, formerly of Omaha, Neb., has rented the room on East Main Street fitted up by Wynne Scott for a photograph gallery and will open there this week. Mr. Hinthorne has had much experience in that line and will make a specialty of high-class, up-to-date photography, having worked in many of the leading galleries in the large cities of the Middle West.
"New Photographer," Ashland Tidings, October 20, 1913, page 4
    Studio Ashland is being arranged for Mr. Hinthorne and will be much more convenient when the work is completed.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, February 9, 1914, page 5
    Photographer Hinthorne of the Studio Ashland has opened a branch studio in Yreka under the name of the Yreka Branch of the Studio Ashland.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, August 2, 1915, page 5
    Mrs. A. A. Holmes of Superior, Ia., mother of Mrs. B. H. Hinthorne, local photographer, . . . has been visiting her daughter here for some time past.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, August 27, 1915, page 5
    Two Ashland photographers, B. H. Hinthorne and Mrs. Wynne Scott, conduct studios in northern California towns, the former at Yreka and the latter at Dunsmuir. Hinthorne's studio at Yreka is a branch of his Ashland establishment.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, August 28, 1915, page 5
    The Hinthorne and Stevenson photographic studios will be merged at the headquarters of the former. Hinthorne will conduct the studio and Stevenson will devote special attention to outdoor phases of the art, especially exteriors and scenic attractions.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, February 23, 1916, page 3
    C. J. Benedict, an Austrian artist, . . . is in Ashland from Portland with his wife and son and is painting some backgrounds for the Ashland Studio's photographic work.
"Austrian Artist Sees Great Future," Ashland Tidings, February 28, 1916, page 1
    The Ashland Studio photographers, Messrs. Hinthorne and Stevenson, secured some first-class pictures of the buckers and the races at the round-up.
"Get Fine Pictures of the Round-Up," Ashland Tidings, July 10, 1916, page 2
    The pictures of the first company taken at Fort Stevens will be on display at the Studio Ashland as fast as they are returned from Captain Malone, whose O.K. was necessary. Orders may be left at the studio for the postcard pictures.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, August 10, 1916, page 5     Dunsmuir News: B. H. Hinthorne, Ashland photographer, spent a couple of days in Dunsmuir for the purpose of opening a studio in connection with his studio in Ashland. Being unable to find anything, he returned home on the Overland Wednesday.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, May 14, 1917, page 5
    Bert H. Hinthorne, Ashland's enterprising photographer, secured an excellent picture of the eclipse of the sun June 8.
"Picture of Eclipse Taken at Studio," Ashland Tidings, June 10, 1918, page 1

HOLLYWOOD STUDIOS (1928)
    The Hollywood Studios, a stamp print photo shop, opened its doors for business today on East Main Street for a period of three weeks, after which the studio will be moving to Eugene. The same establishment was here last year for five weeks during May and June, and since that time has been moved to Missouri, Kentucky, Alabama and other eastern and southern states.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, March 27, 1928, page 2

LARRY HOLMAN
    Larry Holman, Medford Mail Tribune photographer, was guest speaker. He told of his first hobby which started with a 1901 Edison phonograph. Later he acquired an ABC Process photography kit and began a hobby of photography, which has continued for 18 years and has now been made his profession.
"Photographic Association Officers Are Installed," Medford Mail Tribune, December 8, 1963, page C7

JAMES S. HOWARD & JOHN B. JAMES (Medford 1900)
    J. S. Howard and J. B. James, of Santa Barbara County, California, arrived in Medford last week and have decided to open a photograph gallery in Medford. These gentlemen have been in this line of business in California for some time, but the repeated almost failure of crops in the past and the promise of a total failure for the coming season has driven them to more succulent pastures.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, March 23, 1900, page 6
    The photographers, J. S. Howard & Co., who a few weeks ago came to Medford with the determination of locating here, have gone back to California and located at Chico.
"Additional Local Items," Medford Mail, April 6, 1900, page 6

A. HOWELL
    A. Howell of Bonanza has embarked in the photographing business at Susanville, Cal.
"Klamath County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 15, 1891, page 2

EDGAR WADE HOWELL (Yreka 1891-1900)
    Capt. Siemens has received from Howell, the Yreka photographer, several photos taken during the late encampment at Fort Klamath.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 28, 1893, page 2

LOGAN HUGHES (Camp White 1953-54
    The lad that does some of Camp White's best photo work is none other than Logan Hughes, who has a complete photography shop on the upper deck of the arts and crafts building.
    Greybeard Logan had a long siege of illness at Barnes Hospital, Vancouver, Wash., before he was sent to White for domiciliary care. Before his health broke down he had not only worked for various newspapers but maintained his own studio.
L. J. Malarkey, "Pickin' Pears," Medford Mail Tribune, November 4, 1953, page 8
    Logan Hughes [is] Camp White's official photographer. . . . Hughes had 18,000 hours flying time in Alaska following his service in the Navy during World War One. Photographer Hughes flew to Point Barrow when Will Rogers and Wiley Post crashed and died. Logan took the pictures of the tragedy and Life magazine published them.
L. J. Malarkey, "Pickin' Pears," Medford Mail Tribune, December 11, 1953, page 20
    Gene [Lower] tells that a recent letter from Logan Hughes, who is now in the Walla Walla, Wash., VA hospital, states that he is a bed patient.
L. J. Malarkey, "Pickin' Pears," Medford Mail Tribune, June 29, 1955, page 18

HUGHES PHOTO SERVICE (27 N. Main, Ashland 1953-62)
Ronald R. and Faustina Hughes

FRANK H. HULL (Medford ca. 1900-11, Central Point 1912-17)
    Frank Hull has taken a position as assistant in G. W. Mackey's photo studio.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, September 8, 1899, page 6
    Frank Hull:--"Last week I told the Mail readers in an advertisement that I was going to take orders for Christmas photos for H. C. Mackey & Boyd, and that I was going to give away a present. I've made different arrangements--that is, Messrs. Mackey & Boyd have. When I went to them to close up the agreement we couldn't come to a satisfactory understanding of affairs as I remembered had previously been talked--and it was all off. I simply offer this in explanation of the why I will not be able to live up to the promises made in the advertisement. I hope, however, to soon commence taking orders for G. W. Mackey & Dunlap."
"Echoes from the Street," Medford Mail, November 23, 1900, page 7
    Frank Hull, the photographer, has gone to Gold Hill, where he temporarily pitched his tent.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 8, 1903, page 1
    Frank Hull, the photographer, has gone to Jacksonville, where his headquarters will be for some time.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 8, 1903, page 1
    Frank Hull, a well-known photograph of Medford, will open a gallery in Jacksonville about April 1st. Mr. Hull is a hustler, a good photographer and should do a good business in Jacksonville. Mr. Hull, who has married since he was in Jacksonville last summer, will have his wife with him.
"Local Notes," Jacksonville Sentinel, March 25, 1904, page 4
    Frank Hull:--"Yes, I'm in the photograph business by myself now. I have quit the partnership business. It didn't seem to work right some way. I have my studio opposite the post office fitted up in good shape and have settled down for the winter."
    Frank Hull, the art photographer, made Ashland a business visit Tuesday.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, December 8, 1905, page 4
    Frank H. Hull, Oregon
"Oregon's Photographers," Oregon Journal, Portland, September 8, 1907, page 14
    Frank H. Hull of Medford was making some photographs at the cemetery Tuesday; his wife accompanied him.
"Local News," Jacksonville Post, April 3, 1909, page 3
    Let Hull do your scenic work, such as a photo of your orchard, home, etc. 331 E. Main Street.
Medford Daily Tribune, September 6, 1909, page 2
    Hull Frank H (Hull Printing Co), res 331 E Main
1912 Polk's Directory

JOSEPH B. HULSE (Lakeview 1894)
    Bill Thompson . . . seems to have developed a wonderful amount of pure cussedness upon a very slight provocation. He started in to give the town a free exhibition by going into J. B. Hulse's photograph tent and firing off his revolver.
"A Bad Man and His Antics," Ashland Tidings, August 13, 1894, page 1

HUNDLEY PRINT SHOP (1963)
Postcard publisher, 702 South Grape Street, Medford
    Mrs. Jane Hundley, an employee in cost accounting for the City of Medford's public works department for the last 14 months, resigned her position effective Monday. Mrs. Hundley will work with her husband, Charles H. Hundley, at the Hundley Journal Print Shop, 702 South Grape St.
"City Employee Resigns Position," Medford Mail Tribune, April 16, 1963, page 3
    Mrs. Dennis Hammond was honored at a layette shower recently when Mrs. Charles H. Hundley entertained in her home, 702 South Grape Street.
"Shower Honors Medford Woman," Medford Mail Tribune, July 19, 1963, page 6

JOHN W. HUNTER (Gold Hill 1895, Medford 1901)
    J. Hunter and family arrived here this week from Junction City, Or. Mr. H. will open a photograph gallery here.
"Gold Hill Items," Ashland Tidings, March 21, 1895, page 2
    J. W. Hunter and F. S. Sherer, of Oklahoma, who arrived to Medford a couple of weeks ago, have leased the photograph gallery in the Hamlin block, which has been occupied by Mr. Mackey for several years, and will open up a studio therein in the near future. H. C. Mackey & Boyd, the present occupants of the building, will remove their studio to some other building in the city, but the exact location has not yet been decided upon.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, March 15, 1901, page 6
    J. W. Hunter and F. S. Sherer, expert photographers, who lately arrived from Kansas. have rented the gallery occupied by Mackey & Boyd, and will take possession about April 1st.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 21, 1901, page 7
    Messrs. Hunter & Sherer, the photographers, have moved their families to the G. W. Isaacs residence property, on South C Street.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, April 12, 1901, page 7
     Messrs. Hunter & Sherer, the photographers, have moved their families to the G. W. Isaacs residence property, on South C Street.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, April 12, 1901, page 7
    The Elite Studio, located in the Hamlin block, opened for business Thursday morning. The proprietor, J. W. Hunter . . . has had the room thoroughly renovated, repapered and repainted from floor to ceiling, and has provided new and modern light reflectors and other strictly modern studio fixtures.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, April 26, 1901, page 7
    The photos that come from the Elite are so smooth and fine, nicely retouched, that's what opens the eyes of the people.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 10, 1901, page 7
    H. S. Sherer, of the firm of Hunter & Sherer, the photographers, left last Monday for Oklahoma and Kansas, where he goes to look after his property interests and supervise the harvesting of his crops.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, May 24, 1901, page 6
    Hunter, the retoucher and operator of the Elite, is teaching retouching; if you want to learn the art call at the Elite studio.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 24, 1901, page 7
    The Elite is the popular photograph gallery of Medford today. Under the management of J. W. Hunter it has come to the front. Everybody is pleased with the work that comes from the Elite, and only two months since the studio opened--quite a record.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, July 5-26, 1901, page 7
    F. S. Sherer, of the firm of Hunter & Sherer, photographers, returned Tuesday evening from a two months' business visit to Kansas and Oklahoma. He reports intense heat and much suffering therefrom in the localities he visited.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 19, 1901, page 6
    The firm of Hunter & Sherer, photographers, has been dissolved, Mr. F. S. Sherer retiring. Mr. J. W. Hunter will continue the business as heretofore, in the Hamlin block. Mr. Hunter is unquestionably one of the best photographers in all Oregon. He has had years of experience in the East where only the best work possible in the art is permissible. The samples displayed in front of his studio is evidence of the superior work he turns out. He is a high art photographer--who makes portraits--not mere pictures. Mr. Sherer is not himself a photographer, and the line of business he will engage in he has not yet decided upon.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, August 2, 1901, page 7
    One thing certain the Elite Studio, under Mr. Hunter's management, is turning out the finest portraits in photography ever made in this county. The reception room is filled with work he has done here in Medford that would be a credit to any city,showing work to the public in posing, lighting and fine smooth retouching which shows plainly he is a master at his profession. Photos of familiar faces adorn the walls, and people come from all the towns around to have work done by the operator of the Elite Studio. He has been here but a short time, but notwithstanding he is the busiest man in Medford. If you appreciate a work of art, call at the Elite photo studio and leave your order. "A word to the wise is sufficient."
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, August 30, 1901, page 7
    G. W. Mackey and J. W. Hunter, the photographers, have consolidated their business and are now occupying the Elite studio in [the] Hamlin block.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, October 25, 1901, page 6
    G. W. Mackey and J. W. Hunter have consolidated their photograph galleries and will have their headquarters in the Hamlin block.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 31, 1901, page 2
    The Elite Studio can show the finest display of photographs in Jackson County.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, December 13, 1901, page 7
    J. W. Hunter, the photographer, and wife left Medford last Saturday for Northern California, where they expect to locate.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, January 10, 1902, page 6

CLARENCE L. HUNTINGTON (Portland 1898-1903, San Francisco 1909)
    What appeared to be an airship has been seen flying over the city on several occasions during the past week. It proved to be a box kite, on which was suspended a small camera with which "birdseye" views of scenes in this vicinity were taken. The kite has been made to ascend, when the winds are favorable, to a height of about 500 feet. The greatest difficulty in having the kite remain in a proper position is the various cross-currents in the upper strata of air. The kite is the property of C. L. Huntington of San Francisco, a traveling photographer, and is capable of lifting 50 pounds when the winds are favorable.
Medford Mail, May 7, 1909, page 2  His Southern Oregon photos are not known to have survived.

ULYSSES G. HURLEY (1896, 1910)
    From the Klamath Falls Express: U. G. Hurley, wife and child, of Talent, arrived Friday. Mr. Hurley has opened a photograph gallery in the Shellabarger building next door to the Central.
"A Few Klamath County Items," Medford Mail, September 25, 1896, page 2
    There was an itinerant photographer here during the week who has been taking views of our town and its many homes and buildings, as also of the surrounding country.
"Butte Falls Items," Medford Mail Tribune, September 25, 1910, page 12
    U. G. Hurley, a photographer from Fruitvale, Cal., has been to Butte Falls and came out Wednesday, where he had been taking views of the scenery in that section. He has been stopping at the Sunnyside for a couple of days taking photographs of some of the buildings, orchards, our school, etc.
"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail Tribune, September 25, 1910, page 12

HUS (Medford circa 1910-20)
All-caps rubber-stamped legend; some postcards inscribed "HUS Post Card." Probably Hussey's Cash Store [1908-13], possibly Harry Urban Scholz.
    A quiet wedding was solemnized at the Catholic rectory Friday evening at 6 o'clock when Miss Irene Norris became the bride of Harry U. Scholz. . . . The groom is the son of Mr. and Mrs. R. Scholz and is employed at the Pullman bakery.
"Society," Medford Mail Tribune, June 24, 1916, page 3

JAMES MASON HUTCHINGS (1855)

THOMAS O. HUTCHINSON (Myrtle Creek 1891, Portland 1901-02, Holly 1909)
    New gallery at Myrtle Creek, O. Latest styles and processes. Popular prices. Satisfaction guaranteed. Mrs. T. O. Hutchinson will be on hand at all times to attend to the wants of the public.
Plaindealer, Roseburg, June 18, 1891, page 4
    T. O. Hutchinson, of Springfield, Oregon was in the city yesterday on his way to Crater Lake, where he will do quite a bit of photograph work for the Weister Picture Company, of Portland. Mr. Hutchinson is an old time acquaintance of Joseph Stewart, of this city.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, October 29, 1908, page 5
    Monday night Irvin Murphy and a man by the name of Hutchison of Portland, a photographer, went to Crater Lake. Mr. Hutchinson is traveling in the interest of a firm in Portland and is going to Crater Lake to take views. He intends to go all around the lake and take views of the lake and all of the surrounding country to make scenic views. He anticipates finding considerable snow, but thinks that they can stand the rigor of that climate. They expect to be gone several days.
"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, November 5, 1908, page 6

ISSOTT STUDIO (1919-27)
James and Anna Wendt Issott
    Issott's Photo Studio is now open for business over Hubbard Bros. We do portrait work exclusively and make a specialty of baby photos. Your satisfaction guaranteed.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, July 27, 1919, page 2
    Bring in that picture you want copied. We will do it right. Issott's Studio, over Hubbard Bros.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, September 21, 1919, page 2
    Mr. and Mrs. Albert Peasley, formerly of Portland, have purchased the Issott Studio, 331 East Main Street, and will operate it under the name of "The Peasleys."
"The Peasleys Purchase Issotts," Medford Mail Tribune, March 13, 1927, page B6

JACKSONVILLE BOOSTER CLUB
    The Jacksonville Booster Club is issuing a colored postcard this year. The picture is of the club's bicentennial project, a quilt with local scenes in the blocks. They were designed by artist Ann Butte and sewn by club members.
Betty Miller, "Mayor of Area Town Helps in Card Revival," Medford Mail Tribune, November 7, 1976

ROBERT H. JONAS (1902-03 Eagle Point)
    Last Saturday Bert Peachey left for their mountain home near Mt. Pitt, and on Sunday Robert Jonas and Boyd Potter started for the same place. The three expect to remain there for several weeks, hunting, fishing and taking pictures, Mr. Jonas being an adept in the latter art.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, December 12, 1902, page 5
    R. H. Jonas was in Medford Thursday from his home at Eagle Point to get supplies for a photograph gallery which he expects to open at that place in the near future.
"Local News Notes," Medford Success, March 20, 1903, page 6
    R. H. Jonas has given up the role of reporter and returned to Eagle Point, where he is operating a photograph gallery.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 1, 1903, page 3
    Robert Jonas has erected a tent on his father's place and is engaged in the photograph business.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, April 10, 1903, page 5

EDITH HAYDEN JONES BALL (1915-1921 Roseburg, 1921-48 Medford)
    Miss Edith Hayden, the well-known local photographer, left this morning for Pasadena, Cal., where she will visit for a week or ten days with her parents. On her return she will stop at San Francisco, where she will attend the exposition.
"City News," News-Review, Roseburg, Oregon, July 23, 1915, page 3
    Miss Edith Hayden, a local photographer, left here today for San Francisco, Pasadena and points in Arizona, where she will spend several weeks with friends.
"Local and Personal," News-Review, Roseburg, Oregon, July 23, 1915, page 5
    Mr. and Mrs. James H. Clark today completed the purchase of the photographic studio formerly owned by Mrs. Edith Hayden, located in the Bell building on Jackson Street.
"Hayden Studio Sold to James Clark," News-Review, Roseburg, Oregon, April 21, 1921, page 8
    Mrs. Hayden Jones, who left recently for Medford to make her permanent home, is now opening a new photographic studio in the latter city. 
"Around the Town," News-Review, Roseburg, Oregon, May 11, 1921, page 4
    Photos finished in five days from time sitting is made. Upstairs Photo Shop, 208 West Main Street.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, December 10, 1924, page 2
    EXPERT PORTRAIT WORK either at studio, 627 S. 6th St., or your home. Call 234, ask for E. Hayden Jones.
Classified ad, The Evening Herald, Klamath Falls, December 4, 1925, page 7
    Jones, Edith H., Mrs., photographer, r 235 S. Central
1927-28 Medford City Directory
    Jones, Edith H., photog. Swems, r 607 W. 2nd
1930-31 Medford City Directory
    KODAK FINISHING--Easy-to-pay prices. E. Hayden Jones Photo Studio. 607 W. 2nd. Phone 1282-M. Hours 11 to 7.
Classified ad, Medford Mail Tribune, October 30, 1934, page 7
    SAVE on Kodak finishing at the E. Hayden Jones Studio, 607 West 2nd. Phone 1282-M.
Classified ad, Medford Mail Tribune, August 7, 1936, page 17
    BABY'S PHOTO--Special offer, 50¢ total price, one 8x10 photo of any child under 6 years. Proofs shown. E. Hayden Jones Studio. Dial 3364. 607 West 2nd, past junior high.
Classified ad, Medford Mail Tribune, August 28, 1941, page 11
    Miss Jones is a native of Missouri, Kansas City, to be exact. Her father served in the Confederate Army. Her earlier days were happily spent on a farm. When fifteen, she entered the University of Oklahoma, leaving the college while a sophomore. Readers will recall a popular fad of that time, leather pillow covers, with Indian scenes painted on them. She obtained employment as a painter of these scenes, since her urge for art would naturally interest her in these productions. Meanwhile, she had several friends in Oklahoma City who owned a photo studio, another outlet for her artistic trend. By questions and answers, experiment and trial, she learned the rudiments of the profession and soon showed skill as a retoucher. Soon she discarded pillow top art for retouching in several studios. By this time her parents moved to Yuma, Arizona. She moved with them, but after a six months' stay decided to go further west, and went to live with a cousin in Portland, Oregon. There being no retouching to be done, she purchased a stamp picture studio, and, to use her words, "the fun began." Perhaps she had in the mind the time when she and a partner had a studio houseboat on the Columbia River, and the incidental camping experiences along the river, as the "studio" moved from town to town. Interested in photography, her real hobby is raising unusual plants and flowers. She and Skipper, the pup, constitute the family. Her studio today is located in Medford, Oregon.
The Focus, July-August 1942, quoted in Peter Palmquist, "Camera Fiends and Kodak Girls in Southern Oregon 1850-1950"
    [I am] Picking pears as a patriotic duty, but studio [is] open Thursday, Friday, Saturday and every evening from 6:30 to 8 p.m. E. Hayden Jones Studio, 607 West 2nd. Phone 3364.
Classified ad, Medford Mail Tribune, August 30, 1942, page 5

A. E. KAISER (Grants Pass 1904-1906)
    H. E. Kaiser [sic], of Chicago, has purchased the New York Studio. The people of Oregon City and vicinity will appreciate the fact of having an up-to-date photographer. The work done by Mr. Kaiser is strictly first class at moderate prices.
"Additional Local," Oregon City Courier, November 13, 1903, page 4
    A. E. Kaiser has bought the photo studio of C. D. Nichols, opposite the courthouse. Mr. Kaiser makes a specialty of platinum and carbon prints.
"The Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 7, 1904, page 3
    J. M. Boyd, who has been in Portland for the past month, whither he went to take the remains of his wife for interment in one of the cemeteries of that city, returned Wednesday to Grants Pass. Mr. Boyd will again resume his photographic business, which he left in charge of A. E. Kaiser.
"The Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, June 16, 1905, page 3

KENNELL-ELLIS (1931-38 Medford, 1939- Eugene)
E. W. Ellis and E. E. Kennell

PETER M. KERSHAW (1901-02)
    G. W. Dunlap and P. M. Kershaw, photographers, have been taking several fine views of Medford streets, also some birdseye views of the town. These they find are taking well among our townspeople, and they are selling many of them.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, April 19, 1901, page 2
    P. M. Kershaw, the photographer, has returned from his trip to California.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 6, 1902, page 4
    Messrs. P. M. Kershaw and G. A. Dunlap left this week for the Waldo country, where they will do the photography for a couple or three weeks.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, March 28, 1902, page 6
    Messrs. Kershaw and Dunlap, who are excellent photographers, are in Josephine County with their outfit, to remain several weeks.
"Southern Oregon News," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 3, 1902, page 1

FRED H. KISER (1901-27)
See Mabel Russell.
    A leading feature of the Crater Lake outing under W. G. Steel was the successful climb of Mount Scott, a little-known mountain near the border of the lake, which towers up to somewhere near the height of Mount St. Helens, 9122 feet. Under the leadership of Messrs. Fred and Oscar Kiser, who are perhaps the most daring and successful cliff climbers in the Northwest, a little party of five made the ascent, this party including the first women, it is believed, to make the summit of the peak. . . .
    The view of Crater Lake from the summit of Mount Scott outrivals any that has hitherto been known. The camera was therefore leveled at it in good earnest. The view commanded the entire lake, with the morning light still upon it, the marvelous reflections which are so distinguishing a feature of the lake and which can be seen only at certain hours being plainly visible. Panoramic views commonly seen of Crater Lake are made from a series of plates, and are not, therefore, correct in perspective, whereas a photograph taken from Mount Scott being upon a single plate is absolutely true to nature. As this is the first photograph ever taken from the summit of Mount Scott, everyone who is interested in Crater Lake is on the qui vive to see the finished picture.
"New View of Crater Lake," Medford Mail, August 28, 1903, page 1
    The wonderful ability of Mr. Kiser and the fidelity with which the photographs are painted portray Crater Lake more nearly as it is than any other pictures that have ever been made through any other medium.
"Crater Lake Portrayed in Picture," Medford Daily Tribune, October 23, 1907, page 2
    At a special meeting of the Commercial Club held Wednesday evening, the finance committee was instructed to arrange with F. H. Kiser for a series of oil-painted photographs of Crater Lake and other natural wonders of this vicinity.
"Scenic Display of Our Wonders for Exposition," Medford Daily Tribune, April 29, 1909, page 1
    $2 Kiser Hand-Col'd. Photos 99¢. Kiser's famous hand-colored pictures of Crater Lake and Mount Hood, in size 8x10 inches, mounted on white mats.
Meier & Frank advertisement, Morning Oregonian, Portland, May 5, 1911, page 24
    $5.00 Famous Kiser Hand-Colored Pictures of Mt. Hood and Crater Lake, 10x22 Inches, Friday Surprise for $2.79
Meier & Frank advertisement, Oregon Journal, Portland, September 21, 1911, page 22
    Mr. Parkhurst was accompanied to the lake by Mr. Kiser, of the Kiser Photo Company, whose photographs and color work of the lake are famous. Mr. Kiser has resigned as landscape photographer for the Great Northern system, having completed a series of Glacier Park, and will spend the entire summer at the lake, securing new views and photographing famous parties.
"Crater Lake Inn Opens July First," Medford Mail Tribune, June 29, 1914, page 2
    F. H. Kiser of the Kiser Photograph Company of Portland is in the valley taking views to be used in a booklet to be issued singing the praises of Crater Lake and the Rogue River Valley. Mr. Kiser has secured several hundred magnificent pictures of the lake, including one showing rainbow trout swimming.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 14, 1914, page 4
    Striking hand-painted photos of the Rogue River Valley, showing orchard and natural scenery, have been prepared by Fred Kiser of the Kiser Photo Company, and are marvelous works, portraying impressively the beauties of this section.
"Kiser's Orchard Views on Exhibit," Medford Mail Tribune, January 16, 1915, page 2
    A collection of Kiser photographs of Crater Lake was exhibited last evening at the library, and several hundred people viewed them. There are over one hundred views in the collection, and it is one of the best collections ever shown here.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, April 9, 1915, page 6
    Kiser, who is over six feet tall and weighs a hundred and ninety pounds, . . . has been taking "stills" of our western mountain scenery for many years, and has carried his old King camera to the tops of more mountains and worse precipices than almost any other man in America has scaled. He is the "official" photographer both of Glacier and Crater Lake national parks, for instance.
"Walter Pritchard Eaton on Being a Movie Actor for a Scenic," Film Fun, May 1922, page 38

KENN KNACKSTEDT (1953-89)
    Kenn Knackstedt, who has been employed at Brainerd's Studio and Camera Shop for 2½ years as a photographer, has enrolled at Brooks' Institute of Photography at Santa Barbara, Calif., for training in advanced photography.
    He and Mrs. Knackstedt, who taught in the commercial department at Crater High School, will leave June 9 and will make their home in Santa Barbara for two years.
"Photographer To Take Two Years of Training," Medford Mail Tribune, May 29, 1955, page B12
    Knackstedt began his career in Medford working at Brainerd's Studio and Camera Shop in 1953. After two years he went to Santa Barbara to study photography. Upon his return to Medford in 1957, he set up his own studio, serving the area until his retirement in 1989.
"Collections Feature," ArtiFACTS, Southern Oregon Historical Society, January 1997, page 5

PAUL C. KOEBER
Postcards, printed in Germany, are marked "PCK." Medford cards published and marketed by druggist L. B. Haskins.

KOLOR VIEW
Los Angeles, California postcard publisher

E. C. KROPP CO.
Milwaukee, Wisconsin postcard publisher

KUNSELMAN & GERKING (1911-13)
Elton Edward Kunselman and Jonathan Otis Gerking, 128 E. Main
1912 Polk's Directory
    Have Kunselman & Gerking, photographers, do your work.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, January 9, 1913, page 6
    Gerking & Harmon, Commercial Photographers.
Advertisement, Medford Mail Tribune, January 14, 1913, page 2

LEONA LAMME (1910-1911)
    Mr. Lammie [sic] has moved his photo tent from near the blacksmith shop onto one of the business lots recently sold by William Ulrich.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail Tribune, July 21, 1910, page 8
    Miss Leona Lamme has erected a tent on Main Street and is taking photos.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail Tribune, May 3, 1911, page 6

CARL LANDIS (1953-71)
LOUIS LARSON (Ashland 1896)
    Louis Larson, a photographer from Tacoma, has purchased F. L. Camps' gallery in Ashland and is in charge of the same. For the next 30 days he will make cabinet-sized photos for $3.00 per dozen.
Valley Record, May 21, 1896, page 3
    If you want first-class photos, go to a first-class artist. Larson makes the platino.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, July 9, 1896, page 3
    Louis Larson, a photographer from Tacoma, has purchased F. L. Camps' gallery in Ashland and is in charge of the same. For the next 30 days he will make cabinet-sized photos for $3.00 per dozen.
Valley Record, Ashland, July 9, 1896, page 3
    Mrs. Margaret Herrin of The Dalles has charge of the Larson studio. Mrs. Herrin has an enviable reputation as an artist.
"Local," Town Talk, Ashland, June 12, 1897, page 3

LAURELHURST PHOTOGRAPHERS
See Mrs. Fred Ball

ROBERT LAWS 
Postcard publisher, San Jose, California. In 1944 Frank Patterson sold his inventory and equipment to Laws.

HOWARD AND BLANCHE LE CLERK
See Kennell-Ellis

RUSSELL LEE
The photographer for the Farm Security Administration, visited the Applegate Valley in the summer of 1936.

FREDERICK W. AND CECELIA LESMEISTER
(Medford 1908-09, Dayton, Ohio 1909, Central Point 1910-14)
    F. W. Lesmeister has bought out the Mackey studio. He recently came from California and invites everyone to visit the studio, where his work will speak for itself.
    I wish to announce that I have bought H. C. Mackey's photograph gallery. As for my work, I will let it show for itself. All I ask is a fair chance. Come up and see me. F. W. Lesmeister.
"Social and Personal," Medford Daily Tribune, January 11, 1908, page 4     H. C. Mackey, the photographer, has purchased from Mr. Lesmeister the photograph gallery which he sold him a couple or three years ago. The gallery is over Allen & Reagan's store, and Mr. Mackey will be "at home" to his old-time friends within a very short time, and the slogan "look pleasant and see Mackey for photos" will be hung on the wall.
Medford Mail, April 16, 1909, page 5
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail Tribune, May 8, 1910, page 12
    Mrs. Lesmeister is getting some fine views of Central Point and its surroundings which she intends mounting in the shape of postcards.
"Central Point Newsletter," Medford Mail Tribune, May 30, 1910, page 2
    Get your photo work at Lesmeister's studio. It will please you.
    Post card views of local scenery a specialty at Lesmeister's studio.
    You can get no better photo work anywhere than at Mrs. Lesmeister's studio. Near post office, Central Point.
"Local and Personal," Central Point Herald Supplement, June 23, 1910
    All the latest magazines and popular novels at Lesmeister's studio, 2nd door east of post office.
"Local Mention," Central Point Herald, December 15, 1910, page 1
    Charging her husband, Frederick W. Lesmeister, with treating her in a cruel and inhuman manner, and on April 22, 1909, with having totally disappeared, taking with him their 11-year-old son, Frederick, Mrs. Cecilia Lesmeister of Central Point has filed suit in the circuit court asking for an absolute divorce and the custody of her younger children.
"Would Divorce Stray Spouse," Medford Mail Tribune, March 2, 1911, page 6
    Mrs. F. W. Lesmeister of Central Point, Ore. has had a very busy summer and expects a good fall trade.
Camera Craft, October 1911, page 493
    Central Point experienced a real burglary recently in which Mrs. Lesmeister, who owns a photo studio and art store there, took the part of the heroine, secured her revolver, aroused other citizens and the chief of police and helped to guard the street until the officers searched the town and decided the burglars had flown.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, May 10, 1912, page 2
    Studio Will Close June 8th. Until that date the following low prices will prevail.
Advertisement, Central Point Herald, May 30, 1912, page 1
    With every dozen photos amounting to $4.00 or over we will give A Large Picture FREE! Central Point Studio, Mrs. Lesmeister-Price, Prop.
Central Point Herald, June 25, 1914, page 5
    FOR SALE--Studio in Central Point, Ore., with or without building; my only reason for selling is I want to quit the business; please do not answer if you do not mean business. Box 235, Central Point, Ore.
Camera Craft, May-August 1914

ABRAHAM T. AND SARAH J. LEWIS
    Mr. and Mrs. C. K. Norcott [q.v.] and two sons arrived Tuesday from Aitkin, Minn., to make Grants Pass their future home. At present they are stopping with A. T. Lewis and family, who arrived from Sioux Falls. Mr. Norcott and Mrs. Lewis are brother and sister.
"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, March 22, 1907, page 5
    Mrs. Sarah J. Lewis, wife of A. T. Lewis, born June 18, 1849, died February 27, 1909, being 59 years, 8 months, 17 days old.  . . . After [1881] they went into the photograph and portrait business, she being a fine artist..
"Death of Mrs. A. T. Lewis," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, March 5, 1909, page 8
    Photographer Lewis of the Grants Pass Art Studio made pictures of the numerous events during the celebration, and in this way we have preserved for us pleasant recollection of the occasion. His pictures of the parade of the irrigation ditch makers and of the coming down of the water will become historical.
"Celebration Notes," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 9, 1909, page 8
    A. T. Lewis of the Grants Pass Art Studio has just finished handsome sets of photographs of the Southern Pacific wreck, which occurred Monday, a complete set of pictures of the Fourth of July celebration at the Leonard Orchard and pictures of the Cornell & Eismann ranch near the town of Rogue River.
"Some Handsome Photos," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 12, 1912, page 2
    We are now at your service. You will always find up-to-date work at the Grants Pass Art Studio, 605 South Sixth Street. The best-equipped photograph gallery in Southern Oregon. A. T. Lewis, proprietor.
"New Today," classified ad, Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 23, 1916, page 4
    The photograph studio which has been conducted on South Sixth Street by A. T. Lewis has been moved to the building formerly occupied by the Berlin Dye Works, one block west of the telephone office. The building has been purchased by Mr. Lewis, who will make improvements.
"Lewis Studio Moves," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, March 29, 1917, page 3
    In the death Sunday noon of A. T. Lewis from heart failure at the family home, 1038 North Fifth Street, Grants Pass loses another of its respects citizens and well-known business men.
"Attack of Heart Failure Takes Grants Pass Citizen," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 2, 1917, page 4
    The building in which the late A. T. Lewis conducted a studio has been completely remodeled, and it now shows the distinctive artistic taste of the proprietor, Mrs. Geo. Bancroft, who with her husband spent many days in planning and weeks in carrying out the plan.
"Bancrofts Open a Well-Equipped Photo Studio," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 7, 1917, page 5

DAVID LIONEL PRESS
Chicago, Illinois postcard publisher

LIPSCHUETZ & KATZ
Portland, Oregon, white-bordered tinted matte postcards, "C.T. American Art Colored," manufactured by CT Co., Chicago (Curt Teich)

CHARLES WHITE LOGAN, HATTIE REESER LOGAN (1883-92)
Myrtle Creek, Ashland, Oregon
    Call at Logan's gallery on the hill for photographs or tintypes. Pictures copied and enlarged to any size and finished in India ink, oil or crayon. Prices the lowest. Satisfaction guaranteed.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, November 16, 1883, page 3
    For anything in the line of photographic work, photographs and tintypes large or small, crayon and colored portraits, etc., call at Logan's gallery on the hill.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, November 23, 1883, page 3
    Chas. W. Logan, the leading photographer of Ashland, attended the pioneers reunion Thursday and took several views of the crowd while they were eating dinner.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 13, 1884, page 3
    We thank C. W. Logan of Ashland for two photographs taken by him, one of the courthouse and the crowd collected at the pioneer celebration and the other of Crater Lake. Both are fine pictures.
"Local Briefs," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 20, 1884, page 3
    Notwithstanding the hard times, Logan, the Ashland photographer, is doing considerable work in his line. He takes pictures after the latest and most popular styles.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 7, 1885, page 3
   Logan, the Ashland photographer, is kept busy, notwithstanding the dull times, because he does first-class work after the latest styles, and quite reasonably, too.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 4, 1885, page 3
    Logan, the energetic Ashland photographer, has added the latest and most improved apparatus from time to time, until he has one of the best and completest galleries in the interior. His photographs are first-class.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 12, 1886, page 3
    C. W. Logan has bought of the Hargadine estate the lot on Main Street on which his photograph gallery is located. The lot has a frontage of fifty feet and is a valuable property. The price paid is $400. Mr. Logan is building an addition to the gallery, for use as a dwelling for his own family.
"Brevities," Ashland Advertiser, February 19, 1886, page 3
    Having about completed my gallery, I wish to say that I am now prepared to serve my patrons, and with improved facilities guarantee work second to none. I have been delayed greatly in finishing pictures by the confusion incident to building, but hereafter pictures will be finished promptly.     CHAS. W. LOGAN.
"Announcement," Ashland Tidings, February 26, 1886, page 3
    The most interesting part of the prize fight is the fact of the affair having been photographed in three distinct scenes by one of our ambitious and enterprising camera artists. The gentlemen who announced after the thing was over that they had failed to reach there in time to see it, and a number of others who said they had heard nothing about it wilted like crisp salad in a bath of hot butter and vinegar when the photographs were "pulled on them" and showed their smiling and interested countenances surrounding the rope, inside of which were the fighters in action.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, April 23, 1886, page 3
    A procession of eleven Ashland babies in their buggies, wheeled by young girls, aunts, cousins and sisters, attracted considerable attention on the streets last Saturday. Of course Logan secured a photograph of the scene.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, April 30, 1886, page 3    The photograph survives in the files of the Southern Oregon Historical Society.
    Logan secured a picture of the Crater Lake exploring party as it started out of town Wednesday afternoon, with the three boats loaded on wagons.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, July 9, 1886, page 3
    Logan will be in Medford on Sept. 5th, 6th and 7th, to take negatives, which will be used in finishing up choice photographs at his gallery in Ashland.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, August 27, 1886, page 3
    Logan, the Ashland photographer, recently took an excellent picture of W. C. Myer's herd of Jersey cattle.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 4, 1887, page 3
    Logan has bought the panther skin brought in recently by Joe Shepherd, and stuffed and mounted by J. Lomas. It is now on exhibition at the gallery.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, February 3, 1888, page 3     C. W. Logan, the photographer, left Monday for Oakland, Cal. Mr. L. has been engaged by the S.P.R.R. Co. to take scenic views on their routes for advertising the country. The S.P. always looks for the best they can get.
"Additional Personal Matter," Valley Record, Ashland, August 16, 1888, page 3
    Chas. W. Logan, the enterprising photographic artist, has put up a frame at the depot hotel containing some of the grand scenery of Southern Oregon for the benefit of the tourists who stop off at the depot hotel. The list includes views of Crater Lake, Rogue River and Ashland Creek falls, and other interesting bits of choice scenery.
"Brevity Basket," Valley Record, Ashland, January 10, 1889, page 3
    The lights will be turned down--don't blush, ladies!--and calcium lights will be turned on from parts of the hall, and Chas. W. Logan, the noted photographer, will take several views of the interior of the hall and the assembled audience of dancers.
"The K. of P. Ball," Valley Record, Ashland, February 14, 1889, page 3
    Chas. W. Logan, the photographer, took two views of the ballroom and dancers Tuesday night with the calcium light, and will have them ready soon. This is the first of the kind yet taken on the coast, although the interior of theaters in the East have been photographed successfully, and if the pictures turn out as expected, Charley may justly feel proud of this job. Several views of the interior of the hall were taken Wednesday, also.
"The K.P. Ball," Valley Record, Ashland, February 21, 1889, page 3
    Chas. W. Logan, the enterprising photographer, who is always up to new wrinkles in his line, has put an arc light in his gallery and took some fine photos by electric light. They are dandies.
"Brevity Basket," Valley Record, Ashland, March 21, 1889, page 3     Logan took a view of the editorial excursion and the people assembled at The Oregon yesterday, and another one at the train--of the party exclusively. They certainly desire to remember their Ashland visit, for they ordered 5 dozen of the photographs from Logan.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, July 19, 1889, page 3
    Of course you are going to attend the District Fair. We're all going. Logan, the photographer, will have a gallery on the grounds and be prepared to photograph anything from a trotting horse to a curly-headed baby, the pet of household.
"Pressed Bricks," Valley Record, Ashland, September 19, 1889, page 1
Ashland Tidings, January 17, 1890, page 3
    There was a jolly crowd of commercial and uncommercial travelers at the Ashland hotels during the first ten days of the blockade, but they all left for Portland on the last train.  Before they went the crowd at the Oregon dressed up the Main Street front of the hotel with immense bulletins concerning the delayed trains, prospects for future travel, etc. and then they took positions to display themselves to the best advantage and had Logan photograph the scene.  He made a fine picture and sold all he had printed last week.
Ashland Tidings, February 4, 1890
    Don't forget that every first premium awarded at the district fair for fine photographic work was carried off by Logan, the Ashland photographer, for his unrivaled portraits and views. When you want a fine picture at a small price call on him.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 1, 1890, page 3
    Logan, the photographer, has received a detective camera that takes instantaneous photographs. He has taken "shots" at the men on the water works, the 4th of July scenes, etc., with good effect.
"Brevity Basket," Valley Record, Ashland, July 10, 1890, page 3     For first-class photographs of any size or style or finish go to the gallery on the hill. Mrs. Hattie Logan now has entire charge of the gallery and is prepared to do first-class work.
Ashland Tidings, July 10, 1891, page 3
    Mrs. Hattie Logan has rented her photograph gallery to T. O. Blair of Portland. Mrs. Logan left on Tuesday for Portland to take a position in a gallery in that city.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, January 28, 1892, page 3
    F. L. Blair of Portland is now in charge of the Logan gallery at Ashland, Mrs. Logan having accepted a position in a gallery at that metropolis.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 5, 1892, page 3
    Mrs. Hattie Logan returned last Friday from Portland, where she had been for a couple of months studying the art of higher photography.
"Jacksonville Items," Ashland Tidings, March 25, 1892, page 3
    Mrs. Hattie Logan came out from Portland Friday to see to the renting of her photograph gallery in Ashland.
"Personal," Ashland Tidings, August 5, 1892, page 3
    The Logan photograph gallery at Ashland has passed into the hands of artist Brock and wife of Astoria, who will operate it in the future.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 5, 1892, page 3
    F. L. Blair, who for a time ran the Logan photograph gallery, is employed at Lamb & McAlpin's gallery in Portland.
"Brevity Basket," Valley Record, Ashland, April 28, 1892, page 3
    Mrs. Hattie Logan of Portland was at Ashland last week, making arrangements for the renting of her photograph gallery at the granite city to an Astoria gentleman, who is now in charge.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 12, 1892, page 2
    J. W. Aid, now of Pokegama, last week bought the Logan photographic outfit at Ashland, and will employ it in his gallery over the hill.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 19, 1893, page 3
    F. L. Camps, who has charge of the Logan photograph gallery at Ashland, called on us last Saturday. He is a first-class artist and is building up a good business.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 24, 1894, page 3 CAMPS-LOGAN--At the residence of the bride's parents, Mr. and Mrs. Reeser, Sunday morning, July 12th, by Rev. George N. Annes, F. L. Camps and Mrs. Hattie M. Logan, both of Ashland.
    The wedding ceremony was performed in the presence of the family and the couple left almost immediately on the southbound train for San Jose, Cal., where Mr. Camps contemplates engaging in the photography business.
Ashland Tidings, July 13, 1896
    A decree of divorce was granted by the circuit court at Jacksonville to Hattie Camps versus F. L. Camps last week.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, November 16, 1916, page 5

RUTH LOVERIDGE (Grants Pass 1906-1908)
    Miss Ruth Loveridge of Eugene has bought out the Clevenger art gallery and business and has been spending the week in making improvements preparatory to opening the gallery for work. Miss Loveridge has spent a number of years in portrait photographer work and has been with Dorris of Eugene in her studio. Miss Loveridge will open for business next week.
"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 6, 1906, page 5
    Miss Ruth Loveridge leaves the first of the week for her vacation, which will be spent at her home in Eugene, and also at Portland. While in Portland Miss Loveridge will visit the studios to keep in touch with the styles of portraits which are most popular in the cities. During her absence the gallery will be closed.
Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 3, 1906, page 5
    For photographs that are PICTURES, go to Loveridge Studio.
"Some Bargain Pointers," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, February 1, 1907, page 5
    Miss Ruth Loveridge returned Tuesday from Eugene where she has been spending the past two weeks with her father and sisters. Her studio is now open and ready for any photographic business.
"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 23, 1907, page 5
    Miss Helen [sic] Loveridge has sold her photograph studio on Sixth and H streets to J. W. Branch and will go to Eugene to live with her father.
"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 10, 1908, page 5
    You will find the Clevenger and Loveridge negatives at Branch's Studio opposite P.O.
"Some Bargain Pointers," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, May 29, 1908, page 5

WILLIAM LOWE
See Typewriter Series
    Rogue River, Oct. 12.--Ben [sic] Lowe of Highway 99 is building an addition to his cabinet and gift shop to be used for photography. Mr. Lowe conducts a flourishing business in picture postcards. The grounds around his shop are decorated with gaily colored birdhouses which he makes and sells, and is a cheerful setting for his more practical work of cabinet and boat building.
Medford Mail Tribune, October 12, 1949, page 14
    CAMERA. Speed Graphic, 2¼x3¼ F4.5 lens. Kelart range finder. Flash light. Film holder, cut film adapter. All like new. $125 cash. William Lowe, first house on left on House of Mystery Rd., Gold Hill.
Classified ad, Medford Mail Tribune, December 17, 1953, page 25
    A building permit was issued to William Lowe to construct an addition to his building at Fifth St. and Second Ave.
"Gold Hill Council Approves License," Medford Mail Tribune, August 9, 1957, page 5
    Newcomers to live within the city limits of Gold Hill are Mr. and Mrs. William Lowe, who have been living on Sardine Creek.
"Gold Hill," Medford Mail Tribune, November 18, 1957, page 15
    The '59er program was developed so all citizens in the county could participate in the centennial project. Membership costs $1, and a lapel pin of a gold pan with a gold nugget is presented with each membership. The pin is manufactured by William Lowe of Gold Hill.
"2,000 Join '59er Membership Plan," Medford Mail Tribune, March 24, 1959, page 1
    Applegate Valley--Mr. and Mrs. Lowe are residing here, and will establish a novelty shop handling jewelry and other items made by Mr. Lowe, who has engaged in this business in Gold Hill for the past twenty years. Lowe also is a photographer, and Mrs. Lowe will manage a small print shop.
"Applegate Valley Cattle Ranch, Acre Piece Are Sold," Medford Mail Tribune, July 25, 1962, page 14

MRS. SARAH J. LYON (Central Point 1889-90)
    Mrs. Lyons has her new gallery done, and will now commence work. Those desiring photographs will do well to call on her.
"Central Point Items," Ashland Tidings, January 11, 1889, page 2
    Our photographer, Mrs. S. J. Lyons, is doing a good business.
"Central Point Items," Ashland Tidings, March 22, 1889, page 3
    Mrs. S. J. Lyons, the photographer of Central Point, was in Ashland yesterday.
"Personal," Ashland Tidings, March 22, 1889, page 3
    Mrs. L. J. Lyon of Central Point, the artist and photographer, whose work pleases all who have tried her, will supply fifteen first-class cabinet pictures on each order for one dozen until July 5, 1889. Satisfaction guaranteed in every instance. Give her an order.
"Fine Photographs Cheap," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 20, 1889, page 3
    Mrs. S. J. Lyon, the Central Point photographic artist, was visiting Ashland Wednesday.
"Personal," Ashland Tidings, September 6, 1889, page 3
    Mrs. S. J. Lyon of Central Point has been in Portland during the week investigating late improvements in photography.
"Central Point Pointers," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 23, 1890, page 2

MACKEY BROTHERS (Medford 1898)
    Mackey Bros. are now conducting Medford's photograph gallery and doing up-to-date work. They cannot be beaten anywhere in Southern Oregon.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 14, 1898, page 3
    H. C. Mackey has opened a photograph gallery in Gold Hill. His brother, G. W. Mackey, will conduct the Medford studio.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, November 18, 1898, page 7

G. W. MACKEY & DUNLAP (1900)
    For stamp photos see Mackey & Dunlap. 24 for 25 cents.
Medford Mail, September 21, 1900, page 6
    G. W.  Dunlap has purchased an interest in the G. W. Mackey photograph gallery. Mr. Dunlap is a relative of the Dunlaps at Talent, and is well known hereabouts. We are informed that these gentlemen have rented another gallery in Medford and will operate them both. Ed. Weston, formerly in partnership with Mr. Mackey, has retired from the business and we are told will engage in mining.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 21, 1900, page 7
    Mackey & Dunlap for superior photos. Always the best and prices O.K.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 21, 1900, page 7
    Ed. Weston, who has been conducting the Medford photograph gallery with G. W. Mackey, has retired and is succeeded by Geo. Dunlap of Phoenix.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 27, 1900, page 3
    Frank Hull:--"Last week I told the Mail readers in an advertisement that I was going to take orders for Christmas photos for H. C. Mackey & Boyd, and that I was going to give away a present. I've made different arrangements--that is, Messrs. Mackey & Boyd have. When I went to them to close up the agreement we couldn't come to a satisfactory understanding of affairs as I remembered had previously been talked--and it was all off. I simply offer this in explanation of the why I will not be able to live up to the promises made in the advertisement. I hope, however, to soon commence taking orders for G. W. Mackey & Dunlap."
"Echoes from the Street," Medford Mail, November 23, 1900, page 7
    G. W. Mackey has purchased G. A. Dunlap's interest in the G. W. Mackey & Dunlap photograph gallery, and will conduct the business singlehanded hereafter. We are not informed as to what Mr. Dunlap will do, but he probably will not quit photography.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, December 7, 1900, page 11

GEORGE W. MACKEY (Medford 1898-1906, Brownsville 1911-13, Halsey, Condon)
    The feed barn of Henry Royse, together with a large stack containing 200 or 300 tons of hay, was burned last Monday at Hardman, Gilliam County, also the private barn of D. M. Hardman. The barns were situated some distance from other buildings and about forty yards apart. Three horses in Royse's barn were burned to death. Mackey, the photographer, who is a brother of G. W. Mackey, now in Fossil, succeeded in saving his tent and apparatus, which were in Royse's yard when the fire broke out.
"From Monday's Daily," The Dalles Times-Mountaineer, September 17, 1892, page 1
    George Mackey left Tuesday for Yreka, Calif., and other points thereabouts, with his magic lantern show--which, by the way, is decidedly a good one and is a money maker for George.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, June 10, 1898
    H. C. Mackey and Ed. Weston, the expert photographers, left last week for Klamath and Lake counties, and will combine business with pleasure. G. W. Mackey, who lately arrived from the Willamette Valley and is a clever artist, will have charge of the Medford studio during their absence.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 20, 1898, page 3
    Mackey Bros. are now conducting Medford's photograph gallery and doing up-to-date work. They cannot be beaten anywhere in southern Oregon.
    Messrs. Mackey and Weston, the popular photographers, have returned from their trip to Lake and Klamath counties. They took many photographs and enjoyed themselves thoroughly while gone.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 14, 1898, page 3
    H. C. Mackey has opened a photograph gallery in Gold Hill.  His brother, G. W. Mackey, will conduct the Medford studio.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, November 18, 1898, page 7
    Mr. Mackey, one of Medford's photographers, came out last week with his tent and fixtures, to remain with us a few days.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, June 16, 1899, page 5
    Last Friday Prof. A. L. Haselton closed his school at this place. The closing exercises were quite interesting and showed that Prof. Haselton had taken great care to instruct his pupils. During the afternoon recess Mr. Mackey brought his camera to the school house and took a picture of the school and visitors. Monday morning he went to the Betz school house and took a picture of that school.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, June 16, 1899, page 5
    Geo. Mackey, a Medford photographer, who has been camping here for the past week, left last Sunday. He expresses himself as much pleased with the Butte Creek country and thinks the people here the most sociable of any he has met in the county. Just before leaving he took a picture of the Brown family in a group. There were twenty-one members, ten of which were absent, and which included the grandchildren and stepchildren.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, June 23, 1899, page 5
    Last week in speaking of the group of the Brown family taken by Mr. Mackey, the printer caused me to say that there were twenty-one members of the family, ten of which were absent. I should have said that there were twenty-one in the group and that the entire family consisted of thirty-one members of which ten were absent.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, June 30, 1899, page 5
    Geo. Mackey and family returned Tuesday from down the valley. He has been at Gold Hill, Woodville and Grants Pass with his tent photographing outfit.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, August 4, 1899, page 6
    Van Exxe and Geo. Mackey, the well-known artists, have formed a partnership.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 7, 1899, page 3
    The photographers Van Exxe and Mackey have dissolved partnership, Mr. Mackey having purchased his partner's interest in the gallery, opposite the Mail office. This is Mr. G. W. Mackey, and he is an artist of years' experience, and has a reputation of making only first-class work. He is not a stranger to Medford people, he having resided here for some time, and has made photographs for many of them--all of whom are loud in their praise of his superior work. Mr. Van Exxe is not now in the city.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 1, 1899, page 7
    Geo. Mackey is sole proprietor of the Medford photograph gallery, situated opposite the post office, and is doing lots of good work.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 4, 1899, page 2
    Photographer G. W. Mackey took several fine views of the circus parade, and these are for sale at his studio, opposite the post office.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, September 15, 1899, page 6     Cabinet photos $1.50 per doz. at the Medford studio, opposite post office (known as the Van Exxe studio), Geo. W. Mackey, prop.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 23, 1899, page 3
     Only first-class, up-to-date work done at the Medford Photograph Gallery, in Adkins' building. Prices reasonable, nevertheless.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 26, 1900, page 2
    Ed. Weston, who has been conducting the Medford photograph gallery with G. W. Mackey, has retired and is succeeded by Geo. Dunlap of Phoenix.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 27, 1900, page 3
    Say! Did you see the latest in photos? You can see them at the Medford Studio, over Beck's hardware store. Geo. W. Mackey proprietor.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 1, 1901, page 5
    G. W. Mackey and J. W. Hunter have consolidated their photograph galleries and will have their headquarters in the Hamlin block.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 31, 1901, page 2
    G. F. Owings has sold his photo tent in Glendale to Mr. Weston and gone to Medford to take charge of the Geo. Mackey gallery.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, November 22, 1901, page 5
    G. W. Mackey has reopened the Medford Photo Gallery in Adkins' building, C Street, opposite Jackson County Bank. Up-to-date work and reasonable prices.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 19, 1901, page 5
    The twelve girls belonging to the recent drill had a fine picture taken last week at George Mackey's gallery.
"Academy Notes," Medford Mail, February 7, 1902, page 6
    The photograph gallery now occupied by Mr. Owings will be conducted by G. W. Mackey after April 1st, he having secured the lease.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 27, 1902, page 4
    G. W. Mackey has reopened the Medford Photo Gallery in Adkins' building, C Street, opposite Jackson County Bank. Up-to-date work and reasonable prices.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 24, 1902
    Reduced rates on photos at the Elite Studio in Medford. In order to thoroughly introduce our work to the public, we will for a time make cabinets for $1.50 per dozen. Satisfaction guaranteed or no pay. Yours for fine work, Elite Photo Company.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 9, 1902, page 7
    G. W. Mackey has reopened the Medford Photo Gallery in Adkins' building, C Street, opposite Jackson County Bank. Up-to-date work and reasonable prices.
"Southern Oregon News," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 29, 1902, page 3
    For Rent--The Elite photo studio, best location in the city. Inquire at the Mail office.
Medford Mail, July 11, 1902, page 3
    G. W. Mackey is enjoying a two weeks' outing at Crater Lake. His photo gallery is being operated during his absence by Lee Van Berkleo, of Yreka.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, August 8, 1902, page 6
    Geo. W. Mackey, the expert photographer, has rented the gallery in the Hamlin block, and will take possession at once.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 18, 1902, page 1
    G. W. Mackey has leased the Elite Studio, in the Hamlin block, and expects to at once open a photograph gallery there. He will continue to operate the gallery in the Adkins block. Ed. Chappel, a photographer from Kansas, will have charge of Mr. Mackey's new gallery.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, October 10, 1902, page 7
    Boarding house, opposite post office. Mrs. G. W. Mackey, proprietor.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, December 5, 1902, page 6
    Mrs. G. W. Mackey has fitted up two additional rooms in the building occupied by her restaurant for the accommodation of her guests. Mrs. Mackey is getting the building in good shape for a model eating and lodging house.
"City Briefs," Medford Success, January 23, 1903, page 5
    Frank Hull has sold out his interest in the Elite Gallery in Medford to his partner, George Mackey, and will devote his time to view work. Mr. Hull has recently bought a large lens, making his outfit complete in every respect. He will visit all sections of the Rogue River Valley and take views of its many scenic attractions, as well as to take views of buildings and other places of interest.
"Local Notes," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, June 19, 1903
    Geo. W. Mackey, the photographer, left Monday for Gold Hill, where he will ply his vocation for several days.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 27, 1904, page 1
    G. W. Mackey, the photographer, has been making Glendale a professional visit.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 6, 1904, page 1

HENRY C. MACKEY (Itinerant 1890-95, Medford 1895-1923)
    Mackey, the photographer of the Pacific Northwest, will photograph from June 5 to June 20, and will guarantee the very best work. Extra work done over each picture. Cloudy weather just as good and favorable as fair weather. Avail yourselves of the opportunity to come early so your work can be finished. Prices from $3.50 to $4.00 per dozen. In front of Matlock's store near the bank. H. C. Mackey, manager.
"Additional Locals," Heppner Gazette Supplement, June 12, 1890, page 5
    Mackey, the celebrated photographer, from Portland, has pitched his tent at the Cove and will take cabinet photos at reduced rates--$3.50 and $4.00 per dozen. He will remain till Nov. 1st. All wishing photographs taken will do well to give him a call. He finishes all work at the photo tent, which ensures that the very best of work will be done.--H. C. MACKEY, Manager.
Oregon Scout, Union, Oregon, October 16, 1890, page 3
    The feed barn of Henry Royse, together with a large stack containing 200 or 300 tons of hay, was burned last Monday at Hardman, Gilliam County, also the private barn of D. M. Hardman. The barns were situated some distance from other buildings and about forty yards apart. Three horses in Royse's barn were burned to death. Mackey, the photographer, who is a brother of G. W. Mackey, now in Fossil, succeeded in saving his tent and apparatus, which were in Royse's yard when the fire broke out.
"From Monday's Daily," The Dalles Times-Mountaineer, September 17, 1892, page 1
    The ad of Mackey, the photographer, appears in another column of today's Mail. The gentleman is here for a couple of months' stay, during which time he will give our people a chance to procure some of his excellent work. He comes well recommended, both as an artist and a gentleman of strict, honorable business principles. See the tent, near the Clarendon Hotel.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, May 10, 1895, page 5
    Photographer Mackey has leased the gallery now occupied by Tyler & Miser, and as soon as these gentlemen can make it convenient to shift their place of business he will move in.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 27, 1895, page 8     Misses Ollie and Lou Butler have taken positions in the photograph gallery of H. C. Mackey. Neither of the young ladies are adepts at the business, but it will not be long ere they have acquired a proficiency in the art--under so eminent an instructor as is Mr. Mackey. The fact that Miss Ollie has taken this position does not interfere in the least with her music class.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 25, 1895, page 5
    Mackey, the photographer, is just about in his element right now. He has fitted up the Hamlin studio in first-class style, and as a result is enjoying an increased patronage which just about keeps him on the jump.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 25, 1895, page 8
    There is not the least possible chance for the slightest mistake--Mackey's photographs don't need any fixing--they are all right always--or money refunded.
    Don't miss Mackey's photo studio if it is excellent work you are in search of--and where prices don't cripple you.     H. C. Mackey, the photographer, was in Gold Hill Monday taking views of the Rogue River Water & Mining Company's ditch and the groups of men at work thereon. Mr. Mackey has a contract to take views of the work at different stages of its progress, the views to be taken each week as long as the work continues. The views taken Monday are very fine ones--such as Mackey always puts up.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 25, 1896, page 7
    Photographer Mackey was at Gold Hill again last week taking views of the Rogue River Water and Mining Company's ditch. He has taken, altogether, about twenty-five different views of the ditch and the country through which it is to be built. He reports a large force of men now at work on the building of a dam across Rogue River and that the work being done is first-class and very substantial. He states that there is a force of men and teams constantly at work on the ditch proper.
    Mr. Mackey may truly be called a progressive photographer. All work leaving his establishment is strictly first-class. He has only been in the business in this city two years, but during that time, through his genial manner and courteous treatment to all patrons, his success has been phenomenal.
"Our Business and Professional People," Medford Mail, May 28, 1897, page 3
    H. C. Mackey, the Medford photographer, one day last week had a new $45 overcoat stolen from the office of the Ashland House. Al. Helms, one of the lessees of the house, lost a similar garment a few days since in the same way.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 6, 1898, page 3
    Mr. Mackey, the Medford photographer, came out on Tuesday of last week, and on Wednesday took a picture of our school. He decided not to take a picture of the school house, so he arranged the children on some long benches in the field nearby, having the timber and hills for the background.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, April 8, 1898, page 5
    Mackey, the photographer, has gone to Riddle to pitch his tent.
"Myrtle Creek Items," Plaindealer, Roseburg, Oregon, May 19, 1898, page 3
    H. C. Mackey and Ed. Weston, the expert photographers, left last week for Klamath and Lake counties, and will combine business with pleasure. G. W. Mackey, who lately arrived from the Willamette Valley and is a clever artist, will have charge of the Medford studio during their absence.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 20, 1898, page 3
    Mackey Bros. are now conducting Medford's photograph gallery and doing up-to-date work. They cannot be beaten anywhere in southern Oregon.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 14, 1898, page 3
    Mr. Magers, who has spent a lifetime in photography, and is an expert, is employed at Mackey's gallery, where the best work is done.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 19, 1898, page 3
    Mackey, the Medford photographer, has leased the gallery at Gold Hill, and will take charge Nov. 10th, to remain 15 days.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 7, 1898, page 3
    H. C. Mackey has opened a photograph gallery in Gold Hill.  His brother, G. W. Mackey, will conduct the Medford studio.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, November 18, 1898, page 7
    H. C. Mackey was on Applegate last week, taking mining views. He did a lot of excellent work.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 10, 1899, page 2
    Mackey, the photographer, is building a new darkroom in his fine studio. He is making arrangements to finish his own crayon portraits in as good style as it can be done abroad. He will soon have two darkrooms in which to practice his art.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 19, 1899, page 7
    H. C. Mackey of Medford, the popular photographer, and Miss M. L. Walker, a handsome and worthy young lady, have been granted license to marry. They have the congratulations and best wishes of a wide circle of friends.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 17, 1899, page 3
    Photographer and Mrs. H. C. Mackey visited Gold Hill relatives over Sunday.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, January 19, 1900, page 6
    I hold the high reputation of being one of the best Photographers in the Northwest. Have been here over four years, and have been the only successful photographer that has ever been in Medford. I deserve the patronage of Medford and vicinity. Call and see me. All kinds of photos and Enlarging in Water Colors, Indian Ink, Pastel and Crayons. Photo Buttons and all old faded photos brought to life at H. C. Mackey's Photo Gallery. Make no mistake in getting into the proper gallery for fine work and reasonable prices.
Hamlin Block, Medford, Or..
Medford Mail, February 23, 1900, page 6
    Only first-class, up-to-date work done at the Medford Photograph Gallery, opposite post office. Prices reasonable, nevertheless.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 22, 1900, page 3
    H. C. Mackey, Medford's leading photographer, in Hamlin's block, Seventh Street, has arranged with a crayon portrait company of Portland, by which means he is enabled to give free with each half-dozen cabinet photos a 16x20-inch crayon portrait. This offer will hold good for sixty days.
"Additional Local Items," Medford Mail, April 6, 1900, page 6
    H. C. Mackey's studio, in the Hamlin Block, is a thing of beauty these days--since Mr. Mackey has removed all the old pictures and decorations from the walls, and replaced them with his new and up-to-date photos. One cannot spend an hour more pleasantly than in looking over the grand display in this studio. In every picture put out by Mr. Mackey there is plainly seen the careful touch of the true artist's hand. There is not a better artist in all Oregon than is Mr. Mackey, and we question there being his equal south of Portland.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 11, 1900, page 7
    H. C. Mackey, the Hamlin block photographer, reports that during the past few weeks he has taken the pictures of five different graduating classes. Two of these were from Central Point and one each from Jacksonville, Medford and Phoenix. Mr. Mackey makes a specialty of group posing--and in this respect, as in all other first-class work--he is truly an artist."
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, July 6, 1900, page 7
    G. W. Dunlap has purchased an interest in the H. C. Mackey photograph gallery. Mr. Dunlap is a relative of the Dunlaps at Talent, and is well known hereabouts. We are informed that these gentlemen have rented another gallery in Medford and will operate them both. Ed. Weston, formerly in partnership with Mr. Mackey, has retired from the business and we are told will engage in mining.
"City Happenings, Medford Mail, September 21, 1900, page 7
    Mr. and Mrs. H. C. Mackey returned Monday evening from quite an extended visit to friends in various parts of the Willamette Valley. They were out for a good time--and had it, according to Mr. Mackey's story--shooting China pheasants and taking pictures.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, October 25, 1901, page 6
    A rush now for fine photos at H. C. Mackey's photo tent. I am giving special bargains until after Christmas. H. C. Mackey is your best workman.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, December 13, 1901, page 6
    For fine and up-to-date photos come to the photo tent on C Street.--H. C. Mackey.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, December 5, 1902, page 7
    Photographer H. C. Mackey went to Gold Hill last Sunday on business, returning Monday. During his absence quite an accident happened to his photo tent. Sunday night the snow accumulated on the tent and broke the ridgepole. The wind Monday morning helped matters along, and the tent was completely ruined. Some of Mr. Mackey's friends removed his outfit to shelter and thus saved it a great deal, but he estimates his loss at upwards of two hundred dollars. Tuesday Mr. Mackey reopened his gallery in the room on the second floor of the Adkins block and is now fitting up one of the finest galleries in Southern Oregon. To add to his already very complete outfit he has ordered a lens from Portland that has been tested by the leading photographers of that city and found to be absolutely perfect.
"City Briefs," Medford Success, January 27, 1903, page 1
    The wind on Monday blew down H. C. Mackey's big tent, damaging photographic goods and unfinished work to the extent of several hundred dollars. He has already ordered a new tent and will soon be on deck again.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 28, 1903, page 1
    H. C. Mackey has had his full share of trouble during the past few days. On Saturday night someone broke into his photo tent on C Street and took therefrom quite a number of valuable articles. Mr. Mackey went to Gold Hill Sunday, looking for traces of the thieves, and on Monday morning the snow which had fallen on the tent the night before, together with the high wind, caused the structure to collapse, resulting in considerable damage to articles inside. Mr. Mackey's loss is between $250 and $300; but with characteristic grit he gathered his paraphernalia together and located himself in the Adkins block, where he is now ready to do business with his friends both old and new--and you are expected to look pleasant while the erstwhile redheaded photographer presses the button.
Medford Mail, January 30, 1903
    H. C. Mackey, the Medford photographer who took the photos of the graduating class of the Jacksonville High School at his gallery last  Saturday, was in Jacksonville Wednesday with his proofs of the pictures and delivering pictures on a number of other orders he had from persons in this place. Mr. Mackey has the distinction of taking the pictures of the graduating class of the Jacksonville High School at the close of each term for the past nine years, an honor that he appreciates very much.
"Local Notes," Jacksonville Sentinel, June 5, 1903, page 6
    H. C. Mackey, the well-known photographer of Grants Pass, came up on No. 13 yesterday and will visit in the city for a short time.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, January 22, 1909, page 5
    H. C. Mackey, the photographer, has purchased from Mr. Lesmeister the photograph gallery which he sold him a couple or three years ago. The gallery is over Allen & Reagan's store, and Mr. Mackey will be "at home" to his old-time friends within a very short time, and the slogan "look pleasant and see Mackey for photos" will be hung on the wall.
Medford Mail, April 16, 1909, page 5
    MACKEY'S STUDIO--"Pose with Mackey and die with joy." Over Allen & Reagan's store; entrance on Seventh Street.
Medford Daily Tribune, November 4, 1909, page 7
    There is a photographer in your town. H. C. Mackey, Main and Central, Medford, Ore.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, September 19, 1913, page 2
    A good photograph is not a luxury, it is a necessity. Remember, you may not always have that dear one of the family with you. Maker of real portraits. East Main and Central. 20-H Mackey.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, September 26, 1921, page 2
    In August 1903 a group of four traversed [Dead Indian] road . . . on the circle drive via Crater Lake. . . . The group accurately recorded their journey with numerous photographs which were printed by George Mackey, brother to Henry "Stovepipe" Mackey, famous Medford photographer, according to [Chet] Parker.
"Two Roads Played Vital Part in Early Jackson County Travel; Now Less Used," Medford Mail Tribune, December 20, 1953, page 14   Mackey was known for always wearing a "stovepipe" top hat.

MACKEY & BAILEY (1902)
G. W. Mackey, A. L. Bailey
    Leslie Bailey returned to his home last week from Medford, where he has just finished [learning] the photographer's trade under George Mackey.
"Provolt Items," Medford Mail, February 7, 1902, page 5
    The Jacksonville photograph gallery is in charge of G. W. Mackey and A. L. Bailey, both of whom are excellent workmen. Mr. M. will have charge of the operating department during the whole of July 4th. The best work done at reasonable prices.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 19, 1902, page 5

MACKEY & BOYD (1900-02)
Henry C. Mackey, Henry J. Boyd
    H. C. Mackey:--"Yes, sir, I've taken a partner, Mr. Boyd, of Lebanon. I've known him for twelve years. He's all right. The firm will be H. C. Mackey & Boyd--and the red-headed photographer will still do business at the old stand."
"Echoes from the Street," Medford Mail, October 5, 1900, page 7
    Frank Hull:--"Last week I told the Mail readers in an advertisement that I was going to take orders for Christmas photos for H. C. Mackey & Boyd, and that I was going to give away a present. I've made different arrangements--that is, Messrs. Mackey & Boyd have. When I went to them to close up the agreement we couldn't come to a satisfactory understanding of affairs as I remembered had previously been talked--and it was all off. I simply offer this in explanation of the why I will not be able to live up to the promises made in the advertisement. I hope, however, to soon commence taking orders for G. W. Mackey & Dunlap."
"Echoes from the Street," Medford Mail, November 23, 1900, page 7
    H. C. Mackey & Boyd have established a new studio at Jacksonville, Mr. Boyd being in charge.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, February 8, 1901, page 7
    H. C. Mackey & Boyd's photo tent will remain in Jacksonville but a short time. Have your photos made now.
    Bring the little folks while the photo tent is in town. They never feel good after a six- or eight-mile drive.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 28, 1901, page 5
    J. W. Hunter and F. S. Sherer, of Oklahoma, who arrived to Medford a couple of weeks ago, have leased the photograph gallery in the Hamlin block, which has been occupied by Mr. Mackey for several years, and will open up a studio therein in the near future. H. C. Mackey & Boyd, the present occupants of the building, will remove their studio to some other building in the city, but the exact location has not yet been decided upon.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, March 15, 1901, page 6
    The Mackey & Boyd photo tent will remain in Jacksonville until April 1st, and with each dozen of cabinets you get a 16x20 crayon free.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 21, 1901, page 3
    J. W. Hunter and F. S. Shearer, expert photographers, who lately arrived from Kansas, have rented the gallery occupied by Mackey & Boyd, and will take possession about April 1st.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 21, 1901, page 5
    Petition of H. C. Mackey & Boyd for the privilege to erect a tent on the vacant lot on the corner of C and Seventh streets to be used as a photograph gallery for a term of ninety days was granted.
"City Council Proceedings," Medford Mail, March 22, 1901, page 2
    The H. C. Mackey & Boyd photo studio will be moved next week to the vacant lot at the rear of Karnes & Ritter's place of business, on North C Street, where they will be temporarily located.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, March 22, 1901, page 6
    H. C. Mackey & Boyd received their large tent Tuesday, which will do service for their photograph gallery for a few weeks.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, March 29, 1901, page 6

MACKEY & HULL (1903)
George Mackey, Frank H. Hull
    E. L. Chapale has sold his interest in the photograph gallery to F. H. Hull. It will be Mackey & Hull hereafter. Mr. Hull is a rustling young man, and the new firm should secure their full share of the picture business of this city.
"Local News Notes," Medford Success, December 16, 1902, page 1
    Frank Hull, of Mackey & Hull, the photographers, has been doing some fine view work of late of Medford and vicinity. He has taken several views from the top of the water tower that show up well and from them a stranger could get a good idea as to the appearance of Medford. He has two views of this valley, taken with a very powerful telescopic lens, that are gems in the photographer's art. They are taken from the high butte back of Jacksonville. One was taken on a day when there was a heavy fog in the valley. The fog made the valley appear like a great lake, the surface of which was broken by long, sweeping swells, or possibly more like a great snowfield. The fog was only about 300 feet deep and the surrounding hills and the mountains, with their covering of snow, stood out clear and bold in the bright sunshine that prevailed above the fog. Ashland, Medford, Jacksonville, Central Point and the places in the valley were completely hidden and only by the topography of the surrounding country could their locations be fixed. As a companion piece to this fog scene Mr. Hull took another view from the same butte of the valley when it was filled with sunshine instead of with fog. The broad, level expanse of the valley, on which Medford and the other nearby towns can be plainly seen, with Mt. Pitt, Wagner Butte and historic old Table Rock for a background, makes a view hard to equal by any of the grand scenery of the Coast. In addition to these scenes Mr. Hull has many others of pretty and interesting views of various places and points about the valley. A collection of his pictures would make an appreciated present to friends in the East as well as to be a good advertisement of this country.
"To Advertise Southern Oregon," Medford Success, January 30, 1903, page 1

MACKEY & WESTON (1898)
Henry C. Mackey, Edgar D. Weston
    Photographers H. C. Mackey and Ed. Weston expect to leave tomorrow or Monday for Lakeview and other parts of Lake County, also Klamath County, upon a "picture takin'" trip. During Mr. Mackey's absence his brother, G. W. Mackey, will have charge of the studio in this city. They expect to be absent about six weeks. Mr. Weston is recently from Iowa and is a son-in-law of Mrs. F. M. Brous, of this city.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, June 17, 1898, page 7
    My brother, G. W. Mackey, has taken charge of my photo gallery for a few weeks while Mr. Weston, late of Des Moines, Iowa, and myself make a trip to the mountains with a photo tent for health and pleasure.
Advertisement, Medford Mail, July 8, 1898, page 3

LEW W. MARBLE (1912-14)
    Mr. and Mrs. L. W. Marble of York, Neb. last Tuesday took possession of the Camps Studio and will enter the field of photography in Ashland. In addition to the regular work of photography Mr. and Mrs. Marble will add other features, including enlarging, water coloring, tinting, work in oils, and all other departments of a first-class studio. Both Mr. and Mrs. Marble are artists of wide reputation. Mrs. Marble's specialty is watercolor work. She has painted for a Denver firm for the past nine years and is still a contributor to their stock. They were attracted here by the scenic beauty, the undeveloped resources and the wide possibilities of this city and are well pleased with their selection of a home. It is their intention to build up a large business here, the influence of which will be far-reaching. They are confident the field is wide open for their class of work.
"Marble Succeed Camps," Ashland Tidings, July 15, 1912, page 1
    Mr. L. W. Marble, an experienced photographer, has leased the Camps Studio of this city and is now prepared to serve the people of Ashland in everything pertaining to the latest style of photography.
    Mr. Marble was for eight years the official photographer of the Burlington Railroad and has had an unlimited experience in view work.
    Prompt delivery of all work will be one of the salient features of this studio.
"New Studio," Ashland Tidings, July 25, 1912, page 4
    L. W. Marble, of Ashland, Oregon, is not only a photographer, but a maker of fine handmade furniture. Several pieces shown the writer were beauties.
Camera Craft, May 1913, page 244

MARCO ADVERTISING
Medford, Oregon. Kromekote postcard publisher

GEORGE P. MARCUM
    George P. Marcum, a staff photographer of the Great Northern Railway Company, was here Tuesday evening photographing Woodlawn, Snowy Butte and other orchards.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail Tribune, July 27, 1910, page 2

MARTIN & WEILE
A thorough search of the census and several newspaper sites turns up no mention of this prolific 1890s photographer of business and residence views. Robinson cites an 1890-92 Eugene directory listing for the duo. In the same era there was a Pendleton partnership called Weile & Schock, who also go unmentioned in online sources.
    Some traveling photographers are taking views of the leading business houses and residences in the city. After a time they will appear with these views in the shape of photographs, and offer them for sale at good round prices. The safest way is to patronize your local artists.
"Pleasant Hill Letter," Eugene City Guard, December 12, 1891, page 4

HOMER AND HARRY MARX
    The Elks orchestra will furnish the music . . . the musical program will also include two selections on the marimba, played by Harry Marx.
"Baby Elks Stage Meeting Tonight," Medford Mail Tribune, April 11, 1935, page 3
    Sale was announced today of the Harry Max orchard property about five miles south of Medford and a mile west of Phoenix. . . . Mr. Marx is a painting contractor and disposed of his orchard property because of increasing business. He has purchased a residence on Portland Avenue.
"Five-Acre Orchard South of Medford Sold to Newcomer," Medford Mail Tribune, April 23, 1937, page 5
    Homer Marx, president of View Finders, presided at last night's meeting.
"Merger Sought," Medford Mail Tribune, February 2, 1939, page 5
    Harry Marx was appointed chairman of a committee at last night's meeting of View Finders to arrange for an amateur photograph contest.
"Contest Planned," Medford Mail Tribune, February 23, 1939, page 7  The View Finders was active 1938-1940.
    Laura T. Marx, wife of Harry Marx, 309 Portland Avenue, died at a local hospital today.
"Obituary," Medford Mail Tribune, July 10, 1951, page 9
    Harry Marx will show slides of his vacation trip this summer through Nevada, Colorado, Utah and Wyoming.
"Mineral-Gem Map Planned by Club," Medford Mail Tribune, October 3, 1954, page 17
    Harry Marx spoke about his experiences in the world of art in the era before World War I.
"Guests Attend Last Meeting of Art Group," Medford Mail Tribune, September 25, 1955, page 18
    Six paintings by Harry Marx, 309 Portland Avenue, Ashland [sic], are on display at Frake and Smith Paint and Art Store. Mr. Marx, who is a retired building contractor, was awarded the sweepstakes ribbon at Grants Pass last July for his painting "Sunset over the Grand Canyon."
"Work Displayed by Hobby Artist," Medford Mail Tribune, November 11, 1956, page 18
    Member at large chosen to serve on the executive committee was Harry Marx of Medford.
"Artists' Group Elects Officers; Names Chairmen," Medford Mail Tribune, February 6, 1958, page 2
    Harry Marx exhibited a piece of work done entirely of mosaic, his interpretation of a very ancient form of art.
"Art Group Plans Sale in November," Medford Mail Tribune, October 5, 1961, page 7
    Hollis and Harry Marx, Medford, won a red ribbon for an entry entitled "Swan Pow Wow."
"Fifth Sweepstakes Award Is Won by Eugene Bennett," Medford Mail Tribune, August 7, 1962, page 10

ALBERT C. MAYER (Central Point 1909-10)
    Messrs. Harding and Mayer, two recent arrivals from Los Angeles, have opened a photographic gallery in a tent opposite the opera house, where they are now prepared to serve the public with anything in their line. These gentlemen expect to become permanent residents of our city and have leased the Stewart residence on Oak Street and have moved their families into the same. Mrs. Harding has been in this section for the past three months and, becoming very enthusiastic over the climate and business prospects, induced her husband and his associate to dispose of their California interests and come here to reside.
"Local and Personal," Central Point Herald, July 29, 1909, page 4
    FOR SALE CHEAP.--Good work team, wagon and harness. Bert Harding, 4th and Oak Street, Central Point.
Central Point Herald, November 18, 1909, page 1
    Bert C. Mayer and Mrs. Mayer arrived from Los Angeles Sunday evening and will open their photographic gallery as soon as the building being prepared for them is ready. Mr. Mayer was here for a while in September and operated a tent gallery with splendid patronage.
    Bert C. Mayer, the photographer, wishes to announce that his gallery will open next Thursday, Nov. 25th.
"Local and Personal," Central Point Herald, November 18, 1909, page 4
    FOR SALE--One No. 8 cook stove and bronzed iron bedstead, springs and mattress. B. C. Meyers, photographer, Central Point.
Medford Mail Tribune, March 1, 1910, page 7

McBRIDE & CASE (1891-92)
    T. S. Porter, agent for McBride & Case, the Medford photographers, spent a day in Jacksonville this week. The firm is doing first-class work.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 14, 1891, page 3
    The photograph gallery of McBride & Case, which has recently been opened in Medford, is indeed worthy of patronage. The work done by these gentlemen is of the very best quality, as many specimens in the gallery will attest. They make a specialty of enlarging pictures, and citizens should not patronize any transient rustler for work of this kind. Theirs is equal to any done in large cities and far superior to much which is turned out. Photographs are at present being made at reduced rates, and parties should take advantage of them.
Advertisement, Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 28, 1891 et seq., page 2
    McBride, the Medford photographer, passed through for Michigan Tuesday.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, November 5, 1891, page 3
    McBride, the photographer, is paying his old home in Michigan a visit.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 13, 1891, page 2
    McBride & Case for photographs.
"Local News," Medford Mail, January 14, 1892, page 3
    J. A. Goff has purchased the Medford photograph gallery from McBride & Case. We wish Mr. Goff success in his new venture.
"Local and General," Southern Oregon Mail, June 3, 1892, page 3
    The 1900 census finds photographer Charles C. McBride in Crawford, Nebraska.

McCLELLAN
    During the exercises at Fort Klamath on the 4th the old commissary building took fire from a lamp used by McClellan, the photographer, which upset while he was developing some negatives. Notwithstanding the energetic efforts of the assemblage the structure was totally consumed, but the other buildings were saved.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 14, 1893, page 3

E. J. McCLANAHAN & W. R. BRYSON  (Eugene 1886-91)
    About a month ago one W. R. Bryson, of Portland, came here and made an agreement with Mr. E. J. McClanahan to take photographic views of the different residences in Jackson County. Ed. furnished him with about fifty dollars worth of supplies and some money when he went to Jackson County and commenced work. For a time he made reports, but at last he wound up the business by collecting all the money due and "skipped" the country. He is a bilk, and we hereby warn all papers and persons not to trust him.--[Eugene City Guard.
"A Bilk," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 10, 1887, page 3

F. H. McCLURE
"Taking Views of Local Orchards," Medford Daily Tribune, August 14, 1909, page 5

J. LYNN McCULLOCH
    J. Lynn McCulloch, photographer, will open his gallery at this place next month. He is prepared to do first-class work.
"Glendale Glitterings," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 23, 1888, page 2

JAMES J. McEVOY (Medford, Ashland 1895)
    J. J. McEvoy, of Roseburg, has pitched his photo tent in Medford for a few weeks' stay.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, June 21, 1895, page 5
    McEvoy, the photographer, has folded his tent and gone to Ashland.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, July 12, 1895, page 5
    Don't fail to get 18 of those elegant pictures of yourself. Finished in 10 minutes after sitting at the tent east of Hotel Oregon. Call and examine samples. J. J. McEvoy, photo artist.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, July 15, 1895, page 3
    18 elegant little pictures of yourself only 25¢ at the Portland Photo Tent near Oregon Hotel. First-class cabinet photos cheaper than the cheapest.
"Here and There," Ashland Tidings, July 15, 1895, page 3
    Go to the Portland Photo Tent, near Hotel Oregon, for the finest finished photographs of all styles and sizes. Cabinet photos only $2.00 per dozen.
"Local Brevities," Ashland Advertiser, July 17, 1895, page 2

McNAIR BROS. DRUG STORE  (began circa 1903, became McNair's 1953)
Ashland, Oregon, postcards manufactured in Germany

MEDFORD BOOK STORE
B&W halftone, stochastic "screen." Postcards manufactured in Germany.

MEDFORD COMMERCIAL CLUB
    Before long the club will have thousands of postal cards of scenic attractions to be mailed. The plan is to get the visitors coming to the [Panama-Pacific International Exposition in San Francisco] interested to come via Oregon and stop over either coming or going in the Rogue River Valley.
"Streets Asserts New Year's Issue Best Advertisement," Medford Mail Tribune, December 24, 1914, page 6

MEDFORD GALLERY (1902)
See George W. Mackey

MEDFORD HARDWARE & SPORTING CO.
Mfd. by Albertype Co., Brooklyn, N.Y.

MEDFORD MAIL
    The Mail is having halftone cuts made of orchard and fruit scenes near Medford. When these arrive this office will use them, together with descriptive matter, in printing letterheads for our customers about the city.
Medford Mail, March 28, 1902, page 6
    The Mail Printing Department is putting out an elegant line of Souvenir Post Cards, illustrated with fine halftone cut views of Medford and the Rogue River Valley. When writing to friends use these cards. They advertise Medford. We also have in press a fine line of ladies' stationery, using halftone cuts on same. We have a large number of orchard scenes, Crater Lake and local views of the valley.
Medford Mail, March 18, 1904, page 5

MEDFORD PHOTO FINISHING STUDIO (1923-24)
    Have your Xmas photographs made now at the Medford P.F. Studio in our new and larger quarters. High-grade work at popular prices. Over Medford Harness Co, 228 E. Main.
Advertisement, Medford Mail Tribune, December 11, 1923, page 7
    Charles Gosha of the Medford Photo Finishing Studio has enlarged the quarters of the establishment at 228 East Main Street, and will increase the capacity of the business. For over thirty years he was a photographer in Denver and Boulder, Colo.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, January 16, 1924, page

MEDFORD PHARMACY
Mfd. in Germany. Matte, tinted.
    Southern Oregon on a postal card at the Medford Pharmacy. You can give your friends far away an idea of the beauties of this valley on a postal card for a nickel or less. Come in to look them over.
"Social and Personal," Medford Daily Tribune, June 5, 1907, page 4
    The Medford Pharmacy has just received a large line of the most handsome views of Oregon scenery. You should see them.
Medford Daily Tribune, August 14, 1907, page 2

MEDFORD PRINTING CO.
See Medford Mail.

MEDFORD REALTY BOARD SERIES
See Patterson
    The MRB declared Feb. 14-21, 1928 "Postcard Week" and ordered 20,000 copies of five Patterson postcards (apparently 4,000 copies of five sets), which they sold for ten cents a set. Each card had a special boosterish legend written on the face; they were of Crater Lake, Diamond Lake, Main and Riverside, the Pacific Highway near Rogue River, and a pear orchard.

MEMORY LANE STUDIO (Ashland, 1947-62)
Bonnie L. Conrad and Mildred L. Ager
    Mrs. Conrad and her sister Mildred Ager operated the Memory Lane Studio in Ashland, and while so doing came to Camp White once each month to take pictures as volunteer photographers. They received national recognition with their photographs four years ago this coming May when Camp White put on the Daddy Penland Day.
"Bonnie Conrad Named Representative at CW," Medford Mail Tribune, November 1, 1953, page 12
    For the second summer Mrs. Lowell Ager, 63 Gresham Street, has traveled to Alaska on vacation. . . . Mrs. Ager is a professional photographer, and since closing her Ashland studio has enjoyed recording the scenic beauties of the Pacific Northwest.
"Photographer Returns Home," Medford Mail Tribune, September 3, 1963, page 8

MENDENHALL & BUTLER
William Mendenhall, Jack Butler
    Anyone wishing first-class photos can get them at Mendenhall's photo gallery at the Reveinne Hotel, on upper Kanes Creek. First-class work guaranteed. Jack Butler, proprietor.
"Kanes Creek Items," Medford Mail, January 27, 1905, page 3

L. A. MESSING
    Because he compiled the love letters for a Swedish friend of his who couldn't write, L. A. Messing, of Gates, Or., became entangled in a matrimonial alliance. . . . Messing was conducting a combination jewelry store and photograph gallery at Phoenix, Or., at the time of his matrimonial adventure, he testified.
"Mail Wife Dropped," Morning Oregonian, Portland, October 9, 1913, page 7

MILES (Jacksonville 1897)
    Miles, the photographer, is meeting with excellent success during his stay in Jacksonville. He is assisted by Mr. Exxe.
"Jacksonville News," Medford Mail, November 5, 1897, page 3

CHARLES R. MILLER
Miller Photo Co., Klamath Falls
    C. R. Miller of Portland, formerly Yaquina Bay's photographer, will be in Toledo with his photo tent August 7, for one week only. Call and see him and have your faces made.
"Local in Brief," Lincoln County Leader, Toledo, Oregon, August 3, 1900, page 1
    C. R. Miller, an expert photographer, is in this city from McCloud for the purpose of securing panoramic pictures of Klamath Lake and vicinity. Mr. Miller does considerable work for the Southern Pacific Company.
"Brief Mention," Evening Herald, Klamath Falls, October 17, 1908, page 1
    Chas. R. Miller, an expert photographer of McCloud, California, who has been in the city for the past week, has secured some very fine views of Klamath Falls and vicinity, among which is a panoramic view of Klamath Falls four feet long by one foot wide.
"May Open Art Store," Evening Herald, Klamath Falls, October 21, 1908, page 1
    A. H. Miller, secretary of the Medford Commercial Club, and the Southern Pacific photographer were out looking over the Blue Ledge country Monday.
"Blue Ledge Items," Medford Daily Tribune, November 20, 1908, page 4
    C. R. Miller, the McCloud photographer, was in Yreka Monday arranging to take a number of Siskiyou views for this county's exhibit at the Seattle fair.
"Personal Mention," Siskiyou Daily News, Yreka, April 15, 1909, page 3
    Prints of the photographs recently taken here by Mr. Miller, official photographer of the Southern Pacific Co., for use in the forthcoming community booklet, have been received. . . . The views include many fine orchard scenes as well as some excellent views of the town, and about 25 of them will be used in the book.
"Fine Photos for Central Point Booklet," Central Point Herald, November 4, 1909, page 1
    F. C. [sic] Miller, of the Miller Photo Co., several of whose pictures are reproduced herewith, is helping to make Klamath Falls famous, for the Miller pictures of scenery and timber are famed all over the Pacific Coast. Mr. Miller formerly resided at Sisson, Cal., at the foot of Mount Shasta, and afterward spent several years at McCloud, the home of the McCloud River Lumber Co., for which he took many mill and timber pictures. Last winter he made a special trip to Madera, Mexico, and took a lot of photos for the Madera Co., showing its mill and timber holdings.
"The Afternoon at the Rodeo," American Lumberman, June 15, 1912, page 55
    Miller has just returned from a three weeks' trip in the Crater Lake country, where he and his partner, Glen Johnson, secured a number of splendid new views of Crater Lake to add to their collection. Coming back to Fort Klamath, Miller took two pack horses and a guide, and explored Sand Creek, getting many splendid pictures of this canyon and the pinnacles and other scenic attractions in it.
"New Route to Lake," Ashland Tidings, September 5, 1912, page 6
    A dispatch from Klamath Falls, Or., tells of the establishment of a motion picture studio in Klamath by C. R. Miller of the Miller Photo Company.
"The Movies," Oregon Daily Journal, Portland, April 26, 1914, page 35
    C. R. Miller, local photographer and movie man, has been working night and day with his movie machine and automobile to get the pictures in shape and ready for the fair as soon as possible.
"Local Talent To Appear Here," Evening Herald, Klamath Falls, September 9, 1915, page 1
    C. R. Miller, photographer, has returned from a trip over the lines of the Oregon, California & Eastern Railroad. He took many pictures of the country.
"Miller Returns," Evening Herald, Klamath Falls, November 27, 1916, page 4

J. T. MILLER (1909)

HAVER L. MISER (1894-96)
    H. L. MISER, a photographer from Dallas, Oregon, is here in quest of a location.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, October 12, 1894, page 3
    H. L. Miser, the photographer, has rented the Ted Howard residence on F Street and is now housekeeping therein.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 19, 1894, page 3
    G. C. Wirth:--"The Wirth Photo Company now have galleries at Medford and Ashland, and if it is possible to secure rooms a gallery will be established at Jacksonville. . . . We have engaged the services of Mr. H. L. Miser, a very able photographer, to assist us in our finishing department."
"Echoes from the Street," Medford Mail, November 30, 1894, page 2
    La Fon Winchell, of New Haven, Conn., and brother-in-law of H. L. Miser, the photographer, is here for a visit. The gentleman is a college graduate and a son of an eastern ex-newspaper man, who is now a collector of customs in an eastern city.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, November 30, 1894, page 3
    Our tree planting picnic was in every way a success. About sixty trees were set out, making a row clear around the school grounds. The ladies did more than well in furnishing a dinner for everyone present. Mr. Johnson did his share in procuring and delivering trees, but could not remain nor could any of his family attend, much to the regret of all, owing to the illness of his youngest daughter. Mr. L. B. Warner and the Misses Warner were out from Medford, and by their presence added greatly to the pleasure of all who were there. Medford as also further represented by photographer Miser and wife. Mr. M. took a group picture of all present.
"Table Rock Items," Medford Mail, March 22, 1895, page 2
    Hon. S. M. NEALON was in from Table Rock last week and with him there came a branch of immensely large German prunes. In a space of eighteen inches there were just forty-six prunes. They were such a group of beauties that photographer Miser insisted upon photographing them.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, August 16, 1895, page 4
    Photographer Miser focused his camera on a large dinner plate this week--which plate was full to the edges with three apples--which three weighed sixty-three ounces--one ounce shy of four pounds. Mr. Erford produced the apples.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, August 30, 1895, page 5
    Baker, the photographer, has decided to take to field work again, and will, within a few days, commence doing mining and farm viewing. H. L. Miser will have charge of his studio in Medford, and the same is being rearranged and refitted.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, May 8, 1896, page 5
    H. L. Miser has opened a photograph gallery in the building formerly occupied by Baker Bros. on B Street.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 6, 1896, page 3
MISER & REDDEN (ca. 1895-1896)
    When in Medford don't fail to call at the Medford gallery on North B Street and see the beautiful samples of all kinds of photographic work. You are welcome. Viewing, copying and enlarging a specialty. Miser & Redden, photographers.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 11, 1896, page 7
    The old photograph gallery standing on the ground and being used by F. W. Wait as a marble shop will probably be removed to the west side of the track--onto some property which Mr. Lawton owns there.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, February 23, 1900, page 7

EDWARD H. MITCHELL/SOUVENIR PUBLISHING
San Francisco--somehow affiliated with P.N.C.
    Edward H. Mitchell (San Francisco) is issuing a very attractive set of souvenir postal cards which illustrate bits of life among the Indians of the Southwest. The use of the colored cards, which originated in Europe, has become so general that as a consequence all that is most beautiful in our American scenery is being pictured with a view to showing that Europe with its historic ruins has not exhausted all types of the picturesque. The improvements made in the art of photography render it possible to make even a postal card a thing of beauty. Indian life loses its squalor and shows only its esthetic side in a picture. This set of cards, with their pretty coloring, make the Indian seem the attractive creature he is supposed to be by those who live too far from his haunts to know him as he really is. (Price 30 cents per dozen.)
San Francisco Call, January 19, 1902, page 12
    Mr. Mitchell also offers a very interesting souvenir in the shape of a unique deck of playing cards. The deck contains the usual fifty-two cards and joker and is suitable for playing all card games. The back design shows Mt. Hood in colors and on the face of each card is a view from some part of the state of Oregon, picturing the various industries, such as mining, fishing, agriculture and timber scenes, etc. It makes quite a handsome and useful present. The price is $1.
"Literary Notes," San Francisco Call, August 3, 1902, page 12
    Edward H. Mitchell, the publisher of Pacific Coast souvenirs, has just brought out a new set of twelve colored postcards that will be found most acceptable to those who enjoy the fad of sending a line to a friend in the East or abroad and a souvenir picture at the same time. The views are as follows: The Golden Gate; United States Mint, San Francisco; Claus Spreckels Building; City Hall; Sutro Baths; Tavern of Tamalpais; Cliff House; Mission San Antonio; Mount Lowe Incline;  Mission Church, Monterey; Yosemite Valley, and Chinese Children of California. These cards retail at 30 cents per dozen.
San Francisco Call, August 10, 1902, page 12
    Edward H. Mitchell of San Francisco, the art publisher, has just brought out a new set of colored post cards showing views in New York. It may seem rather odd that a San Franciscan should be publishing cards with New York scenes, but it is more readily understood when it is known that Mr. Mitchell and one other firm are the only two houses in the United States at present doing this class of work. . . .
"Literary Notes," San Francisco Call, November 16, 1902, page 12
    George K. Frink, who alleges that he became the owner of the five-story building at the southeast corner of Post and Stockton streets on April 20 last, yesterday commenced suit in the Superior Court to oust the present tenants, [including] Edward H. Mitchell. . . .
"Sues to Oust Tenants," San Francisco Call, July 23, 1904, page 9
    Edward H. Mitchell, publisher of souvenir postal cards, issues three view folders entitled "The New Pacific Squadron of the United States Navy," "Greater San Francisco as Seen Today" and "Duties and Pleasures on Board a United States Warship." Each folder contains 36 views and retails for 10 cents. Valuable to send away as souvenirs.
"New Books Briefly Noted," San Francisco Call, April 19, 1908, page 6

GEORGE MOOD
Seattle, Washington postcard publisher

EDWIN S. MOORE
Variously reported as "S. E. Moore," "E. C. Moore"  and "E. Moore." See Clutter & Moore.
    The lithographic views of Medford to be issued by S. E. Moore, the San Francisco lithographer, will be very fine and will do much to advertise this section. They will appear sometime towards the end of August.

JACK MORAN JR.
    Jack Moran Jr. is spending the summer with his parents, Mr. and Mrs. Jack Moran, Jackson Boulevard, and doing photographic work for the 1956 Oregon Shakespeare Festival. The photographer, who also paints, is pictured here with his dachshund, Clyde, which accompanied him up from San Francisco. Mr. Moran, who served as festival photographer a few seasons ago, supplies pictures for the souvenir program issued each year as a part of the festival.
Medford Mail Tribune, July 8, 1955, page B1

CORA DELL MORRIS (1888-89)
    Mrs. Morris and daughter have erected a fine photograph gallery on D Street, where they are now ready to accommodate those who wish good work in their line.
"Medford Items," Ashland Tidings, April 6, 1888, page 3
    Medford boasts of the most beautiful lady artist in Southern Oregon, and our boys are all having their photos taken.
"Medford Items," Oregonian, Portland, May 25, 1888, page 7
    Mrs. Morris, the photographer, has removed to Portland to reside.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 22, 1889, page 3

THOMAS NASH
    W. E. Coman, general passenger agent of the S.P. Co.'s lines in Oregon, and a party, among whom was Thos. Nash, an expert polyscope operator, has been visiting this section and Southern Oregon. The object of the trip, which lasted about a week, was to secure moving pictures illustrating the scenery along the company's line in Southern Oregon and nearby California scenic wonders. Rogue River Valley and Cow Creek Canyon are principal among important bits of scenery that were secured. Some time was spent visiting grain fields, orchards and other places where good views of pursuits followed in Oregon were obtained. For a part of, if not the entire distance, while pictures were taken, the party traveled by special train. An engine was attached to the private car and this coach shoved ahead of the locomotive, giving a clear and unobstructed view of the scenery. The pictures are intended for use in the immigration work of the Harriman Chicago bureau.
"Good Work for Southern Oregon," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 26, 1903, page 4

NATURE'S DESIGN (Central Point 1986-1993)
Steven Astillero

G. R. NELSON (1898)
    G. R. Nelson, the popular photographer, has reopened his gallery at Gold Hill, and is better prepared than ever to do first-class work.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 14, 1898, page 3
    G. R. Nelson, formerly Gold Hill's favorite photographer, has become a resident of Blaine, Wash.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 15, 1898, page 3

JOSE XIQUENA NELSON (1906)
    Floyd Patrick and Jose X. Nelson left this week with their photo tent and outfit, on a picture-making tour. They will probably be in Glendale till after the Fourth and will then locate for a time in Canyonville.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 2, 1903, page 3
    Floyd Patrick and Jose X. Nelson are now located with their photo tent at Oakland, Or., and are doing quite a brisk business in the picture line.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 13, 1903, page 3
    Floyd Patrick returned this week from Oakland, Ore., where he has been in the photo business with Jose X. Nelson. He has sold his interest in the business to Mr. Nelson.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 27, 1903, page 3
    Four photos of the Gold Standard mine appear on page 22 of the June 3, 1906 Portland Oregonian, attributed to "Jose Xiquena Nelson--Grants Pass, Ore."
    Jose X. Nelson, who left here some years ago for Hibbon [Gibbon? Hibbing?], Minn., arrived this afternoon to look after business interests.
"Personal and Local," Rogue River Courier, Grants pass, December 12, 1917, page 4

NEWMAN POST CARD CO.
Los Angeles postcard publisher, cards manufactured in Germany. Has P.N.C. Co. logo in corner.

C. D. NICHOLS (Cottage Grove 1902, Grants Pass 1902-1904)
    Photographer Nichols, who is located at the Imperial Hotel, is kept busy just now supplying the demand for panoramic views of Cottage Grove, of which he is getting out one of the best views ever taken of the place from McFarland Butte.
"Brevities," Bohemia Nugget, Cottage Grove, June 20, 1902, page 5
    Mr. and Mrs. C. D. Nichols arrived in Grants Pass last week and have decided to permanently locate here. Mr. Nichols is a photographer and has taken a three years' lease on the photo gallery opposite the courthouse and is now fitting it up for business, expecting to be ready for customers within two weeks.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 30, 1902, page 3
    C. D. Nichols has assumed the management of the photograph gallery on Sixth Street opposite the courthouse and opened up for business on Monday. He is to do all kinds of photographic work promptly and satisfactorily. His work speaks for itself.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 13, 1902, page 3
    Cloudy weather preferred for sittings at Nichols' studio, opposite the courthouse.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 27, 1902, page 3
    C. D. Nichols and wife left last week by wagon for the north. They will visit Crater Lake and many other points, taking pictures along the route.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 4, 1903, page 3
    C. D. Nichols, the photographer opposite the courthouse, will take wood in payment for photos.
"The Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 3-24, 1903, page 3
    Photographer Nichols went to San Francisco Sunday to attend the meeting of the National Photographers Association.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 22, 1903, page 3
    See the new line of photo buttons at Nichols gallery, opposite courthouse.
"The Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, December 17, 1903-January 7, 1904, page 3
    A. E. Kaiser has bought the photo studio of C. D. Nichols, opposite the courthouse. Mr. Kaiser makes a specialty of platinum and carbon prints.
"The Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 7, 1904, page 3
    C. D. Nichols, Grants Pass, Oregon
"Oregon's Photographers," Oregon Journal, Portland, September 8, 1907, page 14

ISABELLA M. NICHOLS (Central Point 1892-)
    Mrs. Isabelle Nichols of Mrs. Tyler's photograph gallery is visiting her home at the Meadows.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, November 12, 1891, page 3
    Mrs. Nichols, of the Meadows, has rented a gallery in Central Point and will soon locate there. Mrs. N. is a first-class artist.
"Sams Valley Items," Valley Record, Ashland, July 14, 1892, page 3
    Mrs. Nichols of Colorado is conducting a photograph gallery at this place.
"Central Point Pointers," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 19, 1892, page 2
    Mrs. Isabella Nichols, formerly of Mrs. Tyler's gallery, has opened a photographic gallery at Central Point.      Fred Hogg has been down to Central Point, fitting up a building for the occupancy of the photographer there, Mrs. Nichols.
"Local and General," Southern Oregon Mail, September 2, 1892, page 3
    Fred Hogg of Ashland has been preparing a new photograph gallery for Mrs. Nichols at this place.
"Central Point Pointers," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 2, 1892, page 2
    Mrs. Nichols has now moved into her new photograph gallery at Central Point and is ready for business.
"Local and General," Southern Oregon Mail, September 23, 1892, page 3
    Mrs. I. M. Nichols made a flash light picture of the interior of the ball room last Monday night while the ball was in progress. The picture is excellent, and those desiring copies should call at the gallery.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, May 12, 1893, page 2
    Mrs. I. M. Nichols, the Central Point photographer, is now offering cabinet-sized photos for $3 per dozen.
"City Local Whirl," Medford Mail, May 12-26, 1893, page 5
    Miss Cora Baldwin, who has been assisting Mrs. Nichols in her photograph gallery, returned to Ashland last week.
"Central Point Pointers," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 4, 1893, page 2
    Mrs. SARAH ASHWORTH, of Denver, Colorado, arrived in Central Point last Friday and will visit with her father, M. S. Welch, and family. She is a sister of Mrs. Nichols, the artist, who is now employed in the Wirth photo studio.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, May 11, 1894, page 2
    Hereafter Mrs. I. M. Nichols will be here on Friday and Saturday of each week, and will be prepared to take photographs at her gallery on Manzanita Street.
"Central Point," Medford Mail, October 5, 1894, page 2
    Photographer G. C. Wirth left last Friday for a visit to Eugene and Cottage Grove. During his absence Mrs. I. M. Nichols has charge of his elegant studio.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, October 26, 1894, page 3
    Mrs. I. M. Nichols, who has been employed at the Wirth photo gallery in Medford the past summer, has returned home and all wishing work done will find the lady in her gallery, on Laurel Street.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, December 14, 1894, page 2
    Mrs. I. M. Nichols, the lady who conducts a photograph gallery in Central Point, was in Medford Tuesday--came up on her bicycle.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, September 27, 1895, page 4
    Our photographer, Mrs. Barnard, is going away for the summer and is taking pictures at greatly reduced rates. Mrs. Barnard does first-class work and has a liberal patronage.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, February 21, 1896, page 1
    Prof. J. C. Barnard, assistant principal of this school, will teach a school on Trail Creek during the summer. His wife, nee Mrs. I. M. Nichols, the photographer, will accompany him and continue her work in that line.
"Central Point Pointers," Ashland Advertiser, February 26, 1896, page 2
    M. S. Welch and family, of this place, contemplate making a visit to their daughter, Mrs. Barnard, nee Mrs. Nichols, the photographer of this place, where she is stopping with her husband, who is teaching school near Prospect, on Rogue River.
"Central Point Pointers," Ashland Advertiser, July 29, 1896, page 3

CULVER KNEAL NORCOTT
    Mr. and Mrs. C. K. Norcott and two sons arrived Tuesday from Aitkin, Minn., to make Grants Pass their future home. At present they are stopping with A. T. Lewis [q.v.] and family, who arrived from Sioux Falls. Mr. Norcott and Mrs. Lewis are brother and sister.
"Items of Personal Interest," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, March 22, 1907, page 5
    C. K. Norcott went to Gold Hill Wednesday to make arrangements for the opening of a photograph gallery.
"Personal and Local," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, February 18, 1910, page 5
    C. K. Norcott of Grants Pass has put up a tent on the south side, preparatory to opening a photo gallery.
    Norcott will make faces if you will call on him at the photo tent. $5.00 photos for $3.00 at the photo tent. First class and up to date.
"Local Notes," Gold Hill News, December 3, 1910, page 5

J. E. NORRIS
    Mr. Norris, a photographer from Lane County, has rented the Wardlow gallery and is now open for business.
"Central Point," Medford Mail, September 28, 1894, page 2
    J. E. Norris, a photographer, has located here and on Monday photographed a crowd of people on the bridge.
"Butte Creek News," Valley Record, Ashland, February 28, 1895, page 3
    J. E. Norris and family are at Eagle Point, where Mr. Norris has opened a photograph gallery.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, March 1, 1895, page 8
    Mr. Norris, a photographer who is located in the Wm. Miller house, on Sunday last photographed a group of about sixty persons at the suspension footbridge. A number of ladies were in the party, and twenty-four ladies and gentlemen were standing on the bridge. The photo is said to be a very good one.
"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, March 1, 1895, page 2
    Our photographer took a photo of our school, and those who have seen it pronounce it fine.
"Butte Creek News," Valley Record, Ashland, March 7, 1895, page 3
    J. E. Norris and family are at Eagle Point, where Mr. Norris has opened a photograph gallery.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, March 1, 1895, page 8
    Our photographer has taken a "shot" at a group of about fifty ladies and gentlemen who were standing on and around a prominent rock, situated about a mile above Eagle Point.
"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, March 8, 1895, page 2

NORTHWEST CURIO & POST CARD CO.
Boise, Idaho postcard publisher

OBER & REDDEN ART STUDIO (1898)
Mollie Ober and Frank Redden
    Miss Mollie Ober, who has been employed in a photograph gallery here, took the steamer on the 6th inst. for a visit to her sister at San Francisco.
"At Portland," Valley Record, Ashland, October 17, 1889, page 2
    Miss Mollie Ober departed Tuesday for Portland, to remain with her mother there and be employed in a photograph gallery.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, July 31, 1890, page 3
    Miss Mollie Ober took Tuesday evening's train for Portland, where she will take a position in one of the leading photographic studios, in which line she is already an artist.
"Personal," Ashland Tidings, August 1, 1890, page 3
    Miss Mollie Ober, who is employed in a Portland photographic gallery, arrived in Ashland Sunday on a two weeks' visit.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, June 25, 1891, page 3
    Everybody can do their own holiday painting. See Miss Ober, at Mackey's studio.
    Miss Mollie Ober will give instructions in French art every evening from four to six o'clock at Mackey's studio, beginning Monday, December 18th.
"A Grist of Local Haps and Mishaps," Medford Mail, December 10, 1897, page 7
    Miss Mollie Ober has closed her engagement at Mackey's photograph gallery and, we understand, has formed a partnership with E. W. Redden and they will jointly conduct a photograph gallery in this city. They are now casting about the city for a more suitable studio than the one now occupied by Mr. Redden. Miss Ober is an artist of rare ability, and her work is a drawing card in any gallery.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, January 7, 1898, page 6
    Miss Mollie Ober has severed her connection with H. C. Mackey's photograph gallery and formed a co-partnership with E. W. Redden. We wish them success.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 10, 1898, page 3
    Photographers Redden & Ober have moved to their new location, Roberts Building, South C Street. They have fine rooms, and they are being fitted in splendid shape for work in this line.
"A Grist of Local Haps and Mishaps," Medford Mail, January 28, 1898, page 7
    The Ober-Redden photographic gallery is now open for business.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 31, 1898, page 3
    Miss Mollie Ober, the photographer, was called to Ashland last week by the illness of her mother.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 21, 1898, page 3
    Miss Mollie Ober, who started for San Francisco to have her eyes treated, is recuperating at Ashland.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 27, 1898, page 3
     The Ober-Redden gallery has changed hands. Before having your Christmas work done see samples at Van E's studio, opposite post office, Medford.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, December 9, 1898, page 7
    Miss Mollie Ober, who formerly resided in Medford, now has a position with the Sunset Telephone Co. at Sacramento, Cal.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 19, 1899, page 2
OREGON NEWS CO.
Portland, Americhrome postcard publisher

GEORGE OWINGS
    G. F. Owings has gone to Glendale with his photo tent. He expects to spend the winter here with his uncle, G. W. Owings. George is turning out work that would do credit to a photographer of years of experience.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, November 1, 1901, page 5
     Geo. D. Owings, who is again engaged in photography, has a gallery at Glendale.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 14, 1901, page 5
    G. F. Owings has sold his photo tent in Glendale to Mr. Weston and gone to Medford to take charge of the Geo. Mackey gallery.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, November 22, 1901, page 5
    G. W. Owings has rented the farm upon which he is now living to W. L. Patton, and expects to move to Medford in the near future, where Mrs. Owings and Miss Madge will learn photography.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, December 20, 1901, page 5
    G. W. Owings is in Medford assisting his nephew in the Elite Studio.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, January 10, 1902, page 3
    G. W. Owings, of Gold Hill, has been stopping in Medford the past week assisting his nephew, G. F. Owings, in operating the Elite Studio, which was purchased a few weeks ago from Mr. Hunter. Mr. Owings is doing a splendid business at his gallery, and as he is a very honorable young man, fair in his dealings and an artist of ability, there is every reason for predicting his success.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, January 17, 1902, page 7
    The photograph gallery now occupied by Mr. Owings will be conducted by G. W. Mackey after April 1st, he having secured the lease.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 27, 1902, page 4
    G. W. Owings returned to Medford Monday to remain some time in the interest of his business, the Elite Studio.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, February 28, 1902, page 3
    S. T. Owings, of the Elite Studio, Medford, is here visiting his brother, G. W. Owings.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, May 9, 1902, page 3
    S. T. Owings and his son, G. W. Owings, who have been conducting the Elite photograph gallery in Medford, have decided to change their place of business and today or tomorrow will leave for Yreka, Calif., where they will establish themselves and do business in a tent for a few months. They expect to travel to some extent through northern California. They have turned out good work here and they will do a good business wherever they are.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 30, 1902, page 7
    The Elite photograph gallery, located in Hamlin's block, is closed. We are informed that the proprietor, Mr. Owings, has left Medford.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 12, 1902, page 5
    For Rent--The Elite photo studio, best location in city. Inquire at the Mail office.
Medford Mail, July 11, 1902, page 3
    George Owings, the photographer of North Central Avenue, in company with Mr. Lytle of Jacksonville, left for Yreka last Monday in business.
J. G. Martin, "North Medford Items," Medford Mail, November 4, 1908, page 6

JAMES J. OWINGS (Gold Hill 1888, Crescent City 1900, Woodville 1902, North Bend 1905, Coquille 1907-08, Medford 1908-17)
    J. J. Owings, an excellent photographer, left for Central Point yesterday, where he will remain about ten days. Those who wish cabinet or card pictures and anything else in his line should lose no time in calling on him at once. Mr. O., while in this place, did some excellent work and gave satisfaction. His prices are moderate.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 5, 1883, page 3
    Mr. J. Owens, of Woodville, is here with the intention of erecting a photograph gallery. We wish him success.
"Gold Hill Notes," Ashland Tidings, May 18, 1888, page 3
    Mr. James Owens has his photograph gallery in running order, and is prepared to do good work. Give him a call.
"Gold Hill Notes," Ashland Tidings, June 15, 1888, page 3
    J. J. Owings, photographer of Crescent City, visited here last week. Mr. Owings was located here some years ago and still owns residence property here. He was quite surprised at the improvements Gold Hill has made in his absence.
Medford Mail, May 25, 1900, page 3
    W. A. Wooliever is painting a background for J. J. Owings, the Myrtle Point photographer.
"Personal and Local," The Coast Mail, Marshfield, May 24, 1902, page 10
    The photograph gallery now occupied by Mr. Owings will be conducted by G. W. Mackey after April 1st, he having secured the lease.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 27, 1902, page 4
    The Elite photograph gallery, located in Hamlin's block, is closed. We are informed that the proprietor, Mr. Owings, has left Medford.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 12, 1902, page 5
    J. J. Owings, the photographer, has returned home from his business trip to Gold Hill and Woodville.
J. G. Martin, "North Medford News," Medford Mail, November 27, 1908, page 7
    J. J. Owings, the photographer, is paying his son George and family of Phoenix an indefinite visit.
J. G. Martin, "North Medford Notes," Medford Mail, December 25, 1908, page 7
    James Owings, the photographer of North Central Avenue, went up to Jacksonville today to photograph some of the beautiful graves in the pioneer cemetery of Jacksonville.
J. G. Martin, "North Medford News," Medford Mail, June 4, 1909, page 5
    James Owings, the photographer of North Central Avenue, is moving to Gold Hill.
"Social and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, April 12, 1910, page 5
    Mr. Jennings and family, of the Rex Grocery, Mr. Pederson and family of North C Street, Mrs. McKee, accompanied by J. J. Owings, the photographer of North C Street, passed last Sunday very pleasantly picnicking and taking card views of the attractive scenery along the shady banks of north Rogue River.
"Social and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, August 2, 1910, page 5
    STAR PHOTO HOUSE, J. J. Owing, Leonard Wood, cor Laurel and W. Main
1916 Medford City Directory   
    A free picture of your baby, age from 6 to 12 months. At the Star Photo Shop. Corner Main and Laurel.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 5, 1916, page 2
    One of Jackson County's oldest residents and pioneers was called by death early Tuesday afternoon when James J. Owings, 76, succumbed from a sudden illness at his home in Medford. He had lived and worked in the Rogue River Valley for over 50 years, coming here from Missouri in 1864 and conducting a photographic business in Jacksonville, and later in Medford.
    He is survived by his wife, Alice Owings, and their four children, and by one son from a former marriage.
    Funeral arrangements are in charge of the Conger funeral parlors, and will be announced later.
Unidentified clipping, SOHS Photographers vertical file

OWINGS BROTHERS (1884-85)
    PHOTOGRAPHY.--Owings Bros., the photographers, whose tent is located on the vacant lot adjoining the Presbyterian church of this place, will remain only two weeks longer, and those desiring to examine their work should give them an early call. They take fine photographs of every description at the lowest ruling prices.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 24, 1883, page 3
    Owings Bros. intend to open a photograph gallery in Medford before long.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 17, 1884, page 3
    The Owens [sic] Bros., photographers, have taken some splendid pictures here.
"Gold Hill Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, May 23, 1885, page 1
    Owings Bros., the traveling photographers, are now at Gold Hill, and are taking excellent pictures at very low rates. They talk of renting the upper story of P. J. Ryan's new building in this place for a gallery.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 5, 1885, page 3
    Owings Bros., the well-known photographers, are now at Medford, and are taking excellent pictures at very low rates. They invite a trial and guarantee satisfaction.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 26-August 7, 1885, page 3
    Owings Bros., the well-known photographers, are now at Applegate, and are taking excellent pictures at very low rates. They invite a trial and guarantee satisfaction.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 21-October 23, 1885, page 3

P.F. STUDIO
See Medford Photo Finishing Studio

PACIFIC NOVELTY (P.N.C.)
    Pacific Novelty Co., 579 Market.
"Post Cards," classified advertisement, San Francisco Chronicle, March 1, 1909, page 12.  This is the same address as that listed for the Cardinell-Vincent Co.
    The mayor recently received a postcard from a friend, the card showing a picture of the Columbia Gorge . . . and bearing the legend: "A bird's-eye view of rivers and mountains, California." The mayor sent his protest to the Pacific Novelty Company of California and wanted to know whether it is not enough in the way of discourtesy for that state to hold people up at the border to inspect their baggage.
"Columbia Gorge Grab Stirs Mayor," Oregonian, Portland, September 26, 1939, page 19

PACIFIC PHOTO CO. (1910-12 Medford)
See Harold E. Vroman

PACIFIC PHOTO CO. (1915-20s)
Salem, Oregon
    The Pacific Photo Company; incorporators, L. Birdsall, L. W. Jones and F. H. McClure; main office, Portland; capital, $10,000.
"New Incorporations," Daily Capital Journal, Salem, August 23, 1907, page 4
    Portland Pacific Photo Company, dissolution.
"New Incorporations," Daily Capital Journal, Salem, May 16, 1913, page 4
    The Pacific Photo Co. have opened up an art studio in connection with their post card and Kodak finishing department. We will make nothing cheap, but our great finishing equipment enables us to give you big value for your money.
"All Around Town," Daily Capital Journal, Salem, February 20, 1915, page 8
    Call and see those folders we make for $1.50 a dozen. Pacific Photo Co., Room 2, Patton block.
"All Around Town," Daily Capital Journal, Salem, February 22, 1915, page 8

PADDOCK (1915-16 Grants Pass)
    $1.00 buys $2.00 worth of portraits. Two dozen at the price of one dozen, any grade. Pay for them bargain day and get the work done at any time. Orders filled from the White Studio negatives at $1.00 per dozen, in good Forier mounts; 8x10 enlargements 36¢; 10x12 enlargements 50¢. Paddock Photo Co. Studio, 310 North Sixth.
"New Today," classified ad, Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 21, 1915, page 4
    It is remarkable how fast children outgrow their childish ways. Only photographs will keep them as they are. Make the appointment now. Paddock Photo Co.
"New Today," classified ad, Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 28, 1916, page 5

JULIUS PADILLA
    John P. Jones, Traffic Passenger Agent of the Southern Pacific Co., was here yesterday with the photographic car. This latter is in charge of a skillful photographer, Julius Padilla, who with his wife and baby makes his home in the car. His lot has fallen in pleasant places as a visit to the car will demonstrated. It is fitted up with all modern conveniences, the upholstering being especially fine. All of the seats and couches are of stamped leather finish in a subdued tone which is relieved from any appearance of dullness by the highly polished surfaces of the interior finish of the woodwork.
    The car will be in this vicinity for several days while Mr. Padilla takes views of all objects of interest in Medford and vicinity. The pictures will be used in illustrating descriptive literature to be sent out by the railroad.
Medford Daily Tribune, June 16, 1906, page 4
    Julius Padilla, with an assistant and a special photographic car, has arrived in Oregon and begun the work of making 25,000 new photographic negatives to replace the entire stock of Pacific Northwest negatives destroyed with other property losses of the Southern Pacific lines at San Francisco. . . . Two days were spent at and around Ashland, where the Commercial Club rendered valuable assistance in the taking of 25 photographs and two panoramic views of the city and valley.
"Photograph Car at Medford," Oregon Daily Journal, Portland, June 26, 1906, page 8
    Julius Padilla, the official photographer of the Southern Pacific, in a special car equipped with the most modern photographic apparatus, has covered the field from Ashland to Roseburg, and is working in the Sutherlin valley.
"Great Work with the Camera," Oregon Daily Journal, Portland, June 24, 1906, page 28
    J. P. Jones, traveling passenger agent of the S.P., and the official photographer of the road [omission] Julius Pavilla with the new car equipped by the road for this purpose, was here on Tuesday afternoon and was ready to take some fine pictures. The car has been south for a good distance and is now working north. The S.P. finds the photographs a good advertisement of the road. They recently presented the Commercial Club, through A. L. Craig, with a finely framed picture of Mount Hood.
"Southern Pacific Photographer Here on Tuesday," Bohemia Nugget, Cottage Grove, June 27, 1906, page 4
    Julius Padilla, photographer for the Sunset magazine and other Southern Pacific publications, ended his photographic tour of the state in Portland Saturday, when he left for San Francisco in the special photographic car provided by the Southern Pacific. Mr. Padilla began at Ashland and worked north, making short side trips from the railroad to secure views of the country from the south line of the state to the Columbia River. . . . These views will be used in the illustration of the next edition of "The Road of a Thousand Wonders," the beautiful publication issued by the Harriman line. . . .
"Photographic Tour Ends," Morning Oregonian, July 17, 1906, page 16

JOHN BERNARD PALMER (1900-1904 Portland, 1911-16 Gold Hill, 1917-26 Medford)
    J. B. PALMER GALLERY, 252 Alder. Stamp photos, enlargements, Kodak finishing.
"Photography," classified advertisement, Morning Oregonian, Portland, September 25, 1901, page 9
    John B. Palmer, a photographer of Portland, yesterday filed a suit in bankruptcy in the United States Court. His liabilities amount to $1212.26; assets $216.75.
"Court Notes," Morning Oregonian, Portland, December 6, 1901, page 8
    John B. Palmer and Florence A. Bolt.
"Marriage Licenses," Medford Mail Tribune, April 13, 1911, page 3
    [Gold Hill] mayor Kelsey and the respective councilmen, John Palmer, Joseph Deitrich, W. R. Walker, Frank Willmarth and George Landis, are required to appear in the circuit court for Jackson County . . . to show cause why their claims as members of the city council should be recognized.
"Action to Oust Council," Ashland Tidings, September 26, 1912, page 6
    Ed. F. Weston and wife will leave about the tenth of the month on a four months' auto tour through the Middle West. . . .  During Mr. Weston's absence his photo gallery will be in charge of John B. Palmer.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, June 2, 1915, page 2
    Seely Hall, photographer J. B. Palmer and a representative of the Mail Tribune will leave tomorrow in a Cadillac auto in a test trip to Crater Lake, the first of the season. Photographs will be taken for use in publicity work. The party expects to make the lower camp by Saturday night, and spend Sunday at the lake. The auto will be driven as far as possible in an effort to make a record.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, June 11, 1915, page 2
    Miss Agnes R. Dietrich spent Tuesday and Wednesday in Medford as the guest of Mrs. J. B. Palmer, while "Johnny" Palmer (the popular photographer at the Weston studio) made another trip to Crater Lake.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, August 21, 1915, page 5
    J. B. Palmer, local photographer, who has been in charge of the Weston studio at Medford, is home again. Mr. and Mrs. Weston have returned from their 8000-mile auto trip, which embraced fourteen states.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, November 3, 1915, page 5
    Death in motherhood--that saddest of all mortal sacrifices--came to Mrs. John B. Palmer at her home in [Gold Hill] last Saturday morning, November 20th. The child, a beautiful boy baby of eight pounds, is lively and lusty.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, November 30, 1915, page 3
    John B. Palmer, Gold Hill's artist-photographer, was at the Rogue River Round-up Thursday to get a few views.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, July 8, 1916, page 5
    John B. Palmer made a brief visit in Gold Hill Friday. Mr. Palmer was formerly of this city, but is now proprietor of the photograph studio recently owned by Ed Weston at Medford. Mr. Weston, it is said, will take up ranching in eastern Oregon.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, April 23, 1917, page 5
    Mrs. Edward Weston left Saturday morning for Dorris, Calif., to join her husband, who has been located there for three weeks past. They will make their future home in Dorris, where Mr. Weston and attorney H. L. DeArmond, formerly of Medford, are operating a large sawmill. J. B. Palmer, formerly of Gold Hill, has taken over the studio and photograph business operated here for years by Mr. Weston.
Medford Mail Tribune, May 16, 1917
     Jesse Durkee . . . has moved his family to Gold Hill and they are now domiciled in the dwelling formerly occupied by Palmer's studio, on the south side.
"Gold Hill Notes," Ashland Tidings, October 29, 1917, page 7
    Palmer-Probasco--At Yreka, November 3, by Justice Chas. E. Johnson, John B. Palmer and Bessie Probasco, both of Medford, Ore.
Medford Mail Tribune, November 9, 1918, page 4
    The October 15th issue of the American Legion Weekly contains a good picture of the dedication exercises of Newell Barber aviation field Labor Day and a write-up by the post correspondent of the events of that day in Medford. The photo was made by John B. Palmer.
"Local Briefs," Medford Mail Tribune, October 15, 1920, page 2
    Take your Kodak films to Palmer's studio. First-class work and prompt service.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, May 17, 1923, page 2
    I am not and will not be responsible for any debts incurred by John B. Palmer--Mrs. J. B. Palmer.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, June 21, 1923, page 2
    John B. Palmer, a photographer of this city, identified pictures of the terrain, wrecked car and bodies taken at the scene of the holdup, which were shown to the jury.
"Arrest Suspects at Coos Bay," Medford Mail Tribune, October 13, 1923, page 6
    Palmer's Studio has printed several hundred postal cards of the basketball state champs that sell for 10¢ each. The team gets 50 percent of the sales. They leave Tuesday. Send some cards of the team to your friends in the East so the people can see what a real team looks like.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, March 24, 1924, page 2
    Orders taken for Crater Lake pictures done in oils, water color, or hand-colored photos. Call Mrs. Barto, 821-Y or Palmer's Studio, 823-R.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, October 21, 1924, page 2
    Come to Palmer's Studio for Christmas photos. Specially hand-colored to order. 717 [sic] N. Central. Phone 823-R.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, December 10, 1924, page 2
    If your pictures are made at Palmer's Photo Studio, 716 [sic] N. Central, they will be the best.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, August 21, 1925, page 2
    Photographer John Palmer . . . will take several flashlight pictures of the historic occasion.
"City Firemen to Banquet Monday," Medford Mail Tribune, April 4, 1926, page 6
    Palmer's Photo Studio makes the best pictures.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, July 9, 1926, page 2
    The pictures [printed widely with an article about Crater Lake by Herb Grey], taken by John Palmer of this city . . . show various points of interest en route and several attractive views of the lake."
"Lake Pictures Give Publicity," Medford Mail Tribune, August 15, 1926, page 3

PARKER & DUNLAP

EDWARD J. PARTRIDGE (1884-85 Portland, 1885 The Dalles, 1887-89 Portland, 1890s-1930s Boston, Massachusetts)
    Mr. Partridge, the photographic artist of Portland, has opened his gallery on Oak Street . . . and will remain in Ashland till 8 o'clock p.m. Monday afternoon, Nov. 16.
Ashland Tidings, November 13, 1885, page 3
    Partridge, the Portland photographer who has recently been taking views of the fine scenery along the line of the O.&C.R.R., photographed some of W. C. Myers' fine stock while in Ashland.
Ashland Tidings, December 4, 1885, page 3

FLOYD PATRICK AND ED GANO
    Floyd Patrick and Ed Gano have leased the Weston photograph gallery on F Street and will conduct the same hereafter. Mr. Weston will take a vacation from the photograph business during the coming summer and will devote his attention to hop growing, having, with other parties, leased the Patton and Denise yards near Grants Pass.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, January 16, 1902, page 3
    Guy Gano and Mr. Patrick have rented the Weston photograph gallery, located in the northern part of town.
"Josephine County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 6, 1902, page 2
    Guy Gano of Grants Pass, the popular photographer, will soon make a tour of Southern Oregon. He has a complete and first-class outfit, is equipped to do the best of work, and never fails to give satisfaction.
"Interesting Items from Josephine Co.," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 29, 1903, page 4
    Floyd Patrick and Jose X. Nelson left this week with their photo tent and outfit, on a picture-making tour. They will probably be in Glendale till after the Fourth and will then locate for a time in Canyonville.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, July 2, 1903, page 3
    Floyd Patrick and Jose X. Nelson are now located with their photo tent at Oakland, Or., and are doing quite a brisk business in the picture line.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 13, 1903, page 3
    Floyd Patrick has a very interesting snapshot which he caught near Days Creek, Douglas County, showing a hog in the act of milking a cow.
"Cow Milked by a Hog," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 27, 1903, page 2
    Floyd Patrick returned this week from Oakland, Ore., where he has been in the photo business with Jose X. Nelson. He has sold his interest in the business to Mr. Nelson.
"Our Personal Column," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 27, 1903, page 3

FRANK AND JOSEPHINE PATTERSON (1911 Hood River, 1920 Eugene, 1921-28 Medford, 1928-40 Santa Rosa, California. Patterson continued to take Rogue Valley postcards through the 1930s.) See also Robert Laws, above.
    Frank J. Patterson, a photographer from Eugene, left last night for the north after taking a number of pictures of Crater Lake.
"Local Briefs," Medford Mail Tribune, August 14, 1920, page 2
    Frank Patterson, the photographer of Oregon scenery, who has recently opened a wholesale studio in Medford, will deliver a lecture on amateur photography at the library tonight at 7:30. Everyone interested in the use of a Kodak will do well to attend. Admission is free.
"Personals," Medford Mail Tribune, April 19, 1921, page 3
    The illustrated lecture given at the Christian Church of this city Thursday evening by Frank Patterson, a scenic artist of Medford, was appreciated by a large audience of people.
"Large Audience Enjoys Lecture at Christian Church," Ashland Weekly Tidings, September 7, 1921, page 2
    Frank Patterson, Medford artist and photographer, and Mrs. Josephine Champie, pastor of the Christian Church of this city, were united in marriage at the First Christian Church of Ashland at 7:30 o'clock this morning, Rev. C. F. Koehler officiating.
"Rev. Mrs. Champie Married to Frank Patterson Today," Ashland Weekly Tidings, June 28, 1922, page 2
    In the last five years there has grown up in Medford an industry which for volume and quality of product exceeds anything of the kind on the Pacific Coast, yet so unobtrusively has it grown that many Medford people scarcely realize its existence. We refer to the Patterson Studio.
    The Pattersons located here because of the opportunities offered by the unparalleled scenic features of Southern Oregon and Northern California.
    Two branches of work are produced, both being scenic in character and sold only to the wholesale trade.
    First: The PATTERSON PICTURES, which are hand colored in oil photographs, featuring especially Crater Lake. These find an outlet through the Crater Lake National Park Co., being sold exclusively at the Crater Lake Lodge, and through the Portland connections of the Patterson Studio.
    "Mrs. Patterson and I do all our own coloring in order to maintain the standard of our work," Mr. Patterson explained in an interview requested by the Mail Tribune for the New Year edition. "Three years ago the demand outgrew our supply, and we have since found it necessary to limit the market to fewer and still fewer authorized dealers."
    The enlarging apparatus installed at the Patterson Studio is the most efficient in the state and we are told by those in a position to know that pictures such as the one at the Jackson County Bank, at the Copco office in this city, at the first National Bank in Grants Pass and at Endert's Drug Store in Crescent City cannot be duplicated by any other studio in the Northwest.
    The second branch of work produced is the PATTERSON POST CARDS. These are photographic cards of scenic subjects only. Like many other industries which produce a five-cent article, the tremendous number of sales results in a business of surprising volume.
    There are two hundred and twenty-eight dealers handling the PATTERSON POST CARDS, distributed over the Pacific Highway from Eugene to Redding and on the Redwood Highway from Grants Pass to Ukiah, California. One hundred and ten of these dealers are supplied with PATTERSON display racks, which are an innovation in this sort of equipment.
    The largest dealer in PATTERSON POST CARDS is the Oregon Caves Resort at the Oregon Caves, where these photographic cards are sold exclusively.
    In 1926 more scenic photo cards were sold by the Patterson Studio than by any other scenic photographer in the West, and in 1927 there were nearly twice as many cards produced here as by any other western plant of the kind.
    To satisfy the demand for cards in 1927 required a staff of eight skilled workers employed at the Patterson Studio.
    The business depends almost entirely upon the tourist trade, and its value to Medford lies in the fact that it acts as a magnet for rolling tourist dollars amounting to thousands annually. The advertising value of such a great number of pictures of this mid-Pacific Empire can scarcely be overestimated.
Medford Mail Tribune, January 1, 1928, real estate section, page 8
    "More than a million postcard scenes, including in their scope beauty spots between Cottage Grove and Redding, will be produced this year by the Patterson studios.
    "This figure is 60 percent greater than the number of southern Oregon and northern California postcard views made last year by the studios, Frank Patterson, owner, said yesterday. These postcards form one of southern Oregon's greatest advertising mediums.
    "Each year for the past seven years the studios have been making increasing numbers of pictures of this section. This year three times as many new scenes were ‘shot' as have been taken in any other previous year--now photos numbering 500 or more.
    "Four years ago the Patterson studios reached their limit in producing colored photos, chiefly Crater Lake views. Since then they have turned down many orders, Mr. Patterson said.
    "When asked what single picture was the best settler, Mr. Patterson displayed--not a photo of Crater Lake--but one of a huge redwood stump 11 feet across and 2,500 years old. Between its roots lies a fallen Sequoia giant 2,000 years old, which has lain there 2,500 years while the other tree grew around and over it.
    "Scenes of highway curves in the Siskiyous and near Crescent City are the next best sellers. As a subject, however, Crater Lake pictures sell best and the Oregon Caves resort is the biggest handler of scenic views.
    "Mr. Patterson's plant now employs eight persons, and automatic printing machines will be kept busy preparing the million prints for the tourists and home people to send to their friends in Florida and Maine."
Medford Daily News, June 25, 1929, page 8
    I. F. Koenig, connected with the Patterson Photo Service, plans to leave in a short time for Santa Rosa, Cal., where the headquarters of the service is now located, after having been in Medford some time. However, representatives of the company will make regular trips through this section, and Patterson postcards will continue to be sold in Medford and other Southern Oregon cities. Redwood and Coast Highway scenes will be principally featured henceforth. The Patterson interests have purchased the postcard business that had been carried on here by B. R. Harwood.
"To Join Mr. Patterson," Medford Mail Tribune, February 27, 1930, page 2

PATTON POST CARD CO. (1908-18)
Salem, Oregon postcard publisher
Edwin Cooke Patton
Born: Salem, Oregon, August 12, 1868
Died: Woodburn, Oregon, December 24, 1929
    Patton Post Card Company was in business from 1908 until World War I and was operated in connection with Patton Brothers bookstore in Salem. Pictures were of a very fine black and white quality, each card printed by hand. Later, in order to meet competition, Patton was forced into selling the cheaper cards which were machine printed.
    Patton was the grandson of E. N. Cooke, Oregon state treasurer in the 1860s and from one of Salem's most prominent families. Patton had a variety of interests ranging from photography to being a magician.
    The postcard business was taken over by the Pacific Photo Company owned by Eugene Everette Lavalleur. The latter had been the cameraman for some of the best of the Patton cards. Lavalleur operated the business for several years in Salem and then sold to Charles Wesley Andrews of Baker. Today many of the negatives are in the files of the Oregon Historical Society.
Edwin D. Culp, "Oregon Postcards," Oregon Historical Quarterly, December 1965, page 327

CLIF PAYNE
    Mr. Frohbach, the representative here for the 1915 exposition, wants all exceptionally good photographs taken by amateurs in the city. They are to especially show surrounding scenery. Clif Payne and Chester Stevenson, who have taken some exceptional photographs, may place some on exhibit.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, November 12, 1914, page 5
    Chester Stevenson, Miss Nellie Ewan and Clif Payne will exhibit photographs at the Chautauqua bazaar.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, November 16, 1914, page 5
    In common with other members of the Siskiyou Kodak Club, Clif Payne has been taking some fine views of Ashland scenic surroundings, notably pictures of work recently done by volunteers on the scenic drive development job, which he is arranging in sets of about a dozen each. These pictures, although taken by amateurs at the business, nevertheless exhibit professional skill in all details.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, June 14, 1915, page 5

SAMUEL W. PAYNE
    Mr. S. W. Payne, our saddler and photographer, had the misfortune to get bit on the hand by a regular tarantula, which not only caused his hand and wrist to swell and inflame considerably but has produced a running sore which is quite painful.
"Linkville Items," Ashland Tidings, October 12, 1877, page 3
Ashland Tidings, August 23, 1878, page 3

PEASLEY'S PHOTOGRAPHIC ARTS (1917-25 Portland, 1927-32 Medford)
Albert E. and Lorane M. Peasley
    Mr. and Mrs. Albert Peasley, formerly of Portland, have purchased the Issott Studio, 331 East Main Street, and will operate it under the name of "The Peasleys Photographic Art." The name was originated by Mr. Peasley when he opened a studio in Portland twelve years ago, and the fact that the Peasley name is still used in connection with the Portland studio is an evidence of their photographic reputation.
    Like many Oregonians, the Peasleys got the California fever, and worked in studios in Oakland and San Francisco. Deciding to go into business for themselves again, they went to Klamath Falls where they burned out last summer, after which they returned to San Francisco, where Mr. Peasley worked and Mrs. Peasley was head color artist at the Bossum studio.
    Seeking another location, after making a thorough investigation of the coast, they decided to locate in Medford. They are bringing here new ideas in lighting and mounting, as well as the latest and best equipment in their line.
    They will continue Mr. Issott's idea in specializing in baby pictures, as they formerly did in their Portland studio. The first offering in fine pictures will be "photo miniatures," which Mr. Peasley says will be sure to meet with favor with those interested in small portraits and yet having the distinctiveness of the larger work.
    Mrs. Peasley formerly lived in Medford, her name being Lorene M. Hannen, and left here about ten years ago to study color work and retouching in Los Angeles, later joining Mr. Peasley at the Portland studio.
"The Peasleys Purchase Issotts," Medford Mail Tribune, March 13, 1927, page B6

CHARLES PENNISTON
    A beautiful photograph of a rose, the work of W. [sic] Penniston, is on exhibition in Whited's window. The delicate lines of the photo make it look more like a perfect piece of sketching than a photograph. It is a realistic example of real art in photography.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, June 10, 1915, page 5
    Two beautiful enlargements of photographs of Ghirke Falls, taken by Charles Penniston, are displayed in the windows of Whited's store. The falls are located on the slope of Grizzly Peak, six miles from the city.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, April 20, 1916, page 5

GEORGE PHEBY (Grants Pass 1901)
    PHEBY Photographer Opp. Court House.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, November 1, 1900, page 3
    Pheby the Photographer, whose stamp and multiple photos have attained such great popularity, is now introducing a small platino portrait taken in three positions, which, being given artistic and fancy lightings and finished in the latest carbon tones, are made extremely desirable.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, January 17, 1901, page 3
    George Pheby, the photographer, is on the sick roll this week and has been compelled to suspend his business on that account.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, February 7, 1901, page 3
    E. D. Weston has taken charge of Pheby's photo gallery. He is an expert and may be depended on to give satisfaction.
"Josephine County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 18, 1901, page 7
    Mrs. C. J. Smythe, recently of Muscoda, Wisconsin, has assumed conduct of the Pheby photograph gallery on Sixth Street, lately conducted by E. D. Weston.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 22, 1901, page 3

PORTLAND PORTRAIT CO.
    Messrs. W. H. Meeker & Co. have made arrangements with the Portland Portrait Company, whereby they are enabled to give with every ten dollars' worth of goods purchased at their store a life-size 16x20 portrait. These portraits are made by the best artists in the land and would be an ornament in any home. They cost you nothing. Every $10 purchase gets a portrait.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, August 30, 1901, page 6

PORTLAND POST CARD CO.
Portland, Oregon. Their logo is overlapping letters PPCCo.; one of the funny-looking P's is backwards.

PROGRESSIVE ART CO. (1896)

PURDIN & ELLISON
    Purdin & Ellison are taking pictures for the citizens down here, and are doing well.
"Applegate Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, August 18, 1880, page 3
    The big camp meeting . . . was well patronized . . . the photographers, Purdin & Ellison, had the biggest custom I ever saw at any gallery.
"Applegate Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 8, 1880, page 1
    Grossman & Purdin are building an addition to their place of business where they expect to have a photograph gallery in the upper story.
Eagle Point News, "Jackson County," Roseburg Review, July 31, 1885, page 3

MAHLON PURDIN
    M. Purdin, our photographer, has been visiting relatives and friends in Washington County.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 29, 1886, page 2

THOMAS J. RADCLIFFE (1937)

PROF. RAMSDALE
G. H. Ramsdell?
    Prof. Ramsdale of San Francisco is on his way here to open a photograph gallery. So says the Del Norte Record.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, October 21, 1882, page 3

F. S. RANKIN (1891 Wasco, 1892 Medford, 1902 Medford)
    The "Ancient Order of Hercules" as presented by the local K.P. order at the opera house last Wednesday evening was a grand success in every particular, the parts being well sustained by everyone engaged, the music excellent, and the hop after the play enjoyed by all. The matter of goat-riding is thoroughly understood by all our citizens now. George Schmitt, Adam Schmitt, Miss Birdie Schmitt of this place and Mr. Rankin, the Medford photographer, composed the orchestra.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 22, 1892, page 3
    F. S. Rankin, an old-time photographer of Medford, returned to this city from Indiana Sunday evening and will locate here. Mr. Rankin was located in this city about eight years ago and through ill health was compelled to leave for a time. He comments very favorably upon the many improvements in Medford during his long absence.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, May 9, 1902, page 6

RAY-ART
See Art-Ray

HENRY R. REACHERT (1908-10 Woodville)
Principal of the Woodville school 1908-1910. Woodville postcards signed "H.R.R."

E. W. REDDEN
    On their return to the wagon they passed E. W. Redden's photograph gallery. ''Lookey there!" said our nephew, "Guess we'll hafto come here and git our picters tooken,'' he continued addressing his wife. "Yes," said Aunt Maria, as the quartet passed, "he takes good picters."
"Uncle Hezekiah's Sojourn in Medford," Medford Mail, April 30, 1897, page 6
    The Redden gallery in Medford, on C Street, is now conducted by L. C. Van Exxe, an artist of ability, who will spare no pains to please the public. He employs the latest methods in photography, and his work is strictly first-class and up to date. When you are in that town don't fail to give him a call.
"Changed Hands," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 29, 1898, page 3 et seq.



HENRY M. RICE (1880 Orland, Colusa, 1883 Jacksonville, 1885 Medford)
Henry Rice, 31, artist, consumption, born in Michigan
U.S. Census, Orland, California, enumerated June 9, 1880
    H. M. Price [sic] has opened a photographic gallery in the upper story of Baruch Fisher's store.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, December 1, 1883, page 3
    PHOTOGRAPHS.--H. M. Rice has fitted up the second story of the building occupied by B. Fisher, on California Street, in good shape and is fully prepared to take superior photographs of every style and size at low rates. He has many specimens on exhibition, which attest his skill. Call and see for yourself.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 7, 1883, page 3
    H. M. Rice, photograph instruments, etc., $250, no insurance.
"Great Conflagration," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 4, 1884, page 3
    The losses and insurances are about as follows: . . . H. M. Rice, photographic gallery, $500, no insurance. . . .
"Our New Year's Fire," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, January 5, 1884, page 3
    H. M. Rice has put up a photograph gallery at Medford.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 17, 1885, page 3
    H. M. Rice of this place has gone to Washington Territory.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, May 9, 1885, page 3
    A new skylight has been put in H. M. Rice's Photograph Gallery, adjoining the City Hotel, and he can now take children's pictures in cloudy, as well as in clear, weather.
"Local Brevities," The New North-West, Deer Lodge, Montana, November 23, 1888, page 3
    Those wishing A No. 1 Photographs will do well to call on H. M. Rice, as he has a new light and can take any kind of picture you wish, and always gives satisfaction.
"Photographs," The New North-West, Deer Lodge, Montana, November 30 1888, page 3
    [A. B.] Hower, "The Photographer of Montana," has come to town with his car, and is located on the vacant lot--southwest corner "Court Square."
"Local Brevities," The New North-West, Deer Lodge, Montana, November 30 1888, page 3
    To the people of Deer Lodge and vicinity, I wish to state that no matter how cold the day, you will find my car as comfortable as any house in town between the hours of 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., it being neatly and comfortably arranged within. A. B. HOWER, Photographer.
"Local Brevities," The New North-West, Deer Lodge, Montana, November 30 1888, page 3
"Deer Lodge," Helena Independent, Helena, Montana, December 27, 1890, page 2

M. RIEDER
Los Angeles postcard publisher. Cards manufactured in Germany.

ALONZO G. RIFENBURG (1893)
    The firm of Rifenburg & Murphy, photographers, has been dissolved, Mr. Murphy returning to San Francisco and Mr. Rifenburg continuing the business in Medford.
"City Local Whirl," Medford Mail, March 17, 1893, page 3
    Since the dissolution of the firm of Rifenburg & Murphy, Mr. R. is continuing the business of photography, but will not stay long. Mr. Murphy has returned to San Francisco.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 31, 1893, page 3

RIFENBURG & MURPHY 
    We wish to call the attention of the public to the beautiful photographs Messrs. Rifenburg & Murphy are making at their studio in Medford, at prices to suit the times. Call and see them, whether you want work or not.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 9, 1892, page 3
    Cabinet photographs are $3.00 per dozen at Rifenburg & Murphy's studio in Medford. Satisfaction guaranteed.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 9, 1892, page 3
    We make a specialty of photographing the little ones. Come and try us. Rifenburg & Murphy.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 27, 1893, page 3
    Rifenburg & Murphy, the S.F. photographers, leave Medford in thirty days for their annual trip through Idaho and Montana. Gallery open Sunday.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 27, 1893, page 3
     Rifenburg & Murphy, the S.F. photographers, leave Medford in 30 days for their usual trip through Idaho and Montana.
Southern Oregon Mail, January 27, 1893, page 3
    Don't let the disagreeable weather hinder you from coming. We can make pictures without the sun by our new method. Rifenburg & Murphy, Medford.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 27, 1893, page 3
    Don't let the disagreeable weather hinder you from coming. We can make pictures without the sun by our new method. Rifenburg & Murphy, Medford.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 3, 1893, page 3
    The firm of Rifenburg & Murphy, photographers, has been dissolved, Mr. Murphy returning to San Francisco and Mr. Rifenburg continuing the business in Medford.
"City Local Whirl," Medford Mail, March 17, 1893, page 3
    Since the dissolution of the firm of Rifenburg & Murphy, Mr. R. is continuing the business of photography, but will not stay long. Mr. Murphy has returned to San Francisco.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 31, 1893, page 2

JAMES W. RIGGS (1877-81 Ashland, 1883-87 Lewiston, Idaho, 1887 Roseburg, 1889-1913 Marshfield)
Ashland Tidings, July 20, 1877, page 3
    If you want a good photograph of yourself call on J. W. Riggs at Ashland. Mr. Riggs is a first-class artist, and his charges are very reasonable.
"Random Jottings," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 26, 1877, page 3
    J. W. Riggs, the photographer, now has his rooms so arranged that he can regulate his supply of light to suit every occasion, and it is wonderful how handsome he is making the people appear. Call and give him a trial.
"Local Intelligence," Ashland Tidings, March 15, 1878, page 3
    J. W. Riggs, photographic artist, is arranging with an expert in the establishment of Bradley & Rulofson, San Francisco, to have his negatives retouched. Some elegant photographs lately printed from negatives thus finished can be seen in Mr. Riggs' gallery.
"Local Intelligence," Ashland Tidings, April 19, 1878, page 3
    J. W. Riggs, our photographic artist, will leave for Lake Co. about next Tuesday, to be absent perhaps four weeks.
"Local Intelligence," Ashland Tidings, May 24, 1878, page 3
    RETURNED.--J. W. Riggs, our photo artist, who has been doing the Lake country for some weeks past, returned last week after a successful picture-making trip to Linkville, Fort Klamath and the Agency. He is now ready to take that picture for you.
Ashland Tidings, July 26, 1878, page 3
Ashland Tidings, October 17, 1879, page 3
    J. W. Riggs will build a photograph gallery on the east side of Main Street just above the Woolen [Mfg. Co.] mill race.
"Local Brevities," Ashland Tidings, October 31, 1879, page 3
    Mr. Riggs' photograph gallery is begun and will be finished in a short time.
"Local Brevities," Ashland Tidings, November 14, 1879, page 3
    J. W. Riggs' photograph gallery is up and will soon be finished. Mr. R. will doubtless find plenty of work awaiting the opening of his business.
"Local Brevities," Ashland Tidings, December 5, 1879, page 3
    The new building of Dr. Inlow, near the post office, is nearly completed and adds no little to the appearance of that part of town. The Doctor's drug store will occupy a part of the lower story, and the remainder will be used as a residence by J. W. Riggs, whose photograph gallery will occupy a part of the upper story. Ashland Tidings, October 19, 1887, page 3
    Dr. J. T. Inlow's new building is a fine addition to the appearance of the business portion of Main Street. It is a two-story frame, seventy-five feet deep, and stands just south of the post office. The building is divided into several apartments. Thirty feet of the lower front is occupied by the Doctor as a drug store and office. The rear portion of this floor is separated into convenient rooms and occupied by Mr. Riggs, photographic artist, as a dwelling. The upper story is also cut up by partitions into convenient rooms and occupied. The front is rented by the Misses Swingle and filled with a fine stock of millinery goods. The rear rooms are finished up expressly for a photographic gallery and occupied by Mr. Riggs.
"Our Town," Ashland Tidings, December 28, 1877, page 3     Yesterday morning a fire, originating in Smith's jewelry shop, swept all the west side of the main street of Ashland . . . [including] Rigg's photograph establishment.
"Serious Fire in Ashland," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, March 12, 1879, page 3
    J. W. Riggs, the photographic artist of Ashland, who suffered great loss in the Ashland conflagration, will soon make a tour through Josephine County.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, March 26, 1879, page 3
    COMING TO LOCATE.--J. W. Riggs, the Ashland photographer who is temporarily residing at this place at the present time, informs us that his parents, who have been residing in Jackson County for two or three years, are now on the way to this place, intending to locate here. The rheumatic affliction of his father has compelled him to remove from the rains and fogs of Rogue River Valley to the more salubrious climate of Goose Lake Valley.
State Line Herald, Lakeview, August 2, 1879, page 3
    Notice the advertisement of J. W. Riggs, in another column. Mr. Riggs claims to take the best pictures that may be had in Southern Oregon, and his past reputation fully sustains his claim. His new gallery is a great improvement over any he has had before, and the work which he has already done here is his best recommendation. He has been kept quite busy since opening his new rooms, notwithstanding the cloudy weather.
Ashland Tidings, January 16, 1880, page 3
    J. W. Riggs is now doing some of the best work in photography that has ever been done in Oregon, or anywhere else, outside of the large cities, and his samples of photographs taken in the new gallery will bear comparison with the best work of city artists.
"Local Brevities," Ashland Tidings, February 6, 1880, page 3
    J. W. Riggs, the photographer who was in Ashland ten years ago, has just moved to Lakeview from Lewiston, Idaho.
"Personal," Ashland Tidings, May 25, 1888, page 3     J. W. Riggs has added some more new attractions to his gallery. Lovely backgrounds just received from New York. Go and see them, and have your photo taken.
The Coast Mail, Marshfield, March 6, 1890, page 3
    J. W. Riggs, our photographer, is turning out some of the finest work that has ever been done in Coos County. He has had twenty years experience, consequently he has no trouble in pleasing his customers. Don't fail to see his samples before going elsewhere. One price to everybody--remember that.
Coos Bay News, July 29, 1891, page 3
    J. W. Riggs, the photographer, was stricken with a slight case of paralysis last night. He is able to be about, but is suffering from the nervous shock. His entire right side was affected.
"Tattle of the Town," The Coos Bay Times, May 13, 1909, page 3
    J. W. Riggs and wife are moving onto the Ross ranch on Catching Inlet.
"Personal Notes," The Coos Bay Times, October 31, 1912, page 5

MIKE ROBERTS COLOR PRODUCTION
Berkeley, California postcard publisher

LEONARD W. ROBBINS (Central Point 1901)
    If you want camera or photographic supplies of any kind don't fail to call on L. W. Robbins of Central Point, who keeps a complete supply of the best in that line. He is an expert landscape and portrait photographer, and is well qualified to judge what the people want. His prices are reasonable, and he guarantees satisfaction.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 15, 1901, page 5
    Len Robbins, the boss mechanic, has taken up photography for a change and he is taking photographs of the houses in this place.
"Central Point," Valley Record, Ashland, August 15, 1901, page 3

ROGUE VALLEY MANOR
RVM logo. Mirro-Krome postcards manufactured by H. S. Croker Co., San Francisco 1, Calif.; published by Rogue Valley Manor

ROSE
    Mr. Rose, the photographer, has leased the St. Mary's Academy premises and will operate his gallery as well as reside there.
"Our Correspondents: Jacksonville," Medford Mail Tribune, October 14, 1911, page 10

MRS. E. D. ROSE
    Mrs. E. D. Rose, while camping at the Dead Indian Springs, took several fine photographic views of the several people then camping there, as well as the springs and much of the picturesque surroundings. Miser, the photographer, has developed the pictures and now has them for sale. Mrs. Rose has had considerable experience in photography before coming to Medford.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, August 14, 1896, page 7

H. ROYLE
Canyonville, Oregon postcard publisher

MABEL RUSSELL
    Miss Russell returned Tuesday evening from Crater Lake, where she has been for the past few weeks taking pictures and doing color work for F. H. Kiser, the official photographer of the Crater Lake Company. She has some of the most wonderful views of Crater Lake that have ever been taken. Prior to going to the lake she took photographs of Mount Shasta, and she also has some of these that are wonderful.
    One of her greatest achievements is a sunset picture taken by Mr. Kiser and colored by her. It is a marvel of soft, harmonious color--picturing the soft orange sunset, with the silver-lined clouds half obscuring the sun. One cannot believe that such a picture could be possible until the original photograph is scanned. Miss Russell is now in he permanent employ of Kiser Bros. and will paint pictures and do color work for the Crater Lake Company's exhibit at the exposition.
    One of the prize winners that Miss Russell is going to paint for the fair will be in a series of three pictures, the first representing a beautiful forest section, the second a raging forest fire, and the third the burned-off land.
    Miss Russell leaves Friday for Montague, where she will join F. H. Kiser, A. L. Parkhurst, president of the Crater Lake Company, and Miss Anna Schrade, the manager of the Crater Lake Company. For the next few weeks she will color photographs of scenes around Mount Shasta, having the actual scenes for the color work. Miss Russell is certainly making a great success of her work as an artist.
Ashland Tidings, October 1, 1914, page 1

O. D. SAFFORD (1866)

SAFFORD & THATCHER (1886)

FREELING WILLIAM SAWYER  (1873 McMinnville, 1880 Jacksonville/Ashland, 1890 Grants Pass, 1891 Moonville/Ashland)
    SAWYER'S NEW GALLERY.--Is now in Jacksonville and will remain for a short time. Everything is new, instruments, chemicals, &c., and having had a long experience in the business feels confident of giving satisfaction to all who may give him a call. His prices are as reasonable as such work can be afforded. Special attention given to children. Gallery on corner in rear of Holt's new hotel.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, October 27, 1880, page 3
    Mr. Sawyer is still here and making first-class work. Call and see his large pictures, they are hard to beat. He will go to Ashland next week, and all who wish work should call at once.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, November 10, 1880, page 3
    F. W. Sawyer has returned from Josephine County with his family and will spend a few weeks in photographing at Ashland. He takes good pictures and merits liberal patronage.
"Personal Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 3, 1880, page 3
    F. W. Sawyer has put up his picture gallery on Main Street, near the Pioneer Hotel. Freeling is a first-class artist, and we wish him success.
"From Kerbyville," Grants Pass Courier, May 7, 1886, page 3
    Freeling Sawyer is putting up a building on 6th, which he proposes to use for a photograph gallery.
"Grants Pass Notes," Ashland Tidings, May 23, 1890, page 2
    F. W. Sawyer is erecting a building on 6th Street, near the courthouse, to be used as a photograph gallery.
"Josephine County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 30, 1890, page 2
    F. W. Sawyer of photographic fame has been conducting a gallery at Eagle Point.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 10, 1891, page 3
    F. W. Sawyer, of Grants Pass, has erected a photograph gallery at Moonville, and is doing a good business. His work is first class.
"Sams Valley Items," Ashland Tidings, July 24, 1891, page 2
    Mr. Sawyer of Grants Pass still has his photograph gallery here, and is doing well.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Valley Record, Ashland, August 6, 1891, page 2
    F. W. Sawyer is at Linkville, photographing the average citizen of Klamath County.
"Josephine County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 30, 1891, page 2

SAWYER'S (1911-)
Carlton Sawyer, Portland postcard publisher

I. SCHEFF & BROS.
San Francisco postcard publisher printed in Austria.

SCHNEEBECK NEWS AGENCY
Klamath Falls, Oregon linen postcards by E. C. Kropp Co., Milwaukee, Wisconsin

MABEL P. SCOTT (Sams Valley circa 1908-18)

S. A. SCOTT (California)
    S. A. Scott, who has been canvassing this section for the photochrome with considerable success, has returned to Siskiyou.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 3, 1877, page 3

SCOTT & BARNES (Yreka 1878-79)
    PHOTOCHROMES.--Messrs. S. A. Scott and H. M. Barnes, of Yreka, are now in this valley delivering the pictures for which orders were taken last fall, and are also taking additional ones. We were shown a number of these enlarged pictures, among them one of General John E. Ross, which for beauty of finish and general lifelikeness cannot be excelled. They intend remaining in this section a short time yet, and we would advise all those wishing an enlarged picture of themselves or friends to give them a call at once. Their charges are very reasonable.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, August 7, 1878, page 3
    WITH US ONCE MORE.--H. M. Barnes, who about one year ago canvassed this section for enlarged pictures, is again in town and has on exhibition at G. W. Elliott's store some very fine samples of large photographs finished in India ink in a style unsurpassed, for which he is taking orders. Those large and elegant chromos at the same place he will sell at Eastern rates, and the finest chromos can now be had for less than San Francisco prices.

WYNNE SCOTT (1912-15)
    Wynne Scott, the photographer, who has occupied the Boyd studio for some months past, has leased the room occupied by Madame Dilhan's millinery store and will move her gallery there about June 1. The room will be fitted up in fine shape for the purpose and will in addition to the gallery contain living rooms for Mrs. Scott and her daughters. Mrs. Scott has earned an enviable reputation for her fine work since coming to Ashland and will doubtless do well in her new location.
"For New Gallery," Ashland Tidings, April 24, 1913, page 8
    Mrs. Wynne Scott has disposed of her photograph business at Ashland and removed to Medford, where she will have charge of the portrait department of the studio of Gerking & Harmon.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 3, 1913, page 4
    Wynne Scott, one of the most up-to-date portrait artists on the Pacific Coast, is taking charge of the portrait department for the Gerking & Harmon Photo Company, 228 East Main Street.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 10-October 22, 1913, page 2
    Mrs. Wynne Scott, photographer, who has conducted studios in both Ashland and Medford, has leased the Camps studio in this city, and will reopen the old familiar headquarters at an early date. Her daughter, Ruth, will assist her.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, April 2, 1915, page 5
    Two Ashland photographers, B. H. Hinthorne and Mrs. Wynne Scott, conduct studios in northern California towns, the former at Yreka and the latter at Dunsmuir. Hinthorne's studio at Yreka is a branch of his Ashland establishment.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, August 28, 1915, page 5
    Elmer Ketchum is the new clerk at Butler's confectionery, replacing Miss Ruth Scott, who has gone to Dunsmuir, where her mother, Mrs. Wynne Scott, is conducting a photo studio.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, October 18, 1915, page 5

EMIL F. SEIFERT (1894)
    E. Seifert, who has been photographing a number of the larger mines, contemplates locating in Jacksonville.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 22, 1894, page 3

W. A. SEYMORE (Central Point 1903)
    W. A. Seymore, artist, has opened a gallery near the Rostel building, and is prepared to take photos on short notice.
"Central Point Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 7, 1903, page 3
    In police court this morning Fred Keller and W. A. Seymore were each given sentence of $5 or three days for being drunk.
"In Police Court," East Oregonian, Pendleton, May 23, 1906, page 8

SHACK & TOM
    Kodak finishing a specialty, and commercial photography. Prompt service. Shack & Tom with a smile, Medford Bldg.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, November 18, 1923, page 2

JAMES VERNE SHANGLE (1927-53)
    Medford is to have a new photographers studio this fall, it was announced today. J. Verne Shangle of Portland has been in the city this week and has made arrangements for opening his studio in the Medford Building in about two weeks.
    Mr. Shangle has had considerable experience in portrait work, as he has been connected with Steffens-Colmer of Portland for the past several weeks. The new studio will be known as the Brownie Studio.
Medford Mail Tribune, September 9, 1927, page 5
    Next Saturday will mark the opening of the new Shangle-Butler photo studio on the third floor of the Medford Center building. . . . J. Verne Shangle and Miss Jeunesse Butler, who are sponsoring the new establishment, are both well known in Medford.
"Photo Studio to Open Thursday," Medford Mail Tribune, January 11, 1928, page 8
    While in the Rose City, Mr. Shangle won a reputation for his excellent photographs of children and was considered an authority on child photography. . . . Miss Butler has been identified with business activities in this city for several years, and she is well fitted to fill the capacity of business manager of the new Shangle-Butler studio.
"New Photo Studio to Open Tonight," Medford Mail Tribune, January 14, 1928, page 3
    Photographs of Medford's new airport, taken from the air by J. Verne Shangle, local photographer, upon request of city officials, are now on display in the window on North Central at the entrance of the Medford Center building.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, March 11, 1930, page 2
    Verne Shangle, Medford photographer, who has been making a bid for Jacksonville business through columns of The Miner, was this week awarded contract for photographing all fruit illustrations to be used in the new Pear Export Manual published by the Oregon-Washington Pear Bureau and distributed throughout the world.
The Jacksonville Miner, February 26, 1932, page 2
    Verne Shangle, staff photographer and portrait maker of note, has been credited with bringing some of the most advanced, up-to-date methods to local residents formerly available only in centers of population such as San Francisco and Portland.
    Futuristic backgrounds, cubistic settings and more conservative layouts have been designed by the photographer, whose marked success has been due to his adherence to the principle that quality, and quality alone, build for permanence in business. Shangle has the honor of designing several illustrations to be used in advertising Pacific Northwest pears to the entire world and brings this work to southern Oregon for the first time. His photographs competed with those of foremost experts up and down the entire coast
    In addition to offering far superior work Mr. Shangle also is making a special inducement to school students this spring--not only does he offer incomparable craftsmanship and artistry but also, for a few more days, he will grant all scholars and graduates desiring portraits a special reduction in prices, which will mean quite a saving to southern Oregon.
    Verne Shangle is located on the third floor of the Medford Building in Medford.
The Jacksonville Miner, May 27, 1932, page 2
    J. Verne Shangle came to Medford in September, 1917, after having been associated with many of the leading photo studios or Portland, Oregon.
    Since his arrival in Medford has had been located in the Medford Bldg., except for a short time when he was located over the Lamport sporting goods store, during the last few months of 1927.
    At the present time the Shangle Studio is classed as one of the largest and finest equipped studios between Portland and Sacramento, Calif. The class of photographs made by this studio has brought it recognition not only in this territory, but at the Pacific Coast conventions, where, the two times photographs were exhibited in competition, Salon Honors were won twice--these honors being the highest photographic award bestowed by a photographers' convention, and this studio is the only one between Eugene and Sacramento to ever wine.
    Mr. Shangle is a progressive business man of this territory--a member, and chairman of the membership committee of the Medford Chamber of Commerce, which organization has done so much for this territory during the last six months. The membership committee has set a record for increase in membership that has received national comment. He is also a member of the general committee of the Oregon Diamond Jubilee celebration to be held in Medford next June 3rd (week of June 3rd). Mention of the Medford Chamber of Commerce prompts us here to mention that the major activity of that organization is agricultural development, a very worthy program, and it has already done some wonderful work for the farmer.
    M. Shangle is grateful for the patronage and support he has received and, during the course of conversation with our correspondent, stated: "Our success has been due to always making a photograph that is as good as can be made. We spare no expense in making photographs, in fact, the byword of our workroom is: 'THE PHOTOGRAPH MUST BE GOOD'."
Central Point American, November 2, 1933, page 1
    Extensive alterations, which will include complete redecorating and rearrangements of displays, are under way this week at the studios in the Medford Building of J. Verne Shangle, photographer of personality portraits. . . .
    Personnel of the studio, besides Mr. Shangle, now includes Al F. Kroeber, photographic technician and commercial specialist from Portland, who is in charge of production, and Mrs. A. L. Jewett, who is taking the place of Mrs. Edith Wingfield during the latter's six months' visit in Australia.
"Shangle Studios Being Refurbished, " Medford Mail Tribune, August 23, 1935, page 11
b. Portland, Oregon Aug. 18, 1902; son of Frank Marion and Eva Shangle; father was captain of a one-thousand-wagon division in train to Oregon in 1840s; educated public and technical schools; m. Ruth R. Galliher of Seattle June 10, 1928; children Verne G., Robert D., Carolyn Ruth; began as a newspaper carrier in Portland; fishing, mining and trapping in Alaska 1914-18; with Alaska Juneau Gold Mining Company 1918-19; with A. Guthrie Company of Portland 1919-21; Steffens Colmer Studio 1921-25; D. Perry Evans Studio 1925-26; owner Shangle Studio of Medford since 1927; professional photography, portrait, aerial and commercial; instrumental in organizing boys' basketball school in 1935, later known as Medford Athletic Association; selected for Who's Who in American Portrait Photography 1942 (one of two selected from Oregon and one of 269 from the entire United States); member of Chamber of Commerce (director Jackson County 1934-38); Lion (president 1937); member Y.M.C.A. board of directors 1944-; Elk; Republican; Presbyterian (member board of trustees since 1942, chairman 1945); home 1445 Kings Highway; office 321 Medford Bldg., Medford.
Capitol's Who's Who for Oregon 1948-49, page 503
    Mr. [J. Verne] Shangle won a number of photographic honors. He sold the studio to Carl Landis in 1953.
"Shangle, Retired Photographer, Dies," Medford Mail Tribune, November 19, 1982, page 6

SHANGLE-BUTLER STUDIO (1928)
J. Verne Shangle
    The new Shangle-Butler Studio, one of the most attractive and modern photographic studios in Oregon, will make its debut to southern Oregon people this evening between the hours of seven and eleven o'clock, and a cordial invitation to the public to attend the formal opening has been extended by J. Verne Shangle and Miss Jeunesse Butler, its proprietors. And those who attend the opening tonight may expect a real surprise, as the new studio is a model of its kind.
    After leaving the elevator on the third floor of the Medford Center Building, the first glimpse of the Shangle-Butler Studio is of the tastefully furnished reception room. The main studio adjoins this reception room and is arranged so that the most difficult photographic work may be easily handled. The best studio lighting facilities are provided, and the most up-to-date equipment has been installed. An exhibit room and a dressing room have also been provided for the convenience of patrons at the Shangle-Butler Studio.
    In back of the studio room is the spacious laboratory and dark room, which complete Medford's newest photo studio. Altogether it covers 1300 square feet of floor space.
    J. Verne Shangle and Miss Jeunesse Butler, the proprietors of the Shangle-Butler Studio, need no introduction to southern Oregon people. Mr. Shangle was formerly associated with the Steffens Colmer Studio of Portland, one of the Pacific Coast's best-known photographic concerns. He was also a member of the Portland Camera Club. While in the Rose City, Mr. Shangle won a reputation for his excellent photographs of children and was considered an authority on child photography. Recently he established a headquarters with the Harwood Photo Studio, where he handled his photographic business prior to the opening of the present Medford Building studio.
    Miss Butler has been identified with business activities in this city for several years, and she is well fitted to fill the capacity of business manager of the Shangle-Butler Studio. Miss Butler has also been active in musical circles of this city, and at the present is engaged in newspaper work. Her many friends in Medford are wishing her success in her new enterprise.
Medford Mail Tribune, January 14, 1928, page 3
    J. Verne Shangle of the Shangle-Butler Studio in the Medford Building has purchased the interests of Miss Jeunesse Butler, associated with him in the concern, it was learned today, and in the future will be sole owner and manager of the business. Mr. Shangle came to Medford last fall, and for a while engaged in portrait work at the Harwood Studio, afterward opening a fine new studio in his present location. He has enjoyed a successful business from that time, and has started the first camera club in this city, which has interested a large number of local camera enthusiasts. Miss Butler will devote her time to writing and newspaper work, in which she has been engaged in the past three years.
Medford Mail Tribune, February 18, 1928
    J. Verne Shangle, local photographer, received word yesterday from San Francisco that he was chosen on one of the main committees of the Pacific International Photographers' Association annual convention, to be held in San Francisco August 28-31.
"Shangle Honored by Photographers," Medford Mail Tribune, August 4, 1929, page 3

F. S. SHEARER (1901)
    J. W. Hunter and F. S. Shearer, expert photographers, who lately arrived from Kansas, have rented the gallery occupied by Mackey & Boyd, and will take possession about April 1st.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 21, 1901, page 5

SIMMONS & BRADFORD (Jacksonville, Ashland 1901)
    Messrs. Simmons and Bradford, two excellent photographers, took a number of views in Jacksonville this week.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 7, 1901, page 5
    Al. A. Simmons, artist. Gallery next to opera house. Lowest possible prices for good photos.
Valley Record, Ashland, April 18, 1901, page 3
    Al A. Simmons, the photographer, will remain in Ashland only one week longer. Parties wishing photos, please take notice.
Valley Record, Ashland, April 25, 1901, page 2
    Al A. Simmons, the photographer, has returned from Southern Oregon and will set up his tent again in Eugene.--Eugene Guard.
"Pressed Bricks," Valley Record, Ashland, June 27, 1901, page 1

DWAINE E. SMITH (1943-1967)
Dwaine E. and Janet L. Smith, 1306 West Main, Medford
    Wesley Chapel of the First Methodist Church, Medford was scene August 20 of the wedding of Miss Janet Lucille Tuttle and Dwaine E. Smith. The bride is a daughter of Mr. and Mrs. Orvel Tuttle, Jacksonville and the bridegroom's parents are Mr. and Mrs. W. C. Smith, 1947 Stewart Avenue, Medford.
"Miss Janet Tuttle and Dwaine Smith Married in Chapel," Medford Mail Tribune, August 27, 1950, page 8
    Dwaine Smith of the Classic Studio announced Saturday that he is converting his property at 1115 West Main St. into a photographic studio and will move his photographic business there about Oct. 15. He and Mrs. Smith have been operating the Classic Studio since Feb. 15, when they purchased the location of the former Arbuckle and Moran photos.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 19, 1954, page 6     An illustrated article in the last issue of The Rangefinder, professional magazine for photographers, was adapted from a letter by Dwaine Smith of Medford's Classic Studio.
   Entitled "Shakespeare Never Knew How Much He Needed a Photographer," the material concerns Mr. Smith's work as staff photographer for the Oregon Shakespeare Festival at Ashland.
    The photographer begins the season by taking identification pictures of each company member, then takes portraits of those in the cast and on the staff, these numbering about 90, and makes about 16 special photographs for the festival program.
    In addition Mr. Smith takes dozens of publicity shots for newspapers and magazines, and during the time the plays are in production takes stage shots after performances.
    In the article Mr. Smith gave details of the type of equipment he uses and other information of interest to professional photographers. Mr. Smith closes his Medford studio during the time of the festival season, and does little photography outside of his festival schedule.
    Mr. Smith and his wife, who assists with the studio work, were in Portland recently for the Pacific International Photographs meeting, held at the Sheraton Hotel. Four of Mr. Smith's portraits were selected for the exhibit, which was a part of the convention. One was of Philip Hanson, actor, another was a wedding portrait of the former Sally Harris, the third was a portrait of Miss Sandy Cauble and the fourth a profile of Sandra Carmichael.
Medford Mail Tribune, June 14, 1960, page 6
    An application from Dwaine Smith, operator of Classic Studios, to operate a photographic studio as a home occupation in a multiple-family zone at 1306 West Main St., was approved by the commission after Smith agreed to abide by certain sign restrictions. Smith's studio was formerly located at 1115 West Main St.…
"Home Business Request Is Approved," Medford Mail Tribune, August 12, 1962, page 6

ERNEST W. SMITH (Butte Falls 1910-1970s)
    Smith's photographic hobby developed rapidly after his parents gave him his first camera, "just a plain old Eastman Kodak Model 3A." It lasted the next 30 years. It was 1910 and the 22-year-old immediately set up a homemade darkroom in his mother's pantry.
"Ernest Smith," Medford Mail Tribune, August 6, 1978, page D1

G. S. SMITH
    Before you start to Fraser River, call on Mr. G. S. Smith at the Union Hotel, and have your likeness taken. You can get good pictures at cheap rates.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, July 3, 1858, page 2

SMITH-WESTERN
Tacoma, Washington postcard publisher

SMITH'S SCENIC VIEWS (1930s-)
Tacoma, Washington postcard publisher

MRS. C. J. SMYTHE
    Mrs. C. J. Smythe, recently of Muscoda, Wisconsin, has assumed conduct of the Pheby photograph gallery on Sixth Street, lately conducted by E. D. Weston.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, August 22, 1901, page 3
    We are preparing a display of OUR OWN MAKE of photos. We solicit a sitting from you.--C. J. Smythe.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, September 5, 1901, page 3

SOUTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD
The Southern Pacific's "Road of a Thousand Wonders" slogan was first used around January 1906 in magazine ads and a booklet of the same name. The phrase was used in SP newspaper advertising January 1907 through 1917.
    The photographers who were taking views of residences and scenery in this valley some time since, ostensibly for the S.P. railroad company, are now operating in Siskiyou County, Cal.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 21, 1889, page 3
    J. M. Bassett, who accompanied the corps of Southern Pacific reviewers and photographers east of the mountains lately, viewing out a route for a probable extension of that company's lines through the great Klamath Basin, was in old days a Yreka editor, and is thoroughly familiar with the natural resources of the county.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 10, 1891, page 2
    A special Southern Pacific car brought traveling passenger agent Jones and photographers Putman and Porteous, of Los Angeles, California, to Oregon City Monday. These gentlemen have spent some time getting Oregon views for the new advertisements the Southern Pacific is publishing. They secured several fine views of the city and vicinity.
"Personals," Oregon City Enterprise, June 10, 1898, page 6
    The Southern Pacific is sending a San Francisco photographer into the Crater Lake country for the purpose of taking views of the scenery that may be used later on for advertising the district as a summer resort region.
"To Advertise Crater Lake," Morning Oregonian, Portland, June 11, 1903, page 14
    The Southern Pacific Company recently had its official photographer make a large number of views in Oregon.
"Exploits the West," Morning Oregonian, Portland, January 16, 1908, page 11
    Jesse Livermore, C. F. Miller, Southern Pacific photographer, Miss Maie Ely, of Portland, and Miss Gladys Duncan, of Red Bluff, Cal., returned today from a trip to [Crater Lake], where they went in Mr. Miller's automobile.
"Butterflies Fly High," Morning Oregonian, August 11, 1910, page 5
    State Game Warden Finley, accompanied by official photographer Miller of the Southern Pacific, passed through Medford Thursday en route to Klamath Falls, where they will secure photos of wild bird life. Thence they go to Crater Lake and thence down the Rogue. They are arranging pictures for a motion picture film of fish, bird and game life to awaken interest in the public in protecting wild creatures. Mr. Finley wants to take a moving picture of a battle with a Rogue River steelhead and calls for volunteer anglers to make a demonstration.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, July 5, 1912, page 2
    About September 15 the Southern Pacific Company will have Mr. Rufus Steele and an expert photographer in Ashland for a week to prepare advertising copy for the 1915 advertising.
"Some Criticism," Ashland Tidings, August 31, 1914, page 1
    Many beautiful views were taken here by the Southern Pacific staff photographer, which will be used in the new booklets. He left this evening for San Francisco.
"Rufus Steele Talks on Springs Project," Ashland Tidings, September 17, 1914, page 1
    The Southern Pacific is circulating a lot of picture post cards specially calling attention to the big exposition [the Panama-Pacific International Exposition in San Francisco], though incidentally admonishing one and all, in visiting the coast and in order to obtain comprehensive ideas regarding the whole Pacific section, to come via San Diego and San Francisco, returning by Portland and Ogden, or vice versa. They say this first edition of the post card series numbers 50,000.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, December 28, 1914, page 5

SOUVENIR PUBLISHING CO.
See Edward H. Mitchell

SPROUSE & SON
Tacoma, Washington postcard publisher, tinted matte stochastic "screen," manufactured in Germany.

CALVIN F. STAMPER (1930-31)
    C. F. Stamper, who came here recently from Seattle, has leased rooms on the second floor of the Davis Building at 32 N. Central Avenue, and has opened a studio.
    Extensive improvements have been completed so that the new studio will be one of the largest and best equipped in this part of the state, Mr. Stamper stated today.
    As a special opening offer which will introduce Mr. Stamper's photographic art to the people of Medford and southern Oregon, one large portrait in an up-to-date easel folder will be presented with each order of one dozen photographs regardless of the size or price.
    This offer will be effective including Saturday, according to Mr. Stamper.
Medford Mail Tribune, November 7, 1930, page 13

STAR PHOTO SHOP (1916)
    STAR PHOTO HOUSE, J. J. Owing, Leonard Wood, cor Laurel and W. Main
1916 Medford City Directory   
    A free picture of your baby, age from 6 to 12 months. At the Star Photo Shop. Corner Main and Laurel.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 5, 1916, page 2

ALEXANDER J. STARK (1920s-50s)
Postcard publisher. Signed "Zan"

CHESTER STEVENSON (Ashland ca. 1912-1918, Eugene 1918-1926+)
Published in Eugene, Oregon. Backslanted handwritten legend; some have a handwritten "Cs" logo of a large "C" wrapped around a small "S." See Carl Darling, who purchased the studio in 1918 and used a similar logo.
    Word has been received here that Chester Stevenson, who went to Albany recently for an operation for appendicitis and other trouble, was operated on Saturday with satisfactory results, and that he is doing as well as can be expected.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, July 4, 1912, page 5
    Chester Stevenson, Miss Nellie Ewan and Clif Payne will exhibit photographs at the Chautauqua bazaar.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, November 16, 1914, page 5
    Sunday's Oregonian carried a two-column picture of our big parade Friday. . . The photograph for the occasion was taken by Chester Stevenson, and it was finished and on its way to Portland within fifteen minutes after the parade went by.
"Good Outside Notice," Ashland Tidings, March 1, 1915, page 4
    Chester Stevenson has installed an exhibit of Ashland views and other photographs in one of the recesses at the foot of the stairs which lead up to the Commercial Club. The exhibit is worth looking over.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, March 29, 1915, page 5
    In connection with their work along publicity lines, the young ladies of the Auxiliary Civic Improvement Club are making use of thousands of picture post cards. These views are specifically scenic and represent Ashland's assets in this particular to best advantage. The initial 1000 copies have just been supplied by Chester Stevenson.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, April 16, 1915, page 2
    The Civic Improvement Club has had fifteen hundred post cards made by Chester Stevenson and are putting them on sale at all of the stores that handle cards. The cards are some of the best views obtainable of Ashland. The Ashland slogan is printed upon them. All residents are urged to purchase some and send them to friends.
"Ashland Slogan on 1,500 Post Cards," Ashland Tidings, April 22, 1915, page 1
    Members of the "Everywoman" [theater] troupe bought bountifully of postal card pictures supplied the drug stores by artist Stevenson and mailed them to their eastern friends.
"Club's Postcard Plan Is Popular," Ashland Tidings, April 26, 1915, page 1
    It was announced that the railroad would allow the ladies permission to sell Ashland postcards from the exhibit building at the [railroad] station.
"Civic Club Ladies Getting Results," Ashland Tidings, April 29, 1915, page 1
    Mr. Stevenson came to Ashland four years ago from North Yakima, Wash., where he owned and conducted the largest department store in the city. Mr. Stevenson came to Ashland for health considerations and has not engaged in business here, being well off in this world's goods. He bought the Johnson place on Wimer Street on his arrival here. He has spent a goodly part of his time in pursuance of a bent for photography since coming to Ashland and has made a statewide reputation as an outdoor photographic artist.
"Chester Stevenson Named for Springs Water Commissioner," Ashland Tidings, May 20, 1915, page 1
    Chester Stevenson has developed the pictures taken along the Pacific Highway from here to the California line on Tuesday, when he and the manager of the publicity department spent the greater part of the day getting views of the scenery and roadbed for advertising purposes. . . . One picture taken by Mr. Stevenson from a point below the Siskiyou station on the Southern Pacific is especially fine as it shows a complete horseshoe curve on the highway.
"Newsy Publicity Department Items," Ashland Tidings, July 15, 1915, page 1
    Chester Stevenson and Archie Eubanks, at home from Crater Lake, made a record trip inside of six days, inasmuch as the trip was made by a leisurely team. They stopped over a day at Lake of the Woods. Instead of fish and bear meat they brought back elegant views of incomparable scenery in those parts.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, August 11, 1915, page 3
    During the past 90 days the local Commercial Club's publicity department has distributed 16,500 pieces of literature in addition to mailing 1000 personal letters. Specifically there were 7000 of the new booklets, 2500 leaflets and 7000 picture post cards, in addition to the general correspondence.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, September 6, 1915, page 7
    The Hinthorne and Stevenson photographic studios will be merged at the headquarters of the former. Hinthorne will conduct the studio and Stevenson will devote special attention to outdoor phases of the art, especially exteriors and scenic attractions.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, February 23, 1916, page 3
    Chester Stevenson left Thursday on an automobile trip to Klamath Falls, up through eastern Oregon, down the Columbia River Highway to Portland, down the Willamette Valley to Albany, where he will be joined by his family, and on home.
Ashland Tidings, June 15, 1916, page 6
    A. L. Lamb is busy putting a new glass front in the photographic studio formerly occupied by H. J. Boyd and which has been leased by Chester Stevenson. Mr. Stevenson recently severed his connections with the Studio Ashland, according to report, and will establish his own business. He will include indoor photography while not neglecting outdoor photography, along which lines he has established quite a reputation.
"Chester Stevenson Leases Boyd Studio," Ashland Tidings, January 25, 1917, page 8
    Chester Stevenson, photographer and owner of the former Johnson peach orchard on Wimer Heights, has rented the L. L. Mulit residence on Church Street, recently vacated by Louis Schwein.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, August 10, 1917, page 3
    Chester Stevenson, photographer, has moved from the Mulit house on Church Street to his newly acquired property on Nob Hill Terrace, which he bought of E. E. Phipps.
    The Stevenson studio is exhibiting a magnificent photo of the Ashland High School building, with the attendants at the recent teachers' institute massed in the foreground. It is the most imposing picture of this fine building ever taken, the big structure looming up in majestic proportions.
"Ashland and Vicinity," Medford Mail Tribune, November 6, 1917, page 4
    Chester Stevenson has sold his studio to C. C. Darling of Oakland and expects to take up aerial photographic work in the army soon. Mr. and Mrs. Darling are experienced photographers.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, April 4, 1918, page 5
    Mrs. Chester Stevenson and little daughter, Mary Margaret, left Sunday evening for Eugene where they will join Mr. Stevenson, who is located there, and where they will make their future home. Mr. Stevenson sold out his studio here several weeks ago . . . He later went to Eugene, where he has taken over an interest in the Linn Drug Company.
"Gives Farewells," Ashland Tidings, May 13, 1918, page 4
    Chester Stevenson, the former well-known photographer of Ashland, . . . is in the uniform of a Coast Artilleryman, from which service he was recently discharged after being stationed at Fort Stevens since last September. He offered his services in the aviation department early last summer, and later received orders to go to Rochester, N.Y. for a few weeks' training in the photographic observation unit preparatory to overseas service. Before he started, however, he was notified to report to Fort Sevens, where he was placed in the coast artillery. Mr. Stevens is looking remarkably well as the result of his army training, and will return to civilian life in Eugene, where his wife and little daughter reside.
"Local and Personal," Ashland Tidings, January 14, 1919, page 5
    Chester Stevenson, rancher and orchardist, also kodaker between times, is doing such a mob of work in photography that he has equipped a studio in the Ashland Improvement block. His stronghold is in in depicting out-of-doors life, and his scenic views along this line will be added to the local display at the San Francisco show.
"Ashland's Debt Reduced," Medford Mail Tribune, December 29, 1924, page 3  Stevenson's stay in Ashland was apparently brief.

CARLYLE F. STOUT
Postcards marked Ashland, OR ©1993
    Stout is giving [postcards] a new dimension, and that's not just because his cards are 4 by 6 inches. The Ashland amateur photographer is injecting the local touch into a watered-down, generic market.
    For the past month, the attorney by trade has spent portions of his weekends hopping from door to door, showing off the postcards of six snappy shots he took of Ashland and the surrounding area. . . .
    Stout . . . sank $2,700 into 30,000 cards--5,000 copies of each picture. Under the business name of Lithia Photography, he is trying to turn a lifetime hobby into a profitable venture. . . .
    When Stout decided to jump into the postcard biz, he faced a small dilemma--what scenes should he use? He decided one major criterion, besides the quality of the cards, would be subject matter that appealed to tourists and locals.
    First, he thought, he needed a good view of Ashland proper. That was accomplished with a picture taken from the east hills, in which a group of grazing cows in the foreground conveniently masks Interstate 5.
    The Oregon Shakespeare Festival, naturally, earned two cards. For the last three, he chose two beautific [sic] winter views of Crater Lake and a panoramic look at snow-covered Mount McLoughlin.
"Postmark Ashland: Shutterbug Brings Cards Closer to Home," Ashland Daily Tidings, July 24, 1984, page 7

DENNIS H. STOVALL
    D. H. Stovall, Grants Pass, Oregon
"Oregon's Photographers," Oregon Journal, Portland, September 8, 1907, page 14

JOSEPH CURTIS STRATFORD and JEPTHA LEWIS STRATFORD (1898-99 Jacksonville, 1898-99 Ashland, 1899 Grants Pass, 1899 and 1901 Roseburg, 1901 Toledo, 1901-03 Marshfield, 1903 Jacksonville, Canby, 1911 Creswell)
    Rev. J. L. Stratford has opened a photograph gallery in Ryan's building on California Street, over Wendt & Puhl's store.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, March 24, 1898, page 3
    Rev. J. L. Stratford, who is a photographer as well as a minister of the gospel, has opened a gallery in Ryan's building, two doors east of the post office, upstairs.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 11, 1898, page 3
    Mrs. C. H. Basye is instructing a large class in elocution with success. Her pupils were photographed in the courthouse square on Saturday last by Rev. J. L. Stratford.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 9, 1898, page 3
    Rev. J. L. Stratford, the preacher-photographer, has erected a tent near his residence, and is taking quite a number of excellent pictures.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 12, 1898, page 3
    Mrs. S. L. Stratford, mother of Rev. J. L. Stratford, of Jacksonville, together with her son J. C. Stratford arrived from California last Thursday evening and continued their journey to Jacksonville, where they will stop for a short time. These people will probably locate in this valley permanently.
"Personal," Medford Monitor-Miner, June 16, 1898, page 3
    Mr. Stratford, lately from California, has opened a photograph gallery in Aiken's building on California Street.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 23, 1898, page 3
    J. C. Stratford, the photographer, who has been in Jacksonville for the past two months, will leave for Ashland one day this week, with the expectation of locating there. He does first-class work, and much of it, too.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 22, 1898, page 3
    J. C. Stratford, who has been doing a rushing business in photography since coming to Jacksonville, will go to Ashland this week to open a studio. He will be at Jacksonville a few days of each month.
"Jacksonville News," Medford Mail, August 26, 1898, page 3
    J. C. Stratford, the photographer, has removed to Ashland, where he will locate permanently.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 5, 1898, page 3
    Mr. J. C. Stratford, the photographer, and his mother left for Ashland on Saturday, where they will make their home. Mr. Stratford will open a photograph gallery there, and will readily find employment, as he is an artist of exceptional merit.
"Jacksonville Items," Ashland Tidings, September 5, 1898, page 3
    Rev. J. L. Stratford took several photographic views of the late reunion of the Southern Oregon Pioneer Society, which are excellent.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 12, 1898, page 3
    Stratford, the photographer, has returned to Jacksonville, and will be ready for business Saturday, Oct. 22d. He will have something new, "the latest," and will be prepared to offer extraordinary inducements. If you want photos, see him.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 20, 1898, page 3
    E. D. Stratford of Roseburg, a brother of Rev. J. L. Stratford and J. C. Stratford, the photographer, has been appointed as one of the commissioners who will adjust old Russian land claims in Alaska.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 24, 1898, page 3
    Until December 1st, only, at Stratford's gallery, Jacksonville, one dozen photographs of the finest and very latest style and a large portrait for the price of the photos alone. No cheap copying-house trash, but something entirely new, made by Stratford himself, and never before introduced outside the cities. If you want something nice for the holidays you should have a sitting at once for these pictures. It takes time to make them. It is worth your while to make an effort to avail yourself of this rare opportunity.
"A Rare Opportunity," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 7-10, 1898, page 3
    Stratford will leave Jacksonville early in March and till March 1st will make photographs within the means of all who want them.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 2, 1899, page 3
    Rev. J. L. Stratford will leave for Roseburg at once, to assume charge of the Plaindealer, which is owned by his brother, E. D. Stratford, who holds the position of U.S. commissioner in Alaska. He has had some experience in this line of business, and will doubtless give general satisfaction. Mr. S.'s many friends wish him unlimited success..
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 10, 1899, page 3
    Last Sunday evening Rev. J. L. Stratford preached his farewell sermon, which was an excellent one, concluding with a few remarks befitting the occasion. He took for his text "Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men." Mrs. S. has been in the ministry over twenty-six years, and has made many friends in all communities where he has been a resident and pastor. While in Jacksonville he won the respect of all who knew him, and goes away with the best wishes of all.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 13, 1899, page 3
    This is positively the last week that Stratford's gallery will be open. Rain or shine, this is final.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 1, 1899, page 3
    J. C. Stratford, the clever artist, leaves for Gold Hill this week, for a short stay, after which he expects to leave for Alaska. He is an excellent photographer, and does a big business wherever he goes.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 8, 1899, page 3
    Rev. J. L. Stratford, who is now connected with the Roseburg Plaindealer, is in Jacksonville, paying his former home a visit. He held services at the M.E. Church Sunday evening.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 29, 1899, page 3
    J. C. Stratford, the photographer, moved his tent to Ashland Friday, where he will do some work for the normal school, after which he will visit the coast.
"Jacksonville News," Medford Mail, June 2, 1899, page 5
    J. C. Stratford, who is without doubt one of the best photographers ever in Southern Oregon, is at Ashland and is doing a good business. He has awakened the artists who have been inflicting a rather inferior quality of work upon the people of that community, and it is amusing to see them attempt to square themselves through personal attacks on their more skilled rivals in the columns of the local press.--Jacksonville Times.
The Plaindealer, Roseburg, July 6, 1899, page 3
    J. C. Stratford, the photographer, has built a gallery at Roseburg.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 17, 1901, page 5
    J. L. Stratford, the photographer, is located at Yreka, Calif., and has built up a prosperous business.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 26, 1903, page 1
    J. L. Stratford, the photographer, has been in Jacksonville, looking over the ground. He was engaged in business for some time at Yreka, Calif., and did well.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 14, 1903, page 1
    J. C. Stratford, the photographer who was here four years ago, and whom most of you remember, has returned and will open a gallery for a short time. With those who know of his work there is no question of his ability to equal the best city work, so that you should not neglect this opportunity to supply yourselves. Special announcement next week.
"Happenings Hereabouts," Jacksonville Sentinel, October 30, 1903, page 5
    J. C. Stratford, who was formerly engaged in the photographic business in Jacksonville, has returned and will open a gallery for a time. For the past three months he has been at Yreka. His brother, Rev. J. L. Stratford, who with their mother, Mrs. Sarah Stratford, are both residents of Canby, in Clackamas County, where he has charge of the Methodist church [sic]. For the past two years Rev. Stratford has been pastor of the Methodist church in Orland, California.
"Local Notes," Jacksonville Sentinel, October 30, 1903, page 7
    The gallery will be opened Saturday afternoon. Stratford will remain only about 30 days and for the first two weeks only will give, as a special inducement to early comers, a 14x17 photo-portrait free with each dozen cabinets. This portrait is not a cheap crayon but a photograph well worth $3.00. He turned out over 100 of them in Yreka, Cal., this summer. Come early if you want the large picture.
Jacksonville Sentinel, November 6, 1903, page 5
    Mr. Stratford, the photographer, who has been here for some time, leaves Monday for his home in Coos County.
"Jacksonville News," Medford Mail, December 4, 1903, page 8
    J. C. Stratford, the photographer, who for some time conducted a gallery in this city, but has been lately in California, has returned here with the intention of again locating.
"Of Local Interest," The Plaindealer, Roseburg, April 11, 1904, page 3
    J. C. Stratford, a photographer well known in Jacksonville, has invented a gasoline heating, cooking and lighting apparatus that is said to be simple, practical and inexpensive. Mr. Stratford has lately been in Roseburg, but he has gone to Portland, Astoria and other northern towns to introduce his machine, says the Jacksonville Sentinel.
The Plaindealer, Roseburg, August 18, 1904, page 1

STUDIO ASHLAND
See Hinthorne

ORVILLE D. STURGESS (1911-12 Medford, 1912 Chico)
    Orville Sturgess, who is conducting a studio in Medford, was a business visitor at the county seat Thursday.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, June 23, 1911, page 2
    O. D. Sturgess of Medford, Oregon is now running the Vitax Studio, at 709 Main Street, Chico, California.
Camera Craft, October 1912, page 486

SWEM STUDIOS (1888 St. Paul, Minnesota, 1908 Fargo, North Dakota, 1910-39 Ashland and Medford)
Thomas M. and John H. Swem
    T. M. Swem, late of Fargo, North Dakota, and formerly of St. Paul, Minn., where he is well and favorably known along the lines of artistic photography, has recently opened up an elaborate studio upstairs in the new Payne Block, opposite the Elks Temple. His fine suite of rooms are equipped with every requisite for the delineation and perfection of the art in every detail, and those contemplating having photography done had better call and inspect the new studio, its perfect appointments and elegant surroundings.
Ashland Tidings, December 5, 1910, page 1
    We do finishing and make beautiful enlargements from your own negatives or films. The Swem Studio, opposite Elks Building.
Ashland Tidings, February 2, 1911
    Announcing the opening of our new ground floor studios in the St. Marks Building. With the best of modern methods and equipment and with years of experience we are prepared to produce in your photograph the highest quality and artistic excellence known to portrait photography. The Swem Studios, 222 West Main Street, Medford.
Medford Mail Tribune, April 8, 1914, page 6
    Our delicate toned sepia prints have a distinctive quality--different from the ordinary photograph--but priced no higher. If you are planning on pictures for Xmas, try and get in this week for the sitting We will deliver the picture in December if you wish.
Medford Mail Tribune, November 4, 1914, page 3
    Our pictures of babies are more than photographs. They are studies of child life that will interest you and your friends, and the children--grown up--will also appreciate them. The Swem Studios.
Medford Mail Tribune, March 6, 1916, page 8
    T. W. Swem, the well-known Medford photographer and orchardist, passed his 70th birthday last Sunday. . . .
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, September 29, 1918, page 2
    Swem's Studio will be moved to the building on East Main vacated by the Shasta.
"Local Briefs," Medford Mail Tribune, May 24, 1919, page 2

THOMAS HART BENTON TAYLOR
    Prof. T. H. B. Taylor, the photographer, accompanied by his wife and sister-in-law, will leave soon for California, to spend the winter. Mr. Taylor's object is to seek for better health.
"Wimer," Valley Record, Ashland, November 2, 1899, page 4

HOWARD C. TIBBITTS

GEORGE H. TYLER
    Mr. Geo. H. Tyler of this place [Medford] has purchased the famous "Dead Indian" springs in the Cascades and proposes to make of it a summer resort.
"Through Southern Oregon," Roseburg Review, September 18, 1885, page 3
    Geo. H. Taylor [sic] has been in the Siskiyous the past two weeks, taking views of the rotary [snowplow] at work, etc., for Supt. Agler and Roadmaster Burkhalter. The views possess the chief merit of the stereoptician's art; they are wintry enough to suit anyone.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 15, 1892, page 3
    C. V. Nye, who has been at Tyler's photograph gallery several months, went home to Linn County Monday to rest up.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, March 24, 1892, page 3
    Geo. H. Tyler and his assistant, C. V. Nye, were over on the Siskiyous this week taking views of the scenic and engineered points of interest. They will have them on sale at Mrs. Tyler's gallery.
"Brevity Basket," Valley Record, Ashland, October 20, 1892, page 3
    The Tyler photograph gallery at Ashland has been reopened, being now conducted by Geo. H. Tyler, assisted by Miss Cora Baldwin, who for a long time prior to the death of Mrs. Tyler had been connected with the establishment, and who understands all the detail work.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 3, 1893, page 3
    Deputy Internal Revenue Collector Nat Langell arrived yesterday and established his office at Hotel Oregon, where he is registering the Chinese fraternity in accordance with the McCreary law. Geo. H. Tyler is taking the photographs of the heathens.
"Registering Chinamen," Valley Record, Ashland, January 11, 1894, page 4     Mr. F. L. Camps, recently from Olympia, Wash., has arrived in Ashland and has associated himself in the photography business with Mr. Geo. H. Tyler. These gentlemen can be found at the old established Tyler stand in Myer Block, where they will be pleased to accommodate all wanting anything in the photographic line.
Ashland Tidings, May 26, 1893
    The Wirth Photo Co. have leased the Tyler gallery and are prepared to favor the public with the finest kind of pictures.
Valley Record, Ashland, December 13, 1894, page 4
    Geo. H. Tyler has become possessor of the Wirth Photo Co.'s gallery in Medford as well as the plant which he owned, in Ashland. Mr. Wirth is badly involved. Miss Cora Baldwin is in charge of the gallery in Ashland and Tyler is running things at Medford.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, January 24, 1895, page 3
    Geo.  H. Tyler, the photographer, went down to Medford last evening to look after his business there. Mr. Tyler now owns the Wirth gallery at Medford as well as the Tyler gallery in Ashland, both of which were recently conducted by the Wirth Photo Co.
"Personal," Ashland Tidings, January 24, 1895, page 3
    The Ashland Casket Company, with H. S. Emery, the pioneer undertaker, in charge, announces that it will open business in Ashland, the stock of goods arriving today. Business will be commenced in the Myer block, formerly occupied by Tyler's photograph gallery, Main Street, opposite foot of Church.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, June 20, 1895, page 3

MAE E. TYLER (1886-1894 Ashland)
    Mrs. M. E. Tyler, the photographer of Ashland, offers to present each pioneer of the county who will visit her gallery for the purpose of having a negative taken, with a cabinet photograph of himself or herself.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 12, 1889, page 3
    Mrs. M. E. Tyler, the photographic artist, is convalescing after a siege of several weeks' illness.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, May 29, 1890, page 3
    Mr. and Mrs. Geo. H. Tyler have gone to Tyler's Dead Indian Soda Springs to remain for some time in recuperating Mrs. Tyler's health, while George fixes up the premises. Mrs. Tyler's photograph gallery will be closed for the next thirty days.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, July 17, 1890, page 3
    Mr. and Mrs. E. E. Hale, the latter a sister of Mrs. Tyler the photographer, who have lived in Ashland the past year, returned Monday to their old home in Racine, County, Wisconsin.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, July 24, 1890, page 3
    Mrs. Tweed Coburn returned to Grants Pass Tuesday with her babe, having recovered her voice again which had almost been destroyed by the la grippe. Her sister Miss Baldwin of Mrs. Tyler's photograph gallery went with her.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, August 6, 1891, page 3
    TYLER--At her home in Ashland on Friday, Dec. 30th, 1892, Mrs. Mae E. Tyler, aged 41 years.
    She was born in Grant Co., Wis., in the year 1851, her maiden name being Willis, and grew up to womanhood in that state. Part of her education was received at the State Normal School in Platteville, though previous to going there, Miss Willis had taught school, as well as after leaving Platteville. There she became acquainted with her husband, Mr. G. H. Tyler, and in 1876 they were married in Yreka, Cal. After her marriage Mrs. Tyler taught school for two years, until her health failed, and work became impossible.
    Closing out his business in Cal., Mr. and Mrs. Tyler spent some time in traveling up and down the Coast, hoping to recover her lost health and strength. They went north as far as Eugene City in 1884, and settled in Ashland in the summer of 1885, where they have since had their home.
    In 1886 Mrs. Tyler went back to Wisconsin to revisit old friends and learn the photographic business, and on her return opened a gallery in Ashland, which she has managed ever since with increasing reputation and success, her work rapidly bringing her in to rank with the best artists in the state.
    She was a member of the Episcopal Church, being confirmed in that communion by Bishop Winfield of California in the year 1878.
    She was buried from the Congregational Church in Ashland on Sunday, Jan. 1st, 1893, according to the rites of her own church, the large attendance testifying to the general respect in which she was held.
Ashland Tidings, January 1893
    Mrs. M. E. Tyler of Ashland, the well-known photographer, died last Saturday and was buried the following day. She had contracted a severe cold, which developed into a case of pneumonia that proved fatal. Mrs. Tyler was a lady of much intelligence and many estimable qualities, and her death is generally regretted.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 6, 1893, page 3
    Mr. Wirth, the manager of this company, has leased the Tyler gallery in Ashland and has combined the same with their galleries now located in the principal towns of the valley. They are enterprising and reliable as well as first-class artists and by the combination of the business are enabled to give their patrons the benefit of fine artistic work at the lowest prices. Remember the place, the Tyler gallery on Main Street.
Valley Record, Ashland, November 22, 1894, page 4

TYLER & MISER (1895)
W. L. Tyler and Haver L. Miser
    Messrs. Tyler & Miser have purchased the Wirth photograph gallery in Medford and are now turning themselves loose in executing a great amount of very fine work. These gentlemen are both first-class artists and they promise the patrons of the gallery nothing but the best of work, at reasonable prices. A special feature with them will be promptness in the delivery of work--always when promised.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, January 18, 1895, page 5
    Tyler & Miser, the new photographers, have a new ad this week. These gentlemen promise superior work and swift execution of same--you get your photos even to a clock tick with the date promised.
Medford Mail, February 1, 1895, page 5
    Photographers Tyler & Miser were out Tuesday with their camera, taking views of Medford from the water works tower.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, March 29, 1895, page 5
    Photographer H. L. Miser has been taking pictures of other people's babies for a time without date, but now there is an opportunity given for him to do a little work of this nature in his own family. Last Saturday there arrived at his home "one of the cutest little subjects" for a picture in the city--a girl baby, and all parties are happy and healthy, and H. L. is a "bigger man as Grant."
"News of the City," Medford Mail, May 10, 1895, page 5
    Photographer Mackey has leased the gallery now occupied by Tyler & Miser, and as soon as these gentlemen can make it convenient to shift their place of business he will move in.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, September 27, 1895, page 8
See Haver L. Miser.

TYPEWRITER SERIES
1947-49 Rogue Valley postcards with typewritten legends. Many have negative numbers beginning with the letters "LO"; one postcard (of the Jacksonville courthouse) bears the name "Lowe" in the same handwriting. See "Lowe."

UNIVERSAL COPYING COMPANY
    ELEGANT PICTURES.--We were last week shown some samples of first-class work in the line of enlarged pictures executed by the Universal Copying Company of San Francisco. They were, if anything, improvements on the original photographs and finished in elegant style. The agent, Jas. Griffin, took several orders while in Jacksonville, and, as he will return in a few weeks, this public can have another opportunity of judging for itself.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 4, 1879, page 3
    At the express office in this place could be seen an accurate and finely finished picture of C. C. Beekman, enlarged from a photograph by the Universal Copying Company of San Francisco. We believe it is intended as a present to Warren Lodge No. 10, A.F.&A.M., of which Mr. Beekman is the Worthy Master.
"Personal Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 16, 1880, page 3

UP TO DATE STUDIO (1914-16)
232 East Main, Medford
    Postcards 75¢ per dozen this week at Up To Date Studio, 232 East Main.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, April 2, 1914, page 2
    Kodak finishing; developing 10¢ per roll, prints 4¢ each. Up-to-date Studio, 232 E. Main Street, Medford.
"Our Items of Local Interest," Central Point Herald, October 29, 1914, page 7

LEE VAN BERKLEO (1902)
    Lee Van Berkleo, a prominent photographer of Yreka, Calif., is in Medford upon a visit to his cousins, the Halley boys, and having dental work done. He is a splendid-appearing young man and is making many warm friends here.
"Additional Local," Medford Mail, August 1, 1902, page 6
     G. W. Mackey is enjoying a two weeks' outing at Crater Lake. His photo gallery is being operated during his absence by Lee Van Berkleo, of Yreka.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, August 8, 1902, page 6
    Lee Van Berkleo, the Yreka photographer, who has been visiting his cousins, the Halley boys, for a few weeks past, returned to his home Tuesday morning.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, September 12, 1902, page 6

VAN DYKE NEWS CO.
Medford, Oregon; postcards manufactured by E. C. Kropp Co., Milwaukee.

L. C. VAN EXXE (1897-99)
    Miles, the photographer, is meeting with excellent success during his stay in Jacksonville. He is assisted by Mr. Exxe.
"Jacksonville News," Medford Mail, November 5, 1897, page 3
     The Ober-Redden gallery has changed hands. Before having your Christmas work done see samples at Van E's studio, opposite post office, Medford.
    L. C. Van Exxe, a photographer from Portland, has leased the Redden gallery for several months and will probably purchase the same. He is a thoroughly competent artist and will give every detail of his work his personal attention. His specialty is all lines of high-grade work.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, December 9, 1898, page 7
    Something nice for a Christmas present--unique and beautiful photo buttons, brooches stick pins, cuff buttons, watch charms, lockets and watch case pictures from 25 cents up. Bring a good photo and leave all orders at Van E's studio, opposite post office.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, December 16, 1898, page 7
    The Redden gallery in Medford, on C Street, is now conducted by L. C. Van Exxe, an artist of ability, who will spare no pains to please the public. He employs the latest methods in photography, and his work is strictly first-class and up to date. When you are in that town don't fail to give him a call.
"Changed Hands," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, December 22, 1898, page 3 et seq.
    If you want little stamp photos we make them 50 for 50 cents. Do not get the little stamp-size pictures others make confused with the large diamond multiple. Photos at 75 cents per dozen--made only at Van E's studio.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, April 28, 1899, page 7
    Everything that Van E does is copied and imitated. Go to Van E's studio, where you get the advantage of original ideas in posing and finishing and don't take anything second hand.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, May 12, 1899, page 7
    The excellency of our work has "buried" our competitors "in photographs" so deep that they never will be "resurrected," next week or next month or next year. They may think so but they won't. Van E does his own retouching. It is not sent to cheap-John students in Portland as others do. No unsatisfactory work is forced on you at Van E's studio, Medford.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, June 23, 1899, page 7
    Van Exxe, the clever photographer, has returned from the Josephine County caves. He brought home a number of fine views of them.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 31, 1899, page 3
    Van Exxe, the photographer, and Geo. Mackey, the photographer, have formed a partnership and are now doing business together in the gallery opposite the post office. During the summer and fall months Mr. Mackey will have charge of the gallery work and Mr. Van Exxe will travel over the valley and into the mountains taking farm, mine and group views. Both are first-class artists, and they ought to do a good business. Mr. Mackey was formerly in partnership with H. C. Mackey in the photographing business in this city.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, August 4, 1899, page 7
    Van Exxe and Geo. Mackey, the well-known artists, have formed a partnership.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 7, 1899, page 3
    The photographers Van Exxe and Mackey have dissolved partnership, Mr. Mackey having purchased his partner's interest in the gallery, opposite the Mail office. This is Mr. G. W. Mackey, and he is an artist of years' experience, and has a reputation of making only first-class work. He is not a stranger to Medford people, he having resided here for some time, and has made photographs for many of them--all of whom are loud in their praise of his superior work. Mr. Van Exxe is not now in the city.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, September 1, 1899, page 7
     Van Exxe, the alleged photographer, who has been in business here during the past several months, has levanted, leaving a number of creditors to regret the confidence they placed in the fellow. The public should look out for him.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 4, 1899, page 2
    L. C. Van Exxe, who has been employed as retouching artist in the Cronise gallery, left for Portland this morning.
The Daily Journal, Salem, November 7, 1899, page 3
    Lee Van Berkleo, the Yreka photographer, who has been visiting his cousins, the Halley boys, for a few weeks past, returned to his home Tuesday morning.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, September 12, 1902, page 6

MELVIN VAN NATTA
    Melvin Van Natta, of Ashland, is here making photographs of our city and school.
"Local and Personal," Central Point Herald, October 15, 1908, page 1
           
JOHN VELBY
    John Velby, the traveling photographer, located his gallery at Moonville a couple of weeks. His work is first class and never fails to give satisfaction. Miss Minnie Gall, who has been learning photographer from the above-named gentleman, intends to follow that business in the near future.
"Sams Valley Items," Medford Mail, September 15, 1893, page 1 supplement
    John Velby, a traveling photographer, has erected his tent in the yard at the Pioneer Hotel. He is from Eugene, via Gold Hill, and Sams Valley--will be here about ten days, and goes from here to Medford. The quality of his work ensures him a good trade.
"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, September 15, 1893, page 1 supplement

VIEWS INC. ("VI" logo)
Seattle, Washington. Medford postcards were probably all shot June 1946, dated by Roundup banner on card B120 and (probably) "Joe Palooka" and "The Daltons Ride Again" on the Craterian marquee on B113.

VINCENT STUDIO (1942)
Floyd Dale Vincent and Violet Wood Vincent
    Mr. Vincent was post photographer at Camp Abbot, Ore., until closing of that camp recently.
"Gold Hill," Medford Mail Tribune, July 17, 1944, page 6

VINSON SISTERS (1904-11 Medford)
Annie and Pheby Vinson

HAROLD EARL VROMAN (circa 1910-12 Medford)
dba Pacific Photo Co.
    Mrs. H. E. Vroman left today for her home at Los Angeles after two months with her parents [sic], Mr. and Mrs. A. L. Vroman.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 3, 1918, page 4
    Colored pictures of Yosemite were shown by Harry Vroman, who has recently opened the Barnes art and curio shop at the Paul Bunyan statue.
"News Happenings from Three Rivers Community," Visalia Times-Delta, August 16, 1945, page 10
    The photographic work of Harry Vroman, who spent 60 years photographing the West, is on view at the Photography Southwest Gallery, 4223 N. Marshall Way, Scottsdale, through March. Vroman, now 89 years old, is noted for his sensitive portraiture of Navajo and Hopi people taken in the 1920s. [Adam Clark Vroman was the 1920s photographer of Arizona natives, not Harry.]
"Heard Indian Fair Coming," Arizona Republic, Phoenix, March 26, 1978, page N5
    MESA--Harold E. Vroman, 93, a freelance photographer, died Jan. 3. 1983, in Maricopa Medical Center. Mr. Vroman was born in Mankato, Minn., and moved to Tucson in 1952 from California. He moved to Prescott in 1955. He had photographs in many publications, including Arizona Highways. He served in the Army medical corps during World War I. He is survived by his niece, Marjorie Casad. Memorial services will be 2:30 p.m. today at Arizona Ruffner Funeral Home in Prescott.
Arizona Republic, Phoenix, January 5, 1983, page 39

WA Logo
See AW.

W.E.E.
Unknown. Represented by one postcard, marked "©W.E.E. 121 / Table Rock Rogue River Valley Ore." Printed on Noko paper, reportedly 1907-1920.

FRANK G. WAGNER (1890 Medford, 1892 Forest Grove, 1909 Portland)
    Photograph Gallery! F. G. WAGNER is now prepared to do first-class work in all lines of PICTURE MAKING! His gallery is located over the tin shop. Call and see his specimens and be convinced.
Forest Grove Times, April 24, 1891

FREDERICK A. WALPOLE
Not a photographer, but an artist specializing at the time in bird's-eye town views.
    Fred A. Walpole, an artist now in town, has just completed a map of this place showing the streets as well as the different business houses and residences in the town. He proposes having the same lithographed and sell copies to those who wish to purchase at $5 each. We have seen the original draft and pronounce it fine and correct. Give him an order and ornament your parlor with one of the copies.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, July 28, 1883, page 3
    PICTURE OF ASHLAND.--The view of Ashland, sketched by Fred A. Walpole, will be lithographed at one of the best eastern lithographing establishments, and will be ready for delivery to those who purchase it in about ten months. It will be a beautiful picture--and a faithful one--of the town as it is today. Nearly every building in town is shown, the point of view being above the mining ditch, west of town. Mr. Walpole has left Ashland and has authorized us to receive subscriptions for the picture, the price of which is $5, payable when the picture is delivered.
Ashland Tidings, November 16, 1883, page 3
    Fred A. Walpole is making a sketch of Yreka. Those wanting a copy of his handsome picture of Ashland should apply at once at this office.
"Brevities," Ashland Tidings, November 16, 1883, page 3
    Fred A. Walpole is now delivering the picture of Ashland to those who subscribed for it. It is a good view of the place, and those who would like to preserve a picture of the town as it was before the railroad came should secure a copy. Already, since the drawing was made, new buildings have been put up, and the appearance of the town considerably changed. The picture can be seen at Fountain's store, where copies will be received.
Ashland Tidings, January 18, 1884, page 3

E. M. WARD
    E. M. Ward and Frank Murphy were out last week soliciting for a farm journal and offering a number of premiums with it. They also took photos of the most of the buildings separately and of the entire town.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail Tribune, February 6, 1912, page 7
    E. M. Ward of Medford was a pleasant caller with his son. He had been here a week or so ago and had taken photos of our town in general and also views of the principal business and dwelling houses, "and has placed them on sale in the Model Variety Store."
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail Tribune, February 14, 1912, page 5

MRS. ANDREW F. WARDLOW
    A. F. Wardlow is erecting a photograph gallery at this place. The building will be 30x40 feet, and is being constructed by Carson and Temple, the well-known mechanics.
"Central Point Pointers," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 22, 1888, page 2
    Mr. Norris, late of Lane County, has rented Mrs. A. F. Wardlow's gallery on Oak St. and is prepared to do all photographic work at reasonable rates.
"Central Point Items," Ashland Tidings, September 27, 1894, page 3
    Mr. Norris has rented Mrs. Wardlow's gallery. He hails from Lane County and is said to be an excellent artist.
"Central Point Pointers," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 1, 1894, page 2

THE WAYSIDE STUDIO
    Two and one-half miles north of Medford.
Medford Mail, September 26, 1902, page 3

GEORGE R. WATSON (circa 1910-13)
Wolf Creek

WEISTER CO. (1888-1922 Portland)
    T. O. Hutchinson, of Springfield, Oregon was in the city yesterday on his way to Crater Lake, where he will do quite a bit of photograph work for the Weister Picture Company, of Portland. Mr. Hutchinson is an old time acquaintance of Joseph Stewart, of this city.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail, October 29, 1908, page 5
    R. R. McKinney has been here for the past week representing the Sunset magazine in preparing a writeup of all the various interests of Grants Pass and Josephine County. With him is George W. Weister, official photographer of the Oregon Railroad and Navigation Company, and Southern Pacific Company. He is making photographs of many prominent points in the county both for the magazine and the 50,000 booklets.
"Personal Items," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, February 26, 1909, page 5
    O. Weister, photographer for the Central [sic] Pacific railroad, arrived in Medford yesterday from the north to take views of interest of the Rogue River Valley for a forthcoming edition of publicity literature to be sent east by the railroad company. Mr. Weister will spend several days in this valley and will get a collection of photos that cannot fail to attract attention to this favored locality.
Medford Mail, October 1, 1909, page 1
    Geo. Weister, official photographer of the Harriman lines, and H. L. Andrews, secretary of the Grants Pass Commercial Club, were in town last Friday taking views of orchards, scenery and other things of interest. They were taken out in the country by F. A. Pierce in his automobile.
"Merlin," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, October 1, 1909, page 7
"To Photograph All Autos in the Valley," Medford Daily Tribune, October 18, 1909, page 1
HENRY WENDT (itinerant, 1903 Fort Jones, 1907 Central Point, 1908-09 Beiber, California, 1909-1936 New Pine Creek)
    Henry Wendt, Jr., and his partner passed through Oregon a short time since, en route to Idaho and Montana, with a photograph outfit.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 25, 1901, page 7
    Henry Wendt, Jr., is paying Jacksonville, his former home, a visit, after [an absence] of several years. His partners, Lester Bros., are with him. They are all excellent photographers and are touring Oregon and California.
"Personal Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, July 22, 1903, page 1
    In a letter to the Sentinel H. Wendt, Jr., and Elmer and Thomas Lester state they brought their California trip to a close at Fort Jones, they becoming tired of traveling by team and that town suiting them as a place of businesss. They report Fort Jones a lively, prosperous town and growing fast. The boys have opened a barber shop, a photograph gallery and a candy kitchen and started with a good run for each. Prices are high in all lines. For shaving they get 25 cents.
"Happenings Hereabouts," Jacksonville Sentinel, October 2, 1903, page 7
    Henry Wendt, who is opening a photo gallery here, has already done some very excellent work, his pictures of the new school building and of the school being particularly fine.
"Local and Personal," Central Point Herald, January 24, 1907, page 1
    The dance given by the Eagle Point band the night of February 12th was a very pleasant affair. There were about fifty numbers sold. H. Wendt, a photographer from Central Point, came over and took a flashlight photo of the company in the hall, and several copies have been sold.
"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, February 22, 1907, page 8
    Henry Wendt, the photographer, will leave Central Point in about one week. All those who want school pictures will please order at once.
"Local and Personal," Central Point Herald, March 14, 1907, page 1
    Mr. Wendt, the Central Point photographer, came out and pitched his tent for business last week, but the constant downpour of rain was such that he decided to store his things and spend a few days with his family at his wife's parents on Little Butte Creek. He expects to return as soon as the weather settles, when he will be ready for business. See his ad in this issue of the Mail.
"Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail, April 12, 1907, page 8
    Henry Wendt, Jr., the expert photographer, will soon start on his summer's campaign. He has been doing considerable business at Central Point and Eagle Point, and will go to the Blue Ledge next. His work is excellent and gives general satisfaction.
"Local Briefs," Southern Oregonian, Medford, May 18, 1907, page 5
    Henry Wendt has appointed A. P. Gillett agent for the sale of pictures of Central Point School. Call and see samples.
    Henry Wendt, the well-known photo artist, was in town Thursday en route from Butte Falls and Eagle Point, where he has been doing view work, to the Blue Ledge mine, where he expects to remain for several weeks. While here he arranged with A. P. Gillett for the sale of his late views of the Central Point school house and school.
"Local and Personal," Central Point Herald, May 23, 1907, page 1
    PHOTOGRAPHS.--Wendt's photo tent is next to Gillett's. Mr. Wendt will be here for a short time only. All kinds of photographic work done.
Central Point Herald, June 6, 1907, page 4
    Henry Wendt, Jr., has pitched his photographic gallery at Lakeview and will remain in Lake and Modoc counties until the snow flies.
FRANKLIN WERTZ
    Mr. F. Wertz, of Central Point, is engaged in canvassing the county and soliciting orders for the enlargement of photographs. His work is excellent and his prices very reasonable.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, September 3, 1879, page 3

WESTERN CARD CO.
Numbers overlap with A-M Card Co. postcards. Some cards have "A-M" imperfectly erased and replaced by "Western Card Co."
    Reedley, [California,] at one time had a company that made picture postcards in the early 1900s.
    The Western Card Company was operated by George A. Besaw and Edwin X. Anderson, and made a specialty of souvenir postcards. . . . Orders for thousands of cards were being received daily from different parts of the county. Scenery had been taken in many parts of the coast states, California, Oregon, Washington, and several other states.
"Geo. Besaw Made Post Cards Here," Reedley Exponent, May 2, 1963, page 6

WESTERN COLOR SALES
4723 S.E. Hawthorne, Portland, Oregon

EDGAR DESMOND WESTON (1896 Clarinda, Iowa; 1898-1900 Medford and Central Point, 1901-02 Grants Pass, 1903 Gold Hill, 1911-17 Medford)
    Miss Alta Brous, formerly of this city, was married at Prairie City, Iowa, last Sunday to Mr. Edward Weston, a photographer of that city, and a gentleman of good habits and one prominent among the business and social circles of that city. Miss Alta is a daughter of Mrs. F. M. Brous, of Medford, and the young lady has many friends hereabouts who are wishing the newly married couple much happiness and prosperity.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, October 4, 1895, page 5
    Mrs. Ed Weston went to Des Moines the first of the week. From there she expects soon to go to Medford, Oregon, to visit her parents. Mr. Weston will go with his gallery away from here as soon as the weather is settled. Mr. Sarber will accompany him on his travels this summer.
"Prairie City Press," Newton Record, Newton, Iowa, March 24, 1898, page 5
    Mrs. Alta Weston (nee Brous) arrived in Medford Monday with her baby girl, and will visit until fall with relatives and friends hereabouts. Mr. Weston is a photographer and has his headquarters at Prairie City, Iowa, but during the summer he folds his tent and travels from place to place taking pictures, hence the protracted visit of Mrs. W. Albert Brous, who formerly resided in Medford, is at Prairie City engaged in law practice and is doing well.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, April 29, 1898, page 6
    Ed. Weston, of Prairie City, Iowa, arrived in Medford last week and will probably remain here for some time. Mr. W. is a photographer and will do some work for H. C. Mackey during his stay. Mrs. Weston (nee Alta Brous) and the baby arrived a couple or three weeks ago. It was the serious illness of the baby last week with pneumonia which brought Mr. W. here at this particular time. The baby has recovered from pneumonia, but is now ill with whooping cough.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, May 27, 1898, page 6
    Ed. Weston of Prairie City, Iowa joined his family here last week, and may remain some time. He is an expert photographer.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 30, 1898, page 2
    H. C. Mackey and Ed. Weston, the expert photographers, left last week for Klamath and Lake counties, and will combine business with pleasure. G. W. Mackey, who lately arrived from the Willamette Valley and is a clever artist, will have charge of the Medford studio during their absence.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 20, 1898, page 3
    Dr. O. F. Demorest, the Lakeview dentist, formerly of Medford, writes that everything is lovely in that country and that Mackey and Weston, the photographers, have arrived there. He further writes that Mr. Mackey became so thoroughly famished on his way over that he ate mule--to succor the inner man until a more palatable food could be secured. The above named gentlemen returned to Medford Monday. From their appearance we judge there was an absence of even mule meat on their return. Mr. Mackey says he has a "gentle sufficiency" of camping out.
"City Happenings," Medford Mail, July 15, 1898, page 7
    Ed. Weston, the photographer, and son-in-law of Mrs. M. E. Brous, left Sunday for Des Moines, Iowa, at which place he is engaged in business. He was called to Medford a few weeks ago by the illness of his child, who with its mother is visiting here.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 29, 1898, page 6
    Ed. Weston of Des Moines, Iowa, who was called to Medford several weeks since by the illness of his child, has returned home.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 1, 1898, page 3
    E. Weston arrived from Iowa recently, and has formed a partnership in the photograph business with G. W. Mackey. Mrs. W. (nee Alta Brous) is visiting her mother, Mrs. D. I. Waldroop of Etna, Calif.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 25, 1900, page 3
    Mrs. E. Weston came up from Etna, Calif., last week and will henceforth make Medford her home, her husband having engaged in photography here.
'Purely Personal," Medford Mail, July 13, 1900, page 6
    Ed. Weston, who has been conducting the Medford photograph gallery with G. W. Mackey, has retired and is succeeded by Geo. Dunlap of Phoenix.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 27, 1900, page 3
    CAN'T BE BEAT . . . Having secured the services of E. D. Weston, one of the BEST PHOTOGRAPHERS on the Pacific Coast, who will remain with us for THREE WEEKS ONLY, we are prepared to make your Photographs in up-to-date style for the Holidays, in any shape or size from a stamp to large life-size photographs. There is no need looking farther, we can suit your wants, both in work of art and price. Our Art Department being equipped with the latest improved cameras and materials known to the profession. All are cordially invited to call and see our samples. The Gold Hill News Art Department.
Gold Hill News, November 3, 1900, page 1 and November 10, 1900, page 5
    E. D. Weston, one of the best photographers on the Pacific Coast, has accepted a position on the News art force and will be with us next Monday morning.
"Personal and Local," Gold Hill News, November 3, 1900, page 5
    OUR ART DEPARTMENT Is too busy this week to fix up a new ad, but will state for the benefit of our patrons that E. D. Weston has kindly consented to remain with us a few days longer. If you want good pictures come in at once. The Gold Hill News Art Department.
Gold Hill News, November 17, 1900, page 5
    LAST CALL . . . E. D. WESTON, our artist, has made arrangements which compels him to close his engagement with the News Art Department on Sunday, December 2. He will remain only long enough to finish the work made prior to that date.
    If you want good pictures come in at once. This is positively the last call. The Gold Hill News Art Department.
Gold Hill News, November 24, 1900, page 5
    E. D. Weston, the photographer, left for Central Point Monday, where he will locate for a short time.
"Gold Hill Items," Medford Mail, November 30, 1900, page 3
    E. D. Weston now has his photograph gallery open for business, and will be pleased to show samples and quote prices to all wishing photos.
"Central Point Items," Medford Mail, December 7, 1900, page 3
    For the very latest styles in photos, see Weston the new photographer--opposite courthouse, Grants Pass.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, April 11, 1901, page 3
    E. D. Weston, the expert photographer, has taken charge of a gallery at Grants Pass, and will be joined by his family soon.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 18, 1901, page 7
    E. D. Weston has taken charge of Pheby's photo gallery. He is an expert and may be depended on to give satisfaction.
"Josephine County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 18, 1901, page 7
    E. D. Weston, the expert photographer, has taken charge of the Bush gallery at Etna, Calif.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 5, 1901, page 7
    E. D. Weston, the expert photographer, is at Glendale. He will open a gallery in Grants Pass next week.
"Josephine County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 21, 1901, page 1
    G. F. Owings has sold his photo tent in Glendale to Mr. Weston and gone to Medford to take charge of the Geo. Mackey gallery.
"Woodville Items," Medford Mail, November 22, 1901, page 5
    Floyd Patrick and Ed Gano have leased the Weston photograph gallery on F Street and will conduct the same hereafter. Mr. Weston will take a vacation from the photograph business during the coming summer and will devote his attention to hop growing, having, with other parties, leased the Patton and Denise yards near Grants Pass.
"Local Happenings," Rogue River Courier, Grants Pass, January 16, 1902, page 3
    E. D. and S. M. Weston have rented the Patton and Denise hop yards, and will operate them during the coming season. The former has leased his photograph gallery.
"Josephine County Items," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 23, 1902, page 2
    E. D. Weston of Grants Pass, the photographer, was the guest of relatives living in Medford one day last week.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, May 2, 1902, page 5
    E. D. Weston and his family were in Medford Thursday. They are now located at Gold Hill.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 2, 1902, page 2
    Mr. and Mrs. E. D. Weston of Gold Hill were Medford visitors one day this week.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 2, 1902
    Mr. and Mrs. Ed. Weston, of Gold Hill, were in Medford visiting Mr. Weston's uncle, D. H. Miller. Mr. Weston is well known n Medford, having been engaged in the photograph business here several years go. He is now running a saloon in Gold Hill.
"City Briefs,"  Medford Success, February 13, 1903, page 1
    E. D. Weston, the photographer, has his outfit ready and will make a tour of the coast during the summer, accompanied by his family. They leave for Crescent City in a few days.
"Brief Mention," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, April 29, 1903, page 2
    Ed Weston of Medford came out last Thursday evening on the P.&E., spent the night here and this (Friday) morning started on horseback to the [Cat Hill] fire belt to take photos of the different scenes for the general government. He expects to be gone for several days.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail Tribune, August 28, 1910, page 10
    E. D. Weston, the photographer, has purchased the largest and most costly panoramic camera in the valley and is prepared to do work in this line on large or small scale. He is meeting with great success in orchard views and has taken some wonderful views of scenery along the Rogue.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, July 29, 1912, page 2
    At a meeting of the Medford Commercial Club Wednesday evening E. D. Weston of this city was appointed official photographer for that organization.
"Weston Appointed Club Photographer," Medford Mail Tribune, December 5, 1912, page 6
    E. D. Weston, commercial photographer, negatives made any time or place by appointment. Phone M 1471.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 11, 1913-January 20, 1914
    Ed Weston, the photographer, has received an order from John M. Scott, general passenger agent of the Southern Pacific, for a panoramic view of the Rogue River Valley for the world's fair exhibit.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, December 14, 1914, page 2
    Ed F. [sic] Weston and wife will leave about the tenth of the month on a four months' auto tour through the Middle West. They expect to visit all points of interest, arriving at Cheyenne, Wyo. the last week of July for the Frontier Day celebration. During Mr. Weston's absence his photo gallery will be in charge of John B. Palmer.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, June 2, 1915, page 2
    Mr. and Mrs. Ed Weston leave Saturday in their Maxwell for a trip through eastern Oregon, Idaho and Wyoming and will be gone about four months.
"Local and Personal," Medford Sun, June 11, 1915, page 2
    J. B. Palmer, local photographer, who has been in charge of the Weston studio at Medford, is home again. Mr. and Mrs. Weston have returned from their 8000-mile auto trip, which embraced fourteen states.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, November 3, 1915, page 5
    John B. Palmer made a brief visit in Gold Hill Friday. Mr. Palmer was formerly of this city, but is now proprietor of the photograph studio recently owned by Ed Weston at Medford. Mr. Weston, it is said, will take up ranching in eastern Oregon.
"Gold Hill Nuggets," Medford Mail Tribune, April 23, 1917, page 5
    E. D. Weston, the photographer, farmer and all-round hustler, who has devoted much of his time this season to his alfalfa ranch near Grants Pass, is also unconsciously becoming a miner. In describing work on the ranch today, he said: "Yes, the alfalfa prospect is fine. It shows up richer and richer as we get further into it. We will have the first cutting on the dump before the first of June and ready for the concentrator soon thereafter. We expect to make three shipments to the smelter before the season is closed. Our alfalfa this year will easily assay $15 to the ton, and owing to general scarcity of feed may run up to $18. We will crosscut the main crop early in July and have the entire yield in the shape of a gold brick in September." It should be explained that Mr. Weston's alfalfa ranch is surrounded by mining claims. Otherwise, Mr. Weston is physically and mentally all right.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, April 22, 1916, page 2
    Mrs. Edward Weston left Saturday morning for Dorris, Calif., to join her husband, who has been located there for three weeks past. They will make their future home in Dorris, where Mr. Weston and attorney H. L. DeArmond, formerly of Medford, are operating a large sawmill. J. B. Palmer, formerly of Gold Hill, has taken over the studio and photograph business operated here for years by Mr. Weston.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, May 26, 1917, page 2
    Mr. and Mrs. Ed. D. Weston of Dorris, California, former residents of Medford, left for home today after a short business visit in this city.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, August 21, 1917, page 4
    Ed S. Weston, the former well-known Medford photographer, and Mrs. Weston are here from Seattle for a visit after a year's absence. They are en route to Klamath Falls, where they expect to locate.
"Local Briefs," Medford Mail Tribune, May 8, 1920, page 2

WILLIAM S. WESTON
    W. S. Weston, the open-air photographer, recently from North Yakima, Wash., and D. F. Bliss from the same place, two genial bachelors, have moved into the new house just erected by Mr. Weston on his lot in the porter & Horning addition on the East Side. Both men are well pleased with the Rogue River Valley and expect to make Medford their future home.
"Local Briefs," Southern Oregonian, March 4, 1908, page 8
    W. S. Weston, Medford's ice cream cone man, is building a neat six-room bungalow on his lots in Fruitdale addition, east side.
Medford Mail Tribune, December 6, 1909, page 1
    William S. Weston convinced Minnie F. Fletcher that he loved her, and she married him Friday.
"Cupid Is Busy at County Seat," Medford Mail Tribune, April 2, 1911, page 15
    W. S. Weston, the photographer, . . . returned Sunday evening from [Crater] lake, where he secured a fine new set of panoramic photographs. . . .
"Arant Elected, Steel Governs at Crater Lake," Medford Mail Tribune, July 21, 1913, page 1
    Mr. Clarence Langlans and wife from Bandon arrived yesterday to make their home in Medford. Mrs. Langlans is a sister of Mrs. W. S. Weston and Mrs. J. J. Owings.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, August 29, 1914, page 2

WESTROP & HIGINBOTHAM (Jacksonville 1872)
    NEW FIRM.--Mr. Westrop has become associated with Mr. Higinbotham in the photographic business. Both are clever gentlemen, good artists, and deserving of liberal patronage. Rooms, California Street between Oregon and Third streets.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, April 13, 1872, page 3
    Mr. Westrop, of the firm of Westrop & Higinbotham, photographers, will visit Josephine County next week. We recommend Mr. Westrop to the citizens [of] Josephine, as a good artist and a clever gentleman. During Mr. Westrop's absence Mr. Higinbotham will attend to the business of the gallery in Jacksonville.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, May 11, 1872, page 3
    FOR JOSEPHINE.--Messrs. Westrop & Higinbotham, photographers, will visit Kerbyville and Waldo, in Josephine County, where they will remain a few weeks.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, June 1, 1872, page 3
    FOR FT. KLAMATH.--Messrs. Westrop & Higinbotham, photographers, left on a professional tour of the Lake country this week. They expect to be gone about three or four weeks.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, June 8, 1872, page 3
    OBSERVE.--Mr. Westrop, the photographer, will visit Sams Valley next week. Mr. Westrop has established the reputation in this county of being a first-class artist; and we would suggest to the citizens of Sams Valley that this will be a most favorable opportunity to "secure the shadow ere the substance fades."
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, July 20, 1872, page 3
    DISSOLUTION.--As will be seen by advertisement in another column, Westrop & Higinbotham, photographers, have dissolved partnership.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 3, 1872, page 3
    Bob Westrop is taking photographs at Roseburg.
"Itemlets," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 19, 1872, page 3

WHITLAND LOCKE (1960-74)
42 East Main., Ashland, Oregon

WILD COUNTRY
Gold Hill postcard publisher. No zip code. Four-color Kromekote postcards, circa early 1960s
 
RAY S. WILFLEY (1938-40)
Studio purchased 1940 by P. F. Brainerd, above.

ADDIE K. WILSON (1912-14)
    Wilson, 210 Laurel St., for first-class Kodak finishings.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, April 2, 1912, page 2
    Mrs. E. M. Wilson does first-class Kodak finishing at 210 Laurel St.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, March 17, 1914, page 2

W. J. WIMER
    W. J. Wimer, Grants Pass, Oregon
"Oregon's Photographers," Oregon Journal, Portland, September 8, 1907, page 14

F. B. WINES CO.
Tacoma, Washington postcard publisher

CLARENCE L. WINTER (Jacksonville 1889)
Eugene, Oregon
    For the best grade of photograph work go to the Winter Photo Co., who will remain a few days in our city.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 19, 1889, page 3
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 10, 1889, page 2
    For the best grade of photograph work go to the Winter Photo Co., who will remain a few days in our city.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 17, 1889, page 3
    Remember that the Winter Photo Co. will remain only a few days longer.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, October 24, 1889, page 3
    The Winter Photo Co. departed for Eugene after a month's stay in the city. They did some excellent work while here and deserve patronage.
"Jacksonville Jottings," Valley Record, Ashland, October 31, 1889, page 3

G. C. WIRTH (1893 Cottage Grove, 1894-95 Medford and Ashland)
    Medford is going to have a resident photographer. A Cottage Grove man is now negotiating for gallery rent.
"It Is Whispered Around," Medford Mail, November 3, 1893, page 3
    Noah & Wirth, the Cottage Grove photographers, wired Thos. Fitch this week to the effect that they would soon be here with their outfit.
"All the Local News," Medford Mail, January 5, 1894, page 3
    G. C. Wirth, representing the Wirth Photo Company, arrived in Medford last Friday with his photograph outfit and is now nicely situated at the old gallery in the Hamlin block. Mr. Wirth comes highly recommended both as an artist and a gentleman of high moral standing. His success in Medford depends wholly upon his ability, and as that is in no way questioned, he can reasonably be booked as a permanent fixture in our city.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, January 12, 1894, page 3
    G. C. Wirth, the photographer, is now located in Medford and is occupying the old gallery in the Hamlin block.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 18, 1894, page 2
    Call on Wirth Photo Co. for superb photographic work. Extra finish. Old photos copied and enlarged. Portraits finished in oil, India ink, water colors and crayon.
"All the Local News," Medford Mail, January 19, 1894, page 3
    Wirth, the photographer, is having a fine run of business in his line, and as his work is said to be first class, and as he don't wear diamonds or kid slippers, his success here has a bright future.
"All the Local News," Medford Mail, February 9, 1894, page 3
    Wirth makes 50 stamp-size photos, 5 different positions, for $1. Paste them in your hat, autograph album, books, visiting cards, etc. Just the thing to paste on your letters when writing to a friend.
"All the Local News," Medford Mail, February 16, 1894, page 3
    The Wirth Photo Co. of Medford is gaining an excellent reputation, on account of the good quality of their work and the reasonable prices charged. They make 50 stamp-size photos for $1.
"Local Notes," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, February 22, 1894, page 3     The Wirth Photo Company of this city is doing a good business. The Mail has said this same thing before. It was true then, and more so now. In fact, work has been coming in so fast that additional help has been necessary, and the services of Mrs. I. M. Nichols, the Central Point photographer, whom everybody knows to be a first-class artist, have been secured for a time by Mr. Wirth. The lady is to begin work next Monday.
Medford Mail, April 20, 1894, page 3
    C. T. Noe, a photographer, and a used-to-be partner of G. C. Wirth, of this city, stopped off in Medford Monday for a visit with his old friend. Mr. Noe was en route to Lakeview, where he expects to open up a business.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, June 8, 1894, page 3
    That the Wirth Photo Company is turning out some excellent work, and lots of it. This company is now offering a genuine life-sized crayon portrait and one dozen cabinet photos for $4.85. The crayons alone are worth three times this amount.
"We Hear It Said," Medford Mail, June 15, 1894, page 3
    There is not a more praiseworthy institution in Medford than is the Wirth Photo Company. Mr. Wirth is every inch a gentleman, with good business principles, and a trade builder of no small capacity. His new crayon portrait proposition is meeting with general favor.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, August 10, 1894, page 3 Medford Mail, September 7, 1894, page 3
    Photographer G. C. Wirth left last Friday for a visit to Eugene and Cottage Grove. During his absence Mrs. I. M. Nichols has charge of his elegant studio.
"Purely Personal," Medford Mail, October 26, 1894, page 3
    It is announced that the Wirth Photograph Co. will establish galleries at Jacksonville and Grants Pass in addition to those at Medford and Ashland. They are doing a big business, which continues to grow, as they do the best of work in this line and never fail to please all who call.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, November 19, 1894, page 3     Mr. Wirth, the manager of this company, has leased the Tyler gallery in Ashland and has combined the same with their galleries now located in the principal towns of the valley. They are enterprising and reliable as well as first-class artists and by the combination of the business are enabled to give their patrons the benefit of fine artistic work at the lowest prices. Remember the place, the Tyler gallery on Main Street.
Valley Record, Ashland, November 22, 1894, page 4
    G. C. Wirth:--"The Wirth Photo Company now have galleries at Medford and Ashland, and if it is possible to secure rooms a gallery will be established at Jacksonville. The Medford gallery is the headquarters, and all finishing will be done here. We are having a splendid trade--much better than we expected. Our new finish is drawing us a great amount of business. We have engaged the services of Mr. H. L. Miser, a very able photographer, to assist us in our finishing department."
"Echoes from the Street," Medford Mail, November 30, 1894, page 2
    G. C. Wirth, the photographer, is now framing those enlarged photographs, for which coupons were issued some several weeks ago. He is located at present in attorney White's office, where he desires parties holding coupons to call for their pictures. The work which is being put out is finely executed, and the pictures will be treasures in something like a hundred Medford homes.
Medford Mail, February 1, 1895, page 5
    G. L. Wirth, the photographer, is down at Gold Hill this week taking views about the town and surrounding country.
"News of the City," Medford Mail, July 5, 1895, page 5

D. S. WOOD
See Collins Art Store

H. F. WOOD
    H. F. Wood of Jacksonville has done excellent work at the photograph gallery during the week.
"Medford Squibs," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, September 4, 1891, page 2
    Wood, the photographer, was in Union Friday and Saturday. He did a good business and will make regular weekly visits to Union. He will be here again next Friday and Saturday, prepared to do all kinds of photographic work. Pictures enlarged at reasonable prices. Pictures of babies a specialty. Call and see him at Jones Bros.' gallery.
"Local and Personal," The Oregon Scout, Union, Oregon, September 17, 1891, page 5

WOOD & MURPHY
    Messrs. Wood and Murphy, photographers of Medford, were callers Sunday about noon. They had been to Brownsboro and had done some work and brought their pay to Eagle Point to dispose of it, which consisted of chickens and eggs. Mrs. Howlett secured the chickens and one of our merchants received the eggs. Anything to keep up business.
A. C. Howlett, "Eagle Point Eaglets," Medford Mail Tribune, April 5, 1912, page 2

WILLIAM T. WORTHINGTON (1881-82)
    PHOTOGRAPH GALLERY.--W. T. Worthington, recently from Red Bluff, California, has opened a photograph gallery in the building on Granite Street formerly occupied as a saloon, where he is prepared to do fine work in his line. Mr. Worthington has been in the business in San Francisco, and other cities in California, and has the reputation of being a superior artist. Call and examine his specimens.
Ashland Tidings, November 4, 1881, page 3
    W. T. Worthington of California, a first-class photographer, has rented Abell's former gallery on the corner of Third and C streets and is prepared to take pictures in the highest style of the art. Satisfaction guaranteed. He will remain only a few weeks and charges city prices.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, December 24, 1881, page 3
    W. T. Worthington is now ready for business and will take your photo in any style at the lowest rates. He can be found at Abell's old stand.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, December 31, 1881, page 3
    DON'T NEGLECT YOUR CHANCE.--W. T. Worthington, photographic artist, will remain in Jacksonville only ten days longer, and those desiring superior photographs should not fail to call at once. He does first-class work and guarantees satisfaction. Don't wait until it is too late.
Democratic Times, Jacksonville, January 13, 1882, page 3
    A FEW DAYS LONGER.--W. T. Worthington, the photographic artist, will only remain ten days longer. All those wishing pictures taken will do well to call at once.
Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, January 14, 1882, page 3
    W. T. Worthington and wife left for the north on Tuesday. Mr. W. is a first-class photographer and will make a visit to the towns of the state before returning here.
"Local Items," Oregon Sentinel, Jacksonville, February 4, 1882, page 3
    W. T. Worthington, a photographer who was in Ashland several years ago, was in town this week. He hails from Seattle, W.T.
"Personal and Social," Valley Record, Ashland, June 7, 1888, page 3
    SAN FRANCISCO, May 2.--Henry L. Baddeley, a plumber, was shot and mortally wounded tonight by Mrs.William Worthington, wife of a photographer on the Examiner. The tragedy occurred on the Washington Street wharf, about 6 o'clock. The immediate cause is unknown, but the homicide doubtless grew out of recent relations of the woman with Baddeley. Two years ago Mrs. Worthington eloped with Baddeley while her husband was in Europe.
"Shot Her Persecutor," Los Angeles Herald, May 3, 1893, page 1
    The Worthington murder trial in San Francisco is of peculiar local interest to some Ashland people, as the injured husband of the woman who killed her seducer, Baddeley, lived in Ashland about ten years ago, and ran a photograph gallery in the Baldwin block on Granite Street. He was a good artist and went in the best society. His wife also took pictures, and some were "to suit the trade" of some of Ashland's best-built young ladies. When some of the pictures escaped from the hands of their owners, the local gossips convened the sewing circles into extraordinary sessions.--[Ashland Record.
"Here and There," Democratic Times, Jacksonville, August 25, 1893, page 3

C. E. YEAGER (1921)
    Portraits made in your home with a guarantee of satisfaction. For appointments phone 886-J. Yeager, Home Portraitist.
"Local and Personal," Medford Mail Tribune, September 13, 1921, page 2

ALEXANDER J. "ZAN" STARK